xref: /freebsd/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/Transforms/IPO/AttributorAttributes.cpp (revision 7fdf597e96a02165cfe22ff357b857d5fa15ed8a)
1 //===- AttributorAttributes.cpp - Attributes for Attributor deduction -----===//
2 //
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6 //
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8 //
9 // See the Attributor.h file comment and the class descriptions in that file for
10 // more information.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "llvm/Transforms/IPO/Attributor.h"
15 
16 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
17 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
18 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h"
19 #include "llvm/ADT/MapVector.h"
20 #include "llvm/ADT/SCCIterator.h"
21 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
22 #include "llvm/ADT/SetOperations.h"
23 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
24 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
25 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
26 #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
27 #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
28 #include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h"
29 #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumeBundleQueries.h"
30 #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
31 #include "llvm/Analysis/CaptureTracking.h"
32 #include "llvm/Analysis/CycleAnalysis.h"
33 #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
34 #include "llvm/Analysis/LazyValueInfo.h"
35 #include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h"
36 #include "llvm/Analysis/OptimizationRemarkEmitter.h"
37 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
38 #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetTransformInfo.h"
39 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
40 #include "llvm/IR/Argument.h"
41 #include "llvm/IR/Assumptions.h"
42 #include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h"
43 #include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
44 #include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
45 #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
46 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
47 #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
48 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalValue.h"
49 #include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
50 #include "llvm/IR/InlineAsm.h"
51 #include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
52 #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
53 #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
54 #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
55 #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicsAMDGPU.h"
56 #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicsNVPTX.h"
57 #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
58 #include "llvm/IR/MDBuilder.h"
59 #include "llvm/IR/NoFolder.h"
60 #include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
61 #include "llvm/IR/ValueHandle.h"
62 #include "llvm/Support/Alignment.h"
63 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
64 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
65 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
66 #include "llvm/Support/GraphWriter.h"
67 #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
68 #include "llvm/Support/TypeSize.h"
69 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
70 #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
71 #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/CallPromotionUtils.h"
72 #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
73 #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/ValueMapper.h"
74 #include <cassert>
75 #include <numeric>
76 #include <optional>
77 #include <string>
78 
79 using namespace llvm;
80 
81 #define DEBUG_TYPE "attributor"
82 
83 static cl::opt<bool> ManifestInternal(
84     "attributor-manifest-internal", cl::Hidden,
85     cl::desc("Manifest Attributor internal string attributes."),
86     cl::init(false));
87 
88 static cl::opt<int> MaxHeapToStackSize("max-heap-to-stack-size", cl::init(128),
89                                        cl::Hidden);
90 
91 template <>
92 unsigned llvm::PotentialConstantIntValuesState::MaxPotentialValues = 0;
93 
94 template <> unsigned llvm::PotentialLLVMValuesState::MaxPotentialValues = -1;
95 
96 static cl::opt<unsigned, true> MaxPotentialValues(
97     "attributor-max-potential-values", cl::Hidden,
98     cl::desc("Maximum number of potential values to be "
99              "tracked for each position."),
100     cl::location(llvm::PotentialConstantIntValuesState::MaxPotentialValues),
101     cl::init(7));
102 
103 static cl::opt<int> MaxPotentialValuesIterations(
104     "attributor-max-potential-values-iterations", cl::Hidden,
105     cl::desc(
106         "Maximum number of iterations we keep dismantling potential values."),
107     cl::init(64));
108 
109 STATISTIC(NumAAs, "Number of abstract attributes created");
110 
111 // Some helper macros to deal with statistics tracking.
112 //
113 // Usage:
114 // For simple IR attribute tracking overload trackStatistics in the abstract
115 // attribute and choose the right STATS_DECLTRACK_********* macro,
116 // e.g.,:
117 //  void trackStatistics() const override {
118 //    STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(returned)
119 //  }
120 // If there is a single "increment" side one can use the macro
121 // STATS_DECLTRACK with a custom message. If there are multiple increment
122 // sides, STATS_DECL and STATS_TRACK can also be used separately.
123 //
124 #define BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(TYPE, NAME)                                     \
125   ("Number of " #TYPE " marked '" #NAME "'")
126 #define BUILD_STAT_NAME(NAME, TYPE) NumIR##TYPE##_##NAME
127 #define STATS_DECL_(NAME, MSG) STATISTIC(NAME, MSG);
128 #define STATS_DECL(NAME, TYPE, MSG)                                            \
129   STATS_DECL_(BUILD_STAT_NAME(NAME, TYPE), MSG);
130 #define STATS_TRACK(NAME, TYPE) ++(BUILD_STAT_NAME(NAME, TYPE));
131 #define STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, TYPE, MSG)                                       \
132   {                                                                            \
133     STATS_DECL(NAME, TYPE, MSG)                                                \
134     STATS_TRACK(NAME, TYPE)                                                    \
135   }
136 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(NAME)                                         \
137   STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, Arguments, BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(arguments, NAME))
138 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(NAME)                                       \
139   STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, CSArguments,                                           \
140                   BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(call site arguments, NAME))
141 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(NAME)                                          \
142   STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, Function, BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(functions, NAME))
143 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(NAME)                                          \
144   STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, CS, BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(call site, NAME))
145 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(NAME)                                       \
146   STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, FunctionReturn,                                        \
147                   BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(function returns, NAME))
148 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(NAME)                                       \
149   STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, CSReturn,                                              \
150                   BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(call site returns, NAME))
151 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(NAME)                                    \
152   STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, Floating,                                              \
153                   ("Number of floating values known to be '" #NAME "'"))
154 
155 // Specialization of the operator<< for abstract attributes subclasses. This
156 // disambiguates situations where multiple operators are applicable.
157 namespace llvm {
158 #define PIPE_OPERATOR(CLASS)                                                   \
159   raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const CLASS &AA) {                  \
160     return OS << static_cast<const AbstractAttribute &>(AA);                   \
161   }
162 
163 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAIsDead)
164 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoUnwind)
165 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoSync)
166 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoRecurse)
167 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANonConvergent)
168 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAWillReturn)
169 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoReturn)
170 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANonNull)
171 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAMustProgress)
172 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoAlias)
173 PIPE_OPERATOR(AADereferenceable)
174 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAAlign)
175 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAInstanceInfo)
176 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoCapture)
177 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAValueSimplify)
178 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoFree)
179 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAHeapToStack)
180 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAIntraFnReachability)
181 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAMemoryBehavior)
182 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAMemoryLocation)
183 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAValueConstantRange)
184 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAPrivatizablePtr)
185 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAUndefinedBehavior)
186 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAPotentialConstantValues)
187 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAPotentialValues)
188 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoUndef)
189 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoFPClass)
190 PIPE_OPERATOR(AACallEdges)
191 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAInterFnReachability)
192 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAPointerInfo)
193 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAAssumptionInfo)
194 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAUnderlyingObjects)
195 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAAddressSpace)
196 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAAllocationInfo)
197 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAIndirectCallInfo)
198 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAGlobalValueInfo)
199 PIPE_OPERATOR(AADenormalFPMath)
200 
201 #undef PIPE_OPERATOR
202 
203 template <>
204 ChangeStatus clampStateAndIndicateChange<DerefState>(DerefState &S,
205                                                      const DerefState &R) {
206   ChangeStatus CS0 =
207       clampStateAndIndicateChange(S.DerefBytesState, R.DerefBytesState);
208   ChangeStatus CS1 = clampStateAndIndicateChange(S.GlobalState, R.GlobalState);
209   return CS0 | CS1;
210 }
211 
212 } // namespace llvm
213 
214 static bool mayBeInCycle(const CycleInfo *CI, const Instruction *I,
215                          bool HeaderOnly, Cycle **CPtr = nullptr) {
216   if (!CI)
217     return true;
218   auto *BB = I->getParent();
219   auto *C = CI->getCycle(BB);
220   if (!C)
221     return false;
222   if (CPtr)
223     *CPtr = C;
224   return !HeaderOnly || BB == C->getHeader();
225 }
226 
227 /// Checks if a type could have padding bytes.
228 static bool isDenselyPacked(Type *Ty, const DataLayout &DL) {
229   // There is no size information, so be conservative.
230   if (!Ty->isSized())
231     return false;
232 
233   // If the alloc size is not equal to the storage size, then there are padding
234   // bytes. For x86_fp80 on x86-64, size: 80 alloc size: 128.
235   if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) != DL.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(Ty))
236     return false;
237 
238   // FIXME: This isn't the right way to check for padding in vectors with
239   // non-byte-size elements.
240   if (VectorType *SeqTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty))
241     return isDenselyPacked(SeqTy->getElementType(), DL);
242 
243   // For array types, check for padding within members.
244   if (ArrayType *SeqTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty))
245     return isDenselyPacked(SeqTy->getElementType(), DL);
246 
247   if (!isa<StructType>(Ty))
248     return true;
249 
250   // Check for padding within and between elements of a struct.
251   StructType *StructTy = cast<StructType>(Ty);
252   const StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StructTy);
253   uint64_t StartPos = 0;
254   for (unsigned I = 0, E = StructTy->getNumElements(); I < E; ++I) {
255     Type *ElTy = StructTy->getElementType(I);
256     if (!isDenselyPacked(ElTy, DL))
257       return false;
258     if (StartPos != Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(I))
259       return false;
260     StartPos += DL.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(ElTy);
261   }
262 
263   return true;
264 }
265 
266 /// Get pointer operand of memory accessing instruction. If \p I is
267 /// not a memory accessing instruction, return nullptr. If \p AllowVolatile,
268 /// is set to false and the instruction is volatile, return nullptr.
269 static const Value *getPointerOperand(const Instruction *I,
270                                       bool AllowVolatile) {
271   if (!AllowVolatile && I->isVolatile())
272     return nullptr;
273 
274   if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
275     return LI->getPointerOperand();
276   }
277 
278   if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
279     return SI->getPointerOperand();
280   }
281 
282   if (auto *CXI = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)) {
283     return CXI->getPointerOperand();
284   }
285 
286   if (auto *RMWI = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)) {
287     return RMWI->getPointerOperand();
288   }
289 
290   return nullptr;
291 }
292 
293 /// Helper function to create a pointer based on \p Ptr, and advanced by \p
294 /// Offset bytes.
295 static Value *constructPointer(Value *Ptr, int64_t Offset,
296                                IRBuilder<NoFolder> &IRB) {
297   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Construct pointer: " << *Ptr << " + " << Offset
298                     << "-bytes\n");
299 
300   if (Offset)
301     Ptr = IRB.CreatePtrAdd(Ptr, IRB.getInt64(Offset),
302                            Ptr->getName() + ".b" + Twine(Offset));
303   return Ptr;
304 }
305 
306 static const Value *
307 stripAndAccumulateOffsets(Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA,
308                           const Value *Val, const DataLayout &DL, APInt &Offset,
309                           bool GetMinOffset, bool AllowNonInbounds,
310                           bool UseAssumed = false) {
311 
312   auto AttributorAnalysis = [&](Value &V, APInt &ROffset) -> bool {
313     const IRPosition &Pos = IRPosition::value(V);
314     // Only track dependence if we are going to use the assumed info.
315     const AAValueConstantRange *ValueConstantRangeAA =
316         A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>(QueryingAA, Pos,
317                                          UseAssumed ? DepClassTy::OPTIONAL
318                                                     : DepClassTy::NONE);
319     if (!ValueConstantRangeAA)
320       return false;
321     ConstantRange Range = UseAssumed ? ValueConstantRangeAA->getAssumed()
322                                      : ValueConstantRangeAA->getKnown();
323     if (Range.isFullSet())
324       return false;
325 
326     // We can only use the lower part of the range because the upper part can
327     // be higher than what the value can really be.
328     if (GetMinOffset)
329       ROffset = Range.getSignedMin();
330     else
331       ROffset = Range.getSignedMax();
332     return true;
333   };
334 
335   return Val->stripAndAccumulateConstantOffsets(DL, Offset, AllowNonInbounds,
336                                                 /* AllowInvariant */ true,
337                                                 AttributorAnalysis);
338 }
339 
340 static const Value *
341 getMinimalBaseOfPointer(Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA,
342                         const Value *Ptr, int64_t &BytesOffset,
343                         const DataLayout &DL, bool AllowNonInbounds = false) {
344   APInt OffsetAPInt(DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Ptr->getType()), 0);
345   const Value *Base =
346       stripAndAccumulateOffsets(A, QueryingAA, Ptr, DL, OffsetAPInt,
347                                 /* GetMinOffset */ true, AllowNonInbounds);
348 
349   BytesOffset = OffsetAPInt.getSExtValue();
350   return Base;
351 }
352 
353 /// Clamp the information known for all returned values of a function
354 /// (identified by \p QueryingAA) into \p S.
355 template <typename AAType, typename StateType = typename AAType::StateType,
356           Attribute::AttrKind IRAttributeKind = AAType::IRAttributeKind,
357           bool RecurseForSelectAndPHI = true>
358 static void clampReturnedValueStates(
359     Attributor &A, const AAType &QueryingAA, StateType &S,
360     const IRPosition::CallBaseContext *CBContext = nullptr) {
361   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] Clamp return value states for "
362                     << QueryingAA << " into " << S << "\n");
363 
364   assert((QueryingAA.getIRPosition().getPositionKind() ==
365               IRPosition::IRP_RETURNED ||
366           QueryingAA.getIRPosition().getPositionKind() ==
367               IRPosition::IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED) &&
368          "Can only clamp returned value states for a function returned or call "
369          "site returned position!");
370 
371   // Use an optional state as there might not be any return values and we want
372   // to join (IntegerState::operator&) the state of all there are.
373   std::optional<StateType> T;
374 
375   // Callback for each possibly returned value.
376   auto CheckReturnValue = [&](Value &RV) -> bool {
377     const IRPosition &RVPos = IRPosition::value(RV, CBContext);
378     // If possible, use the hasAssumedIRAttr interface.
379     if (Attribute::isEnumAttrKind(IRAttributeKind)) {
380       bool IsKnown;
381       return AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<IRAttributeKind>(
382           A, &QueryingAA, RVPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnown);
383     }
384 
385     const AAType *AA =
386         A.getAAFor<AAType>(QueryingAA, RVPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
387     if (!AA)
388       return false;
389     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] RV: " << RV
390                       << " AA: " << AA->getAsStr(&A) << " @ " << RVPos << "\n");
391     const StateType &AAS = AA->getState();
392     if (!T)
393       T = StateType::getBestState(AAS);
394     *T &= AAS;
395     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] AA State: " << AAS << " RV State: " << T
396                       << "\n");
397     return T->isValidState();
398   };
399 
400   if (!A.checkForAllReturnedValues(CheckReturnValue, QueryingAA,
401                                    AA::ValueScope::Intraprocedural,
402                                    RecurseForSelectAndPHI))
403     S.indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
404   else if (T)
405     S ^= *T;
406 }
407 
408 namespace {
409 /// Helper class for generic deduction: return value -> returned position.
410 template <typename AAType, typename BaseType,
411           typename StateType = typename BaseType::StateType,
412           bool PropagateCallBaseContext = false,
413           Attribute::AttrKind IRAttributeKind = AAType::IRAttributeKind,
414           bool RecurseForSelectAndPHI = true>
415 struct AAReturnedFromReturnedValues : public BaseType {
416   AAReturnedFromReturnedValues(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
417       : BaseType(IRP, A) {}
418 
419   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
420   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
421     StateType S(StateType::getBestState(this->getState()));
422     clampReturnedValueStates<AAType, StateType, IRAttributeKind,
423                              RecurseForSelectAndPHI>(
424         A, *this, S,
425         PropagateCallBaseContext ? this->getCallBaseContext() : nullptr);
426     // TODO: If we know we visited all returned values, thus no are assumed
427     // dead, we can take the known information from the state T.
428     return clampStateAndIndicateChange<StateType>(this->getState(), S);
429   }
430 };
431 
432 /// Clamp the information known at all call sites for a given argument
433 /// (identified by \p QueryingAA) into \p S.
434 template <typename AAType, typename StateType = typename AAType::StateType,
435           Attribute::AttrKind IRAttributeKind = AAType::IRAttributeKind>
436 static void clampCallSiteArgumentStates(Attributor &A, const AAType &QueryingAA,
437                                         StateType &S) {
438   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] Clamp call site argument states for "
439                     << QueryingAA << " into " << S << "\n");
440 
441   assert(QueryingAA.getIRPosition().getPositionKind() ==
442              IRPosition::IRP_ARGUMENT &&
443          "Can only clamp call site argument states for an argument position!");
444 
445   // Use an optional state as there might not be any return values and we want
446   // to join (IntegerState::operator&) the state of all there are.
447   std::optional<StateType> T;
448 
449   // The argument number which is also the call site argument number.
450   unsigned ArgNo = QueryingAA.getIRPosition().getCallSiteArgNo();
451 
452   auto CallSiteCheck = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) {
453     const IRPosition &ACSArgPos = IRPosition::callsite_argument(ACS, ArgNo);
454     // Check if a coresponding argument was found or if it is on not associated
455     // (which can happen for callback calls).
456     if (ACSArgPos.getPositionKind() == IRPosition::IRP_INVALID)
457       return false;
458 
459     // If possible, use the hasAssumedIRAttr interface.
460     if (Attribute::isEnumAttrKind(IRAttributeKind)) {
461       bool IsKnown;
462       return AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<IRAttributeKind>(
463           A, &QueryingAA, ACSArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnown);
464     }
465 
466     const AAType *AA =
467         A.getAAFor<AAType>(QueryingAA, ACSArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
468     if (!AA)
469       return false;
470     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] ACS: " << *ACS.getInstruction()
471                       << " AA: " << AA->getAsStr(&A) << " @" << ACSArgPos
472                       << "\n");
473     const StateType &AAS = AA->getState();
474     if (!T)
475       T = StateType::getBestState(AAS);
476     *T &= AAS;
477     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] AA State: " << AAS << " CSA State: " << T
478                       << "\n");
479     return T->isValidState();
480   };
481 
482   bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
483   if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(CallSiteCheck, QueryingAA, true,
484                               UsedAssumedInformation))
485     S.indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
486   else if (T)
487     S ^= *T;
488 }
489 
490 /// This function is the bridge between argument position and the call base
491 /// context.
492 template <typename AAType, typename BaseType,
493           typename StateType = typename AAType::StateType,
494           Attribute::AttrKind IRAttributeKind = AAType::IRAttributeKind>
495 bool getArgumentStateFromCallBaseContext(Attributor &A,
496                                          BaseType &QueryingAttribute,
497                                          IRPosition &Pos, StateType &State) {
498   assert((Pos.getPositionKind() == IRPosition::IRP_ARGUMENT) &&
499          "Expected an 'argument' position !");
500   const CallBase *CBContext = Pos.getCallBaseContext();
501   if (!CBContext)
502     return false;
503 
504   int ArgNo = Pos.getCallSiteArgNo();
505   assert(ArgNo >= 0 && "Invalid Arg No!");
506   const IRPosition CBArgPos = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CBContext, ArgNo);
507 
508   // If possible, use the hasAssumedIRAttr interface.
509   if (Attribute::isEnumAttrKind(IRAttributeKind)) {
510     bool IsKnown;
511     return AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<IRAttributeKind>(
512         A, &QueryingAttribute, CBArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnown);
513   }
514 
515   const auto *AA =
516       A.getAAFor<AAType>(QueryingAttribute, CBArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
517   if (!AA)
518     return false;
519   const StateType &CBArgumentState =
520       static_cast<const StateType &>(AA->getState());
521 
522   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] Briding Call site context to argument"
523                     << "Position:" << Pos << "CB Arg state:" << CBArgumentState
524                     << "\n");
525 
526   // NOTE: If we want to do call site grouping it should happen here.
527   State ^= CBArgumentState;
528   return true;
529 }
530 
531 /// Helper class for generic deduction: call site argument -> argument position.
532 template <typename AAType, typename BaseType,
533           typename StateType = typename AAType::StateType,
534           bool BridgeCallBaseContext = false,
535           Attribute::AttrKind IRAttributeKind = AAType::IRAttributeKind>
536 struct AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments : public BaseType {
537   AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
538       : BaseType(IRP, A) {}
539 
540   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
541   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
542     StateType S = StateType::getBestState(this->getState());
543 
544     if (BridgeCallBaseContext) {
545       bool Success =
546           getArgumentStateFromCallBaseContext<AAType, BaseType, StateType,
547                                               IRAttributeKind>(
548               A, *this, this->getIRPosition(), S);
549       if (Success)
550         return clampStateAndIndicateChange<StateType>(this->getState(), S);
551     }
552     clampCallSiteArgumentStates<AAType, StateType, IRAttributeKind>(A, *this,
553                                                                     S);
554 
555     // TODO: If we know we visited all incoming values, thus no are assumed
556     // dead, we can take the known information from the state T.
557     return clampStateAndIndicateChange<StateType>(this->getState(), S);
558   }
559 };
560 
561 /// Helper class for generic replication: function returned -> cs returned.
562 template <typename AAType, typename BaseType,
563           typename StateType = typename BaseType::StateType,
564           bool IntroduceCallBaseContext = false,
565           Attribute::AttrKind IRAttributeKind = AAType::IRAttributeKind>
566 struct AACalleeToCallSite : public BaseType {
567   AACalleeToCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : BaseType(IRP, A) {}
568 
569   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
570   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
571     auto IRPKind = this->getIRPosition().getPositionKind();
572     assert((IRPKind == IRPosition::IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED ||
573             IRPKind == IRPosition::IRP_CALL_SITE) &&
574            "Can only wrap function returned positions for call site "
575            "returned positions!");
576     auto &S = this->getState();
577 
578     CallBase &CB = cast<CallBase>(this->getAnchorValue());
579     if (IntroduceCallBaseContext)
580       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] Introducing call base context:" << CB
581                         << "\n");
582 
583     ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
584     auto CalleePred = [&](ArrayRef<const Function *> Callees) {
585       for (const Function *Callee : Callees) {
586         IRPosition FnPos =
587             IRPKind == llvm::IRPosition::IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED
588                 ? IRPosition::returned(*Callee,
589                                        IntroduceCallBaseContext ? &CB : nullptr)
590                 : IRPosition::function(
591                       *Callee, IntroduceCallBaseContext ? &CB : nullptr);
592         // If possible, use the hasAssumedIRAttr interface.
593         if (Attribute::isEnumAttrKind(IRAttributeKind)) {
594           bool IsKnown;
595           if (!AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<IRAttributeKind>(
596                   A, this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnown))
597             return false;
598           continue;
599         }
600 
601         const AAType *AA =
602             A.getAAFor<AAType>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
603         if (!AA)
604           return false;
605         Changed |= clampStateAndIndicateChange(S, AA->getState());
606         if (S.isAtFixpoint())
607           return S.isValidState();
608       }
609       return true;
610     };
611     if (!A.checkForAllCallees(CalleePred, *this, CB))
612       return S.indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
613     return Changed;
614   }
615 };
616 
617 /// Helper function to accumulate uses.
618 template <class AAType, typename StateType = typename AAType::StateType>
619 static void followUsesInContext(AAType &AA, Attributor &A,
620                                 MustBeExecutedContextExplorer &Explorer,
621                                 const Instruction *CtxI,
622                                 SetVector<const Use *> &Uses,
623                                 StateType &State) {
624   auto EIt = Explorer.begin(CtxI), EEnd = Explorer.end(CtxI);
625   for (unsigned u = 0; u < Uses.size(); ++u) {
626     const Use *U = Uses[u];
627     if (const Instruction *UserI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U->getUser())) {
628       bool Found = Explorer.findInContextOf(UserI, EIt, EEnd);
629       if (Found && AA.followUseInMBEC(A, U, UserI, State))
630         for (const Use &Us : UserI->uses())
631           Uses.insert(&Us);
632     }
633   }
634 }
635 
636 /// Use the must-be-executed-context around \p I to add information into \p S.
637 /// The AAType class is required to have `followUseInMBEC` method with the
638 /// following signature and behaviour:
639 ///
640 /// bool followUseInMBEC(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I)
641 /// U - Underlying use.
642 /// I - The user of the \p U.
643 /// Returns true if the value should be tracked transitively.
644 ///
645 template <class AAType, typename StateType = typename AAType::StateType>
646 static void followUsesInMBEC(AAType &AA, Attributor &A, StateType &S,
647                              Instruction &CtxI) {
648   MustBeExecutedContextExplorer *Explorer =
649       A.getInfoCache().getMustBeExecutedContextExplorer();
650   if (!Explorer)
651     return;
652 
653   // Container for (transitive) uses of the associated value.
654   SetVector<const Use *> Uses;
655   for (const Use &U : AA.getIRPosition().getAssociatedValue().uses())
656     Uses.insert(&U);
657 
658   followUsesInContext<AAType>(AA, A, *Explorer, &CtxI, Uses, S);
659 
660   if (S.isAtFixpoint())
661     return;
662 
663   SmallVector<const BranchInst *, 4> BrInsts;
664   auto Pred = [&](const Instruction *I) {
665     if (const BranchInst *Br = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(I))
666       if (Br->isConditional())
667         BrInsts.push_back(Br);
668     return true;
669   };
670 
671   // Here, accumulate conditional branch instructions in the context. We
672   // explore the child paths and collect the known states. The disjunction of
673   // those states can be merged to its own state. Let ParentState_i be a state
674   // to indicate the known information for an i-th branch instruction in the
675   // context. ChildStates are created for its successors respectively.
676   //
677   // ParentS_1 = ChildS_{1, 1} /\ ChildS_{1, 2} /\ ... /\ ChildS_{1, n_1}
678   // ParentS_2 = ChildS_{2, 1} /\ ChildS_{2, 2} /\ ... /\ ChildS_{2, n_2}
679   //      ...
680   // ParentS_m = ChildS_{m, 1} /\ ChildS_{m, 2} /\ ... /\ ChildS_{m, n_m}
681   //
682   // Known State |= ParentS_1 \/ ParentS_2 \/... \/ ParentS_m
683   //
684   // FIXME: Currently, recursive branches are not handled. For example, we
685   // can't deduce that ptr must be dereferenced in below function.
686   //
687   // void f(int a, int c, int *ptr) {
688   //    if(a)
689   //      if (b) {
690   //        *ptr = 0;
691   //      } else {
692   //        *ptr = 1;
693   //      }
694   //    else {
695   //      if (b) {
696   //        *ptr = 0;
697   //      } else {
698   //        *ptr = 1;
699   //      }
700   //    }
701   // }
702 
703   Explorer->checkForAllContext(&CtxI, Pred);
704   for (const BranchInst *Br : BrInsts) {
705     StateType ParentState;
706 
707     // The known state of the parent state is a conjunction of children's
708     // known states so it is initialized with a best state.
709     ParentState.indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
710 
711     for (const BasicBlock *BB : Br->successors()) {
712       StateType ChildState;
713 
714       size_t BeforeSize = Uses.size();
715       followUsesInContext(AA, A, *Explorer, &BB->front(), Uses, ChildState);
716 
717       // Erase uses which only appear in the child.
718       for (auto It = Uses.begin() + BeforeSize; It != Uses.end();)
719         It = Uses.erase(It);
720 
721       ParentState &= ChildState;
722     }
723 
724     // Use only known state.
725     S += ParentState;
726   }
727 }
728 } // namespace
729 
730 /// ------------------------ PointerInfo ---------------------------------------
731 
732 namespace llvm {
733 namespace AA {
734 namespace PointerInfo {
735 
736 struct State;
737 
738 } // namespace PointerInfo
739 } // namespace AA
740 
741 /// Helper for AA::PointerInfo::Access DenseMap/Set usage.
742 template <>
743 struct DenseMapInfo<AAPointerInfo::Access> : DenseMapInfo<Instruction *> {
744   using Access = AAPointerInfo::Access;
745   static inline Access getEmptyKey();
746   static inline Access getTombstoneKey();
747   static unsigned getHashValue(const Access &A);
748   static bool isEqual(const Access &LHS, const Access &RHS);
749 };
750 
751 /// Helper that allows RangeTy as a key in a DenseMap.
752 template <> struct DenseMapInfo<AA::RangeTy> {
753   static inline AA::RangeTy getEmptyKey() {
754     auto EmptyKey = DenseMapInfo<int64_t>::getEmptyKey();
755     return AA::RangeTy{EmptyKey, EmptyKey};
756   }
757 
758   static inline AA::RangeTy getTombstoneKey() {
759     auto TombstoneKey = DenseMapInfo<int64_t>::getTombstoneKey();
760     return AA::RangeTy{TombstoneKey, TombstoneKey};
761   }
762 
763   static unsigned getHashValue(const AA::RangeTy &Range) {
764     return detail::combineHashValue(
765         DenseMapInfo<int64_t>::getHashValue(Range.Offset),
766         DenseMapInfo<int64_t>::getHashValue(Range.Size));
767   }
768 
769   static bool isEqual(const AA::RangeTy &A, const AA::RangeTy B) {
770     return A == B;
771   }
772 };
773 
774 /// Helper for AA::PointerInfo::Access DenseMap/Set usage ignoring everythign
775 /// but the instruction
776 struct AccessAsInstructionInfo : DenseMapInfo<Instruction *> {
777   using Base = DenseMapInfo<Instruction *>;
778   using Access = AAPointerInfo::Access;
779   static inline Access getEmptyKey();
780   static inline Access getTombstoneKey();
781   static unsigned getHashValue(const Access &A);
782   static bool isEqual(const Access &LHS, const Access &RHS);
783 };
784 
785 } // namespace llvm
786 
787 /// A type to track pointer/struct usage and accesses for AAPointerInfo.
788 struct AA::PointerInfo::State : public AbstractState {
789   /// Return the best possible representable state.
790   static State getBestState(const State &SIS) { return State(); }
791 
792   /// Return the worst possible representable state.
793   static State getWorstState(const State &SIS) {
794     State R;
795     R.indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
796     return R;
797   }
798 
799   State() = default;
800   State(State &&SIS) = default;
801 
802   const State &getAssumed() const { return *this; }
803 
804   /// See AbstractState::isValidState().
805   bool isValidState() const override { return BS.isValidState(); }
806 
807   /// See AbstractState::isAtFixpoint().
808   bool isAtFixpoint() const override { return BS.isAtFixpoint(); }
809 
810   /// See AbstractState::indicateOptimisticFixpoint().
811   ChangeStatus indicateOptimisticFixpoint() override {
812     BS.indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
813     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
814   }
815 
816   /// See AbstractState::indicatePessimisticFixpoint().
817   ChangeStatus indicatePessimisticFixpoint() override {
818     BS.indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
819     return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
820   }
821 
822   State &operator=(const State &R) {
823     if (this == &R)
824       return *this;
825     BS = R.BS;
826     AccessList = R.AccessList;
827     OffsetBins = R.OffsetBins;
828     RemoteIMap = R.RemoteIMap;
829     return *this;
830   }
831 
832   State &operator=(State &&R) {
833     if (this == &R)
834       return *this;
835     std::swap(BS, R.BS);
836     std::swap(AccessList, R.AccessList);
837     std::swap(OffsetBins, R.OffsetBins);
838     std::swap(RemoteIMap, R.RemoteIMap);
839     return *this;
840   }
841 
842   /// Add a new Access to the state at offset \p Offset and with size \p Size.
843   /// The access is associated with \p I, writes \p Content (if anything), and
844   /// is of kind \p Kind. If an Access already exists for the same \p I and same
845   /// \p RemoteI, the two are combined, potentially losing information about
846   /// offset and size. The resulting access must now be moved from its original
847   /// OffsetBin to the bin for its new offset.
848   ///
849   /// \Returns CHANGED, if the state changed, UNCHANGED otherwise.
850   ChangeStatus addAccess(Attributor &A, const AAPointerInfo::RangeList &Ranges,
851                          Instruction &I, std::optional<Value *> Content,
852                          AAPointerInfo::AccessKind Kind, Type *Ty,
853                          Instruction *RemoteI = nullptr);
854 
855   AAPointerInfo::const_bin_iterator begin() const { return OffsetBins.begin(); }
856   AAPointerInfo::const_bin_iterator end() const { return OffsetBins.end(); }
857   int64_t numOffsetBins() const { return OffsetBins.size(); }
858 
859   const AAPointerInfo::Access &getAccess(unsigned Index) const {
860     return AccessList[Index];
861   }
862 
863 protected:
864   // Every memory instruction results in an Access object. We maintain a list of
865   // all Access objects that we own, along with the following maps:
866   //
867   // - OffsetBins: RangeTy -> { Access }
868   // - RemoteIMap: RemoteI x LocalI -> Access
869   //
870   // A RemoteI is any instruction that accesses memory. RemoteI is different
871   // from LocalI if and only if LocalI is a call; then RemoteI is some
872   // instruction in the callgraph starting from LocalI. Multiple paths in the
873   // callgraph from LocalI to RemoteI may produce multiple accesses, but these
874   // are all combined into a single Access object. This may result in loss of
875   // information in RangeTy in the Access object.
876   SmallVector<AAPointerInfo::Access> AccessList;
877   AAPointerInfo::OffsetBinsTy OffsetBins;
878   DenseMap<const Instruction *, SmallVector<unsigned>> RemoteIMap;
879 
880   /// See AAPointerInfo::forallInterferingAccesses.
881   bool forallInterferingAccesses(
882       AA::RangeTy Range,
883       function_ref<bool(const AAPointerInfo::Access &, bool)> CB) const {
884     if (!isValidState())
885       return false;
886 
887     for (const auto &It : OffsetBins) {
888       AA::RangeTy ItRange = It.getFirst();
889       if (!Range.mayOverlap(ItRange))
890         continue;
891       bool IsExact = Range == ItRange && !Range.offsetOrSizeAreUnknown();
892       for (auto Index : It.getSecond()) {
893         auto &Access = AccessList[Index];
894         if (!CB(Access, IsExact))
895           return false;
896       }
897     }
898     return true;
899   }
900 
901   /// See AAPointerInfo::forallInterferingAccesses.
902   bool forallInterferingAccesses(
903       Instruction &I,
904       function_ref<bool(const AAPointerInfo::Access &, bool)> CB,
905       AA::RangeTy &Range) const {
906     if (!isValidState())
907       return false;
908 
909     auto LocalList = RemoteIMap.find(&I);
910     if (LocalList == RemoteIMap.end()) {
911       return true;
912     }
913 
914     for (unsigned Index : LocalList->getSecond()) {
915       for (auto &R : AccessList[Index]) {
916         Range &= R;
917         if (Range.offsetAndSizeAreUnknown())
918           break;
919       }
920     }
921     return forallInterferingAccesses(Range, CB);
922   }
923 
924 private:
925   /// State to track fixpoint and validity.
926   BooleanState BS;
927 };
928 
929 ChangeStatus AA::PointerInfo::State::addAccess(
930     Attributor &A, const AAPointerInfo::RangeList &Ranges, Instruction &I,
931     std::optional<Value *> Content, AAPointerInfo::AccessKind Kind, Type *Ty,
932     Instruction *RemoteI) {
933   RemoteI = RemoteI ? RemoteI : &I;
934 
935   // Check if we have an access for this instruction, if not, simply add it.
936   auto &LocalList = RemoteIMap[RemoteI];
937   bool AccExists = false;
938   unsigned AccIndex = AccessList.size();
939   for (auto Index : LocalList) {
940     auto &A = AccessList[Index];
941     if (A.getLocalInst() == &I) {
942       AccExists = true;
943       AccIndex = Index;
944       break;
945     }
946   }
947 
948   auto AddToBins = [&](const AAPointerInfo::RangeList &ToAdd) {
949     LLVM_DEBUG(if (ToAdd.size()) dbgs()
950                    << "[AAPointerInfo] Inserting access in new offset bins\n";);
951 
952     for (auto Key : ToAdd) {
953       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "    key " << Key << "\n");
954       OffsetBins[Key].insert(AccIndex);
955     }
956   };
957 
958   if (!AccExists) {
959     AccessList.emplace_back(&I, RemoteI, Ranges, Content, Kind, Ty);
960     assert((AccessList.size() == AccIndex + 1) &&
961            "New Access should have been at AccIndex");
962     LocalList.push_back(AccIndex);
963     AddToBins(AccessList[AccIndex].getRanges());
964     return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
965   }
966 
967   // Combine the new Access with the existing Access, and then update the
968   // mapping in the offset bins.
969   AAPointerInfo::Access Acc(&I, RemoteI, Ranges, Content, Kind, Ty);
970   auto &Current = AccessList[AccIndex];
971   auto Before = Current;
972   Current &= Acc;
973   if (Current == Before)
974     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
975 
976   auto &ExistingRanges = Before.getRanges();
977   auto &NewRanges = Current.getRanges();
978 
979   // Ranges that are in the old access but not the new access need to be removed
980   // from the offset bins.
981   AAPointerInfo::RangeList ToRemove;
982   AAPointerInfo::RangeList::set_difference(ExistingRanges, NewRanges, ToRemove);
983   LLVM_DEBUG(if (ToRemove.size()) dbgs()
984                  << "[AAPointerInfo] Removing access from old offset bins\n";);
985 
986   for (auto Key : ToRemove) {
987     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "    key " << Key << "\n");
988     assert(OffsetBins.count(Key) && "Existing Access must be in some bin.");
989     auto &Bin = OffsetBins[Key];
990     assert(Bin.count(AccIndex) &&
991            "Expected bin to actually contain the Access.");
992     Bin.erase(AccIndex);
993   }
994 
995   // Ranges that are in the new access but not the old access need to be added
996   // to the offset bins.
997   AAPointerInfo::RangeList ToAdd;
998   AAPointerInfo::RangeList::set_difference(NewRanges, ExistingRanges, ToAdd);
999   AddToBins(ToAdd);
1000   return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
1001 }
1002 
1003 namespace {
1004 
1005 /// A helper containing a list of offsets computed for a Use. Ideally this
1006 /// list should be strictly ascending, but we ensure that only when we
1007 /// actually translate the list of offsets to a RangeList.
1008 struct OffsetInfo {
1009   using VecTy = SmallVector<int64_t>;
1010   using const_iterator = VecTy::const_iterator;
1011   VecTy Offsets;
1012 
1013   const_iterator begin() const { return Offsets.begin(); }
1014   const_iterator end() const { return Offsets.end(); }
1015 
1016   bool operator==(const OffsetInfo &RHS) const {
1017     return Offsets == RHS.Offsets;
1018   }
1019 
1020   bool operator!=(const OffsetInfo &RHS) const { return !(*this == RHS); }
1021 
1022   void insert(int64_t Offset) { Offsets.push_back(Offset); }
1023   bool isUnassigned() const { return Offsets.size() == 0; }
1024 
1025   bool isUnknown() const {
1026     if (isUnassigned())
1027       return false;
1028     if (Offsets.size() == 1)
1029       return Offsets.front() == AA::RangeTy::Unknown;
1030     return false;
1031   }
1032 
1033   void setUnknown() {
1034     Offsets.clear();
1035     Offsets.push_back(AA::RangeTy::Unknown);
1036   }
1037 
1038   void addToAll(int64_t Inc) {
1039     for (auto &Offset : Offsets) {
1040       Offset += Inc;
1041     }
1042   }
1043 
1044   /// Copy offsets from \p R into the current list.
1045   ///
1046   /// Ideally all lists should be strictly ascending, but we defer that to the
1047   /// actual use of the list. So we just blindly append here.
1048   void merge(const OffsetInfo &R) { Offsets.append(R.Offsets); }
1049 };
1050 
1051 #ifndef NDEBUG
1052 static raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const OffsetInfo &OI) {
1053   ListSeparator LS;
1054   OS << "[";
1055   for (auto Offset : OI) {
1056     OS << LS << Offset;
1057   }
1058   OS << "]";
1059   return OS;
1060 }
1061 #endif // NDEBUG
1062 
1063 struct AAPointerInfoImpl
1064     : public StateWrapper<AA::PointerInfo::State, AAPointerInfo> {
1065   using BaseTy = StateWrapper<AA::PointerInfo::State, AAPointerInfo>;
1066   AAPointerInfoImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : BaseTy(IRP) {}
1067 
1068   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
1069   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
1070     return std::string("PointerInfo ") +
1071            (isValidState() ? (std::string("#") +
1072                               std::to_string(OffsetBins.size()) + " bins")
1073                            : "<invalid>");
1074   }
1075 
1076   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
1077   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
1078     return AAPointerInfo::manifest(A);
1079   }
1080 
1081   virtual const_bin_iterator begin() const override { return State::begin(); }
1082   virtual const_bin_iterator end() const override { return State::end(); }
1083   virtual int64_t numOffsetBins() const override {
1084     return State::numOffsetBins();
1085   }
1086 
1087   bool forallInterferingAccesses(
1088       AA::RangeTy Range,
1089       function_ref<bool(const AAPointerInfo::Access &, bool)> CB)
1090       const override {
1091     return State::forallInterferingAccesses(Range, CB);
1092   }
1093 
1094   bool forallInterferingAccesses(
1095       Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA, Instruction &I,
1096       bool FindInterferingWrites, bool FindInterferingReads,
1097       function_ref<bool(const Access &, bool)> UserCB, bool &HasBeenWrittenTo,
1098       AA::RangeTy &Range,
1099       function_ref<bool(const Access &)> SkipCB) const override {
1100     HasBeenWrittenTo = false;
1101 
1102     SmallPtrSet<const Access *, 8> DominatingWrites;
1103     SmallVector<std::pair<const Access *, bool>, 8> InterferingAccesses;
1104 
1105     Function &Scope = *I.getFunction();
1106     bool IsKnownNoSync;
1107     bool IsAssumedNoSync = AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoSync>(
1108         A, &QueryingAA, IRPosition::function(Scope), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL,
1109         IsKnownNoSync);
1110     const auto *ExecDomainAA = A.lookupAAFor<AAExecutionDomain>(
1111         IRPosition::function(Scope), &QueryingAA, DepClassTy::NONE);
1112     bool AllInSameNoSyncFn = IsAssumedNoSync;
1113     bool InstIsExecutedByInitialThreadOnly =
1114         ExecDomainAA && ExecDomainAA->isExecutedByInitialThreadOnly(I);
1115 
1116     // If the function is not ending in aligned barriers, we need the stores to
1117     // be in aligned barriers. The load being in one is not sufficient since the
1118     // store might be executed by a thread that disappears after, causing the
1119     // aligned barrier guarding the load to unblock and the load to read a value
1120     // that has no CFG path to the load.
1121     bool InstIsExecutedInAlignedRegion =
1122         FindInterferingReads && ExecDomainAA &&
1123         ExecDomainAA->isExecutedInAlignedRegion(A, I);
1124 
1125     if (InstIsExecutedInAlignedRegion || InstIsExecutedByInitialThreadOnly)
1126       A.recordDependence(*ExecDomainAA, QueryingAA, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
1127 
1128     InformationCache &InfoCache = A.getInfoCache();
1129     bool IsThreadLocalObj =
1130         AA::isAssumedThreadLocalObject(A, getAssociatedValue(), *this);
1131 
1132     // Helper to determine if we need to consider threading, which we cannot
1133     // right now. However, if the function is (assumed) nosync or the thread
1134     // executing all instructions is the main thread only we can ignore
1135     // threading. Also, thread-local objects do not require threading reasoning.
1136     // Finally, we can ignore threading if either access is executed in an
1137     // aligned region.
1138     auto CanIgnoreThreadingForInst = [&](const Instruction &I) -> bool {
1139       if (IsThreadLocalObj || AllInSameNoSyncFn)
1140         return true;
1141       const auto *FnExecDomainAA =
1142           I.getFunction() == &Scope
1143               ? ExecDomainAA
1144               : A.lookupAAFor<AAExecutionDomain>(
1145                     IRPosition::function(*I.getFunction()), &QueryingAA,
1146                     DepClassTy::NONE);
1147       if (!FnExecDomainAA)
1148         return false;
1149       if (InstIsExecutedInAlignedRegion ||
1150           (FindInterferingWrites &&
1151            FnExecDomainAA->isExecutedInAlignedRegion(A, I))) {
1152         A.recordDependence(*FnExecDomainAA, QueryingAA, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
1153         return true;
1154       }
1155       if (InstIsExecutedByInitialThreadOnly &&
1156           FnExecDomainAA->isExecutedByInitialThreadOnly(I)) {
1157         A.recordDependence(*FnExecDomainAA, QueryingAA, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
1158         return true;
1159       }
1160       return false;
1161     };
1162 
1163     // Helper to determine if the access is executed by the same thread as the
1164     // given instruction, for now it is sufficient to avoid any potential
1165     // threading effects as we cannot deal with them anyway.
1166     auto CanIgnoreThreading = [&](const Access &Acc) -> bool {
1167       return CanIgnoreThreadingForInst(*Acc.getRemoteInst()) ||
1168              (Acc.getRemoteInst() != Acc.getLocalInst() &&
1169               CanIgnoreThreadingForInst(*Acc.getLocalInst()));
1170     };
1171 
1172     // TODO: Use inter-procedural reachability and dominance.
1173     bool IsKnownNoRecurse;
1174     AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoRecurse>(
1175         A, this, IRPosition::function(Scope), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL,
1176         IsKnownNoRecurse);
1177 
1178     // TODO: Use reaching kernels from AAKernelInfo (or move it to
1179     // AAExecutionDomain) such that we allow scopes other than kernels as long
1180     // as the reaching kernels are disjoint.
1181     bool InstInKernel = Scope.hasFnAttribute("kernel");
1182     bool ObjHasKernelLifetime = false;
1183     const bool UseDominanceReasoning =
1184         FindInterferingWrites && IsKnownNoRecurse;
1185     const DominatorTree *DT =
1186         InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(Scope);
1187 
1188     // Helper to check if a value has "kernel lifetime", that is it will not
1189     // outlive a GPU kernel. This is true for shared, constant, and local
1190     // globals on AMD and NVIDIA GPUs.
1191     auto HasKernelLifetime = [&](Value *V, Module &M) {
1192       if (!AA::isGPU(M))
1193         return false;
1194       switch (AA::GPUAddressSpace(V->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace())) {
1195       case AA::GPUAddressSpace::Shared:
1196       case AA::GPUAddressSpace::Constant:
1197       case AA::GPUAddressSpace::Local:
1198         return true;
1199       default:
1200         return false;
1201       };
1202     };
1203 
1204     // The IsLiveInCalleeCB will be used by the AA::isPotentiallyReachable query
1205     // to determine if we should look at reachability from the callee. For
1206     // certain pointers we know the lifetime and we do not have to step into the
1207     // callee to determine reachability as the pointer would be dead in the
1208     // callee. See the conditional initialization below.
1209     std::function<bool(const Function &)> IsLiveInCalleeCB;
1210 
1211     if (auto *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(&getAssociatedValue())) {
1212       // If the alloca containing function is not recursive the alloca
1213       // must be dead in the callee.
1214       const Function *AIFn = AI->getFunction();
1215       ObjHasKernelLifetime = AIFn->hasFnAttribute("kernel");
1216       bool IsKnownNoRecurse;
1217       if (AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoRecurse>(
1218               A, this, IRPosition::function(*AIFn), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL,
1219               IsKnownNoRecurse)) {
1220         IsLiveInCalleeCB = [AIFn](const Function &Fn) { return AIFn != &Fn; };
1221       }
1222     } else if (auto *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(&getAssociatedValue())) {
1223       // If the global has kernel lifetime we can stop if we reach a kernel
1224       // as it is "dead" in the (unknown) callees.
1225       ObjHasKernelLifetime = HasKernelLifetime(GV, *GV->getParent());
1226       if (ObjHasKernelLifetime)
1227         IsLiveInCalleeCB = [](const Function &Fn) {
1228           return !Fn.hasFnAttribute("kernel");
1229         };
1230     }
1231 
1232     // Set of accesses/instructions that will overwrite the result and are
1233     // therefore blockers in the reachability traversal.
1234     AA::InstExclusionSetTy ExclusionSet;
1235 
1236     auto AccessCB = [&](const Access &Acc, bool Exact) {
1237       Function *AccScope = Acc.getRemoteInst()->getFunction();
1238       bool AccInSameScope = AccScope == &Scope;
1239 
1240       // If the object has kernel lifetime we can ignore accesses only reachable
1241       // by other kernels. For now we only skip accesses *in* other kernels.
1242       if (InstInKernel && ObjHasKernelLifetime && !AccInSameScope &&
1243           AccScope->hasFnAttribute("kernel"))
1244         return true;
1245 
1246       if (Exact && Acc.isMustAccess() && Acc.getRemoteInst() != &I) {
1247         if (Acc.isWrite() || (isa<LoadInst>(I) && Acc.isWriteOrAssumption()))
1248           ExclusionSet.insert(Acc.getRemoteInst());
1249       }
1250 
1251       if ((!FindInterferingWrites || !Acc.isWriteOrAssumption()) &&
1252           (!FindInterferingReads || !Acc.isRead()))
1253         return true;
1254 
1255       bool Dominates = FindInterferingWrites && DT && Exact &&
1256                        Acc.isMustAccess() && AccInSameScope &&
1257                        DT->dominates(Acc.getRemoteInst(), &I);
1258       if (Dominates)
1259         DominatingWrites.insert(&Acc);
1260 
1261       // Track if all interesting accesses are in the same `nosync` function as
1262       // the given instruction.
1263       AllInSameNoSyncFn &= Acc.getRemoteInst()->getFunction() == &Scope;
1264 
1265       InterferingAccesses.push_back({&Acc, Exact});
1266       return true;
1267     };
1268     if (!State::forallInterferingAccesses(I, AccessCB, Range))
1269       return false;
1270 
1271     HasBeenWrittenTo = !DominatingWrites.empty();
1272 
1273     // Dominating writes form a chain, find the least/lowest member.
1274     Instruction *LeastDominatingWriteInst = nullptr;
1275     for (const Access *Acc : DominatingWrites) {
1276       if (!LeastDominatingWriteInst) {
1277         LeastDominatingWriteInst = Acc->getRemoteInst();
1278       } else if (DT->dominates(LeastDominatingWriteInst,
1279                                Acc->getRemoteInst())) {
1280         LeastDominatingWriteInst = Acc->getRemoteInst();
1281       }
1282     }
1283 
1284     // Helper to determine if we can skip a specific write access.
1285     auto CanSkipAccess = [&](const Access &Acc, bool Exact) {
1286       if (SkipCB && SkipCB(Acc))
1287         return true;
1288       if (!CanIgnoreThreading(Acc))
1289         return false;
1290 
1291       // Check read (RAW) dependences and write (WAR) dependences as necessary.
1292       // If we successfully excluded all effects we are interested in, the
1293       // access can be skipped.
1294       bool ReadChecked = !FindInterferingReads;
1295       bool WriteChecked = !FindInterferingWrites;
1296 
1297       // If the instruction cannot reach the access, the former does not
1298       // interfere with what the access reads.
1299       if (!ReadChecked) {
1300         if (!AA::isPotentiallyReachable(A, I, *Acc.getRemoteInst(), QueryingAA,
1301                                         &ExclusionSet, IsLiveInCalleeCB))
1302           ReadChecked = true;
1303       }
1304       // If the instruction cannot be reach from the access, the latter does not
1305       // interfere with what the instruction reads.
1306       if (!WriteChecked) {
1307         if (!AA::isPotentiallyReachable(A, *Acc.getRemoteInst(), I, QueryingAA,
1308                                         &ExclusionSet, IsLiveInCalleeCB))
1309           WriteChecked = true;
1310       }
1311 
1312       // If we still might be affected by the write of the access but there are
1313       // dominating writes in the function of the instruction
1314       // (HasBeenWrittenTo), we can try to reason that the access is overwritten
1315       // by them. This would have happend above if they are all in the same
1316       // function, so we only check the inter-procedural case. Effectively, we
1317       // want to show that there is no call after the dominting write that might
1318       // reach the access, and when it returns reach the instruction with the
1319       // updated value. To this end, we iterate all call sites, check if they
1320       // might reach the instruction without going through another access
1321       // (ExclusionSet) and at the same time might reach the access. However,
1322       // that is all part of AAInterFnReachability.
1323       if (!WriteChecked && HasBeenWrittenTo &&
1324           Acc.getRemoteInst()->getFunction() != &Scope) {
1325 
1326         const auto *FnReachabilityAA = A.getAAFor<AAInterFnReachability>(
1327             QueryingAA, IRPosition::function(Scope), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
1328 
1329         // Without going backwards in the call tree, can we reach the access
1330         // from the least dominating write. Do not allow to pass the instruction
1331         // itself either.
1332         bool Inserted = ExclusionSet.insert(&I).second;
1333 
1334         if (!FnReachabilityAA ||
1335             !FnReachabilityAA->instructionCanReach(
1336                 A, *LeastDominatingWriteInst,
1337                 *Acc.getRemoteInst()->getFunction(), &ExclusionSet))
1338           WriteChecked = true;
1339 
1340         if (Inserted)
1341           ExclusionSet.erase(&I);
1342       }
1343 
1344       if (ReadChecked && WriteChecked)
1345         return true;
1346 
1347       if (!DT || !UseDominanceReasoning)
1348         return false;
1349       if (!DominatingWrites.count(&Acc))
1350         return false;
1351       return LeastDominatingWriteInst != Acc.getRemoteInst();
1352     };
1353 
1354     // Run the user callback on all accesses we cannot skip and return if
1355     // that succeeded for all or not.
1356     for (auto &It : InterferingAccesses) {
1357       if ((!AllInSameNoSyncFn && !IsThreadLocalObj && !ExecDomainAA) ||
1358           !CanSkipAccess(*It.first, It.second)) {
1359         if (!UserCB(*It.first, It.second))
1360           return false;
1361       }
1362     }
1363     return true;
1364   }
1365 
1366   ChangeStatus translateAndAddStateFromCallee(Attributor &A,
1367                                               const AAPointerInfo &OtherAA,
1368                                               CallBase &CB) {
1369     using namespace AA::PointerInfo;
1370     if (!OtherAA.getState().isValidState() || !isValidState())
1371       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
1372 
1373     const auto &OtherAAImpl = static_cast<const AAPointerInfoImpl &>(OtherAA);
1374     bool IsByval = OtherAAImpl.getAssociatedArgument()->hasByValAttr();
1375 
1376     // Combine the accesses bin by bin.
1377     ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
1378     const auto &State = OtherAAImpl.getState();
1379     for (const auto &It : State) {
1380       for (auto Index : It.getSecond()) {
1381         const auto &RAcc = State.getAccess(Index);
1382         if (IsByval && !RAcc.isRead())
1383           continue;
1384         bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
1385         AccessKind AK = RAcc.getKind();
1386         auto Content = A.translateArgumentToCallSiteContent(
1387             RAcc.getContent(), CB, *this, UsedAssumedInformation);
1388         AK = AccessKind(AK & (IsByval ? AccessKind::AK_R : AccessKind::AK_RW));
1389         AK = AccessKind(AK | (RAcc.isMayAccess() ? AK_MAY : AK_MUST));
1390 
1391         Changed |= addAccess(A, RAcc.getRanges(), CB, Content, AK,
1392                              RAcc.getType(), RAcc.getRemoteInst());
1393       }
1394     }
1395     return Changed;
1396   }
1397 
1398   ChangeStatus translateAndAddState(Attributor &A, const AAPointerInfo &OtherAA,
1399                                     const OffsetInfo &Offsets, CallBase &CB) {
1400     using namespace AA::PointerInfo;
1401     if (!OtherAA.getState().isValidState() || !isValidState())
1402       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
1403 
1404     const auto &OtherAAImpl = static_cast<const AAPointerInfoImpl &>(OtherAA);
1405 
1406     // Combine the accesses bin by bin.
1407     ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
1408     const auto &State = OtherAAImpl.getState();
1409     for (const auto &It : State) {
1410       for (auto Index : It.getSecond()) {
1411         const auto &RAcc = State.getAccess(Index);
1412         for (auto Offset : Offsets) {
1413           auto NewRanges = Offset == AA::RangeTy::Unknown
1414                                ? AA::RangeTy::getUnknown()
1415                                : RAcc.getRanges();
1416           if (!NewRanges.isUnknown()) {
1417             NewRanges.addToAllOffsets(Offset);
1418           }
1419           Changed |=
1420               addAccess(A, NewRanges, CB, RAcc.getContent(), RAcc.getKind(),
1421                         RAcc.getType(), RAcc.getRemoteInst());
1422         }
1423       }
1424     }
1425     return Changed;
1426   }
1427 
1428   /// Statistic tracking for all AAPointerInfo implementations.
1429   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics().
1430   void trackPointerInfoStatistics(const IRPosition &IRP) const {}
1431 
1432   /// Dump the state into \p O.
1433   void dumpState(raw_ostream &O) {
1434     for (auto &It : OffsetBins) {
1435       O << "[" << It.first.Offset << "-" << It.first.Offset + It.first.Size
1436         << "] : " << It.getSecond().size() << "\n";
1437       for (auto AccIndex : It.getSecond()) {
1438         auto &Acc = AccessList[AccIndex];
1439         O << "     - " << Acc.getKind() << " - " << *Acc.getLocalInst() << "\n";
1440         if (Acc.getLocalInst() != Acc.getRemoteInst())
1441           O << "     -->                         " << *Acc.getRemoteInst()
1442             << "\n";
1443         if (!Acc.isWrittenValueYetUndetermined()) {
1444           if (isa_and_nonnull<Function>(Acc.getWrittenValue()))
1445             O << "       - c: func " << Acc.getWrittenValue()->getName()
1446               << "\n";
1447           else if (Acc.getWrittenValue())
1448             O << "       - c: " << *Acc.getWrittenValue() << "\n";
1449           else
1450             O << "       - c: <unknown>\n";
1451         }
1452       }
1453     }
1454   }
1455 };
1456 
1457 struct AAPointerInfoFloating : public AAPointerInfoImpl {
1458   using AccessKind = AAPointerInfo::AccessKind;
1459   AAPointerInfoFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
1460       : AAPointerInfoImpl(IRP, A) {}
1461 
1462   /// Deal with an access and signal if it was handled successfully.
1463   bool handleAccess(Attributor &A, Instruction &I,
1464                     std::optional<Value *> Content, AccessKind Kind,
1465                     SmallVectorImpl<int64_t> &Offsets, ChangeStatus &Changed,
1466                     Type &Ty) {
1467     using namespace AA::PointerInfo;
1468     auto Size = AA::RangeTy::Unknown;
1469     const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout();
1470     TypeSize AccessSize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(&Ty);
1471     if (!AccessSize.isScalable())
1472       Size = AccessSize.getFixedValue();
1473 
1474     // Make a strictly ascending list of offsets as required by addAccess()
1475     llvm::sort(Offsets);
1476     auto *Last = llvm::unique(Offsets);
1477     Offsets.erase(Last, Offsets.end());
1478 
1479     VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(&Ty);
1480     if (!VT || VT->getElementCount().isScalable() ||
1481         !Content.value_or(nullptr) || !isa<Constant>(*Content) ||
1482         (*Content)->getType() != VT ||
1483         DL.getTypeStoreSize(VT->getElementType()).isScalable()) {
1484       Changed = Changed | addAccess(A, {Offsets, Size}, I, Content, Kind, &Ty);
1485     } else {
1486       // Handle vector stores with constant content element-wise.
1487       // TODO: We could look for the elements or create instructions
1488       //       representing them.
1489       // TODO: We need to push the Content into the range abstraction
1490       //       (AA::RangeTy) to allow different content values for different
1491       //       ranges. ranges. Hence, support vectors storing different values.
1492       Type *ElementType = VT->getElementType();
1493       int64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(ElementType).getFixedValue();
1494       auto *ConstContent = cast<Constant>(*Content);
1495       Type *Int32Ty = Type::getInt32Ty(ElementType->getContext());
1496       SmallVector<int64_t> ElementOffsets(Offsets.begin(), Offsets.end());
1497 
1498       for (int i = 0, e = VT->getElementCount().getFixedValue(); i != e; ++i) {
1499         Value *ElementContent = ConstantExpr::getExtractElement(
1500             ConstContent, ConstantInt::get(Int32Ty, i));
1501 
1502         // Add the element access.
1503         Changed = Changed | addAccess(A, {ElementOffsets, ElementSize}, I,
1504                                       ElementContent, Kind, ElementType);
1505 
1506         // Advance the offsets for the next element.
1507         for (auto &ElementOffset : ElementOffsets)
1508           ElementOffset += ElementSize;
1509       }
1510     }
1511     return true;
1512   };
1513 
1514   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
1515   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override;
1516 
1517   /// If the indices to \p GEP can be traced to constants, incorporate all
1518   /// of these into \p UsrOI.
1519   ///
1520   /// \return true iff \p UsrOI is updated.
1521   bool collectConstantsForGEP(Attributor &A, const DataLayout &DL,
1522                               OffsetInfo &UsrOI, const OffsetInfo &PtrOI,
1523                               const GEPOperator *GEP);
1524 
1525   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
1526   void trackStatistics() const override {
1527     AAPointerInfoImpl::trackPointerInfoStatistics(getIRPosition());
1528   }
1529 };
1530 
1531 bool AAPointerInfoFloating::collectConstantsForGEP(Attributor &A,
1532                                                    const DataLayout &DL,
1533                                                    OffsetInfo &UsrOI,
1534                                                    const OffsetInfo &PtrOI,
1535                                                    const GEPOperator *GEP) {
1536   unsigned BitWidth = DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(GEP->getType());
1537   MapVector<Value *, APInt> VariableOffsets;
1538   APInt ConstantOffset(BitWidth, 0);
1539 
1540   assert(!UsrOI.isUnknown() && !PtrOI.isUnknown() &&
1541          "Don't look for constant values if the offset has already been "
1542          "determined to be unknown.");
1543 
1544   if (!GEP->collectOffset(DL, BitWidth, VariableOffsets, ConstantOffset)) {
1545     UsrOI.setUnknown();
1546     return true;
1547   }
1548 
1549   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] GEP offset is "
1550                     << (VariableOffsets.empty() ? "" : "not") << " constant "
1551                     << *GEP << "\n");
1552 
1553   auto Union = PtrOI;
1554   Union.addToAll(ConstantOffset.getSExtValue());
1555 
1556   // Each VI in VariableOffsets has a set of potential constant values. Every
1557   // combination of elements, picked one each from these sets, is separately
1558   // added to the original set of offsets, thus resulting in more offsets.
1559   for (const auto &VI : VariableOffsets) {
1560     auto *PotentialConstantsAA = A.getAAFor<AAPotentialConstantValues>(
1561         *this, IRPosition::value(*VI.first), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
1562     if (!PotentialConstantsAA || !PotentialConstantsAA->isValidState()) {
1563       UsrOI.setUnknown();
1564       return true;
1565     }
1566 
1567     // UndefValue is treated as a zero, which leaves Union as is.
1568     if (PotentialConstantsAA->undefIsContained())
1569       continue;
1570 
1571     // We need at least one constant in every set to compute an actual offset.
1572     // Otherwise, we end up pessimizing AAPointerInfo by respecting offsets that
1573     // don't actually exist. In other words, the absence of constant values
1574     // implies that the operation can be assumed dead for now.
1575     auto &AssumedSet = PotentialConstantsAA->getAssumedSet();
1576     if (AssumedSet.empty())
1577       return false;
1578 
1579     OffsetInfo Product;
1580     for (const auto &ConstOffset : AssumedSet) {
1581       auto CopyPerOffset = Union;
1582       CopyPerOffset.addToAll(ConstOffset.getSExtValue() *
1583                              VI.second.getZExtValue());
1584       Product.merge(CopyPerOffset);
1585     }
1586     Union = Product;
1587   }
1588 
1589   UsrOI = std::move(Union);
1590   return true;
1591 }
1592 
1593 ChangeStatus AAPointerInfoFloating::updateImpl(Attributor &A) {
1594   using namespace AA::PointerInfo;
1595   ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
1596   const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout();
1597   Value &AssociatedValue = getAssociatedValue();
1598 
1599   DenseMap<Value *, OffsetInfo> OffsetInfoMap;
1600   OffsetInfoMap[&AssociatedValue].insert(0);
1601 
1602   auto HandlePassthroughUser = [&](Value *Usr, Value *CurPtr, bool &Follow) {
1603     // One does not simply walk into a map and assign a reference to a possibly
1604     // new location. That can cause an invalidation before the assignment
1605     // happens, like so:
1606     //
1607     //   OffsetInfoMap[Usr] = OffsetInfoMap[CurPtr]; /* bad idea! */
1608     //
1609     // The RHS is a reference that may be invalidated by an insertion caused by
1610     // the LHS. So we ensure that the side-effect of the LHS happens first.
1611 
1612     assert(OffsetInfoMap.contains(CurPtr) &&
1613            "CurPtr does not exist in the map!");
1614 
1615     auto &UsrOI = OffsetInfoMap[Usr];
1616     auto &PtrOI = OffsetInfoMap[CurPtr];
1617     assert(!PtrOI.isUnassigned() &&
1618            "Cannot pass through if the input Ptr was not visited!");
1619     UsrOI.merge(PtrOI);
1620     Follow = true;
1621     return true;
1622   };
1623 
1624   auto UsePred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) -> bool {
1625     Value *CurPtr = U.get();
1626     User *Usr = U.getUser();
1627     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Analyze " << *CurPtr << " in " << *Usr
1628                       << "\n");
1629     assert(OffsetInfoMap.count(CurPtr) &&
1630            "The current pointer offset should have been seeded!");
1631 
1632     if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Usr)) {
1633       if (CE->isCast())
1634         return HandlePassthroughUser(Usr, CurPtr, Follow);
1635       if (!isa<GEPOperator>(CE)) {
1636         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Unhandled constant user " << *CE
1637                           << "\n");
1638         return false;
1639       }
1640     }
1641     if (auto *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(Usr)) {
1642       // Note the order here, the Usr access might change the map, CurPtr is
1643       // already in it though.
1644       auto &UsrOI = OffsetInfoMap[Usr];
1645       auto &PtrOI = OffsetInfoMap[CurPtr];
1646 
1647       if (UsrOI.isUnknown())
1648         return true;
1649 
1650       if (PtrOI.isUnknown()) {
1651         Follow = true;
1652         UsrOI.setUnknown();
1653         return true;
1654       }
1655 
1656       Follow = collectConstantsForGEP(A, DL, UsrOI, PtrOI, GEP);
1657       return true;
1658     }
1659     if (isa<PtrToIntInst>(Usr))
1660       return false;
1661     if (isa<CastInst>(Usr) || isa<SelectInst>(Usr) || isa<ReturnInst>(Usr))
1662       return HandlePassthroughUser(Usr, CurPtr, Follow);
1663 
1664     // For PHIs we need to take care of the recurrence explicitly as the value
1665     // might change while we iterate through a loop. For now, we give up if
1666     // the PHI is not invariant.
1667     if (auto *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Usr)) {
1668       // Note the order here, the Usr access might change the map, CurPtr is
1669       // already in it though.
1670       bool IsFirstPHIUser = !OffsetInfoMap.count(PHI);
1671       auto &UsrOI = OffsetInfoMap[PHI];
1672       auto &PtrOI = OffsetInfoMap[CurPtr];
1673 
1674       // Check if the PHI operand has already an unknown offset as we can't
1675       // improve on that anymore.
1676       if (PtrOI.isUnknown()) {
1677         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] PHI operand offset unknown "
1678                           << *CurPtr << " in " << *PHI << "\n");
1679         Follow = !UsrOI.isUnknown();
1680         UsrOI.setUnknown();
1681         return true;
1682       }
1683 
1684       // Check if the PHI is invariant (so far).
1685       if (UsrOI == PtrOI) {
1686         assert(!PtrOI.isUnassigned() &&
1687                "Cannot assign if the current Ptr was not visited!");
1688         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] PHI is invariant (so far)");
1689         return true;
1690       }
1691 
1692       // Check if the PHI operand can be traced back to AssociatedValue.
1693       APInt Offset(
1694           DL.getIndexSizeInBits(CurPtr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace()),
1695           0);
1696       Value *CurPtrBase = CurPtr->stripAndAccumulateConstantOffsets(
1697           DL, Offset, /* AllowNonInbounds */ true);
1698       auto It = OffsetInfoMap.find(CurPtrBase);
1699       if (It == OffsetInfoMap.end()) {
1700         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] PHI operand is too complex "
1701                           << *CurPtr << " in " << *PHI
1702                           << " (base: " << *CurPtrBase << ")\n");
1703         UsrOI.setUnknown();
1704         Follow = true;
1705         return true;
1706       }
1707 
1708       // Check if the PHI operand is not dependent on the PHI itself. Every
1709       // recurrence is a cyclic net of PHIs in the data flow, and has an
1710       // equivalent Cycle in the control flow. One of those PHIs must be in the
1711       // header of that control flow Cycle. This is independent of the choice of
1712       // Cycles reported by CycleInfo. It is sufficient to check the PHIs in
1713       // every Cycle header; if such a node is marked unknown, this will
1714       // eventually propagate through the whole net of PHIs in the recurrence.
1715       const auto *CI =
1716           A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<CycleAnalysis>(
1717               *PHI->getFunction());
1718       if (mayBeInCycle(CI, cast<Instruction>(Usr), /* HeaderOnly */ true)) {
1719         auto BaseOI = It->getSecond();
1720         BaseOI.addToAll(Offset.getZExtValue());
1721         if (IsFirstPHIUser || BaseOI == UsrOI) {
1722           LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] PHI is invariant " << *CurPtr
1723                             << " in " << *Usr << "\n");
1724           return HandlePassthroughUser(Usr, CurPtr, Follow);
1725         }
1726 
1727         LLVM_DEBUG(
1728             dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] PHI operand pointer offset mismatch "
1729                    << *CurPtr << " in " << *PHI << "\n");
1730         UsrOI.setUnknown();
1731         Follow = true;
1732         return true;
1733       }
1734 
1735       UsrOI.merge(PtrOI);
1736       Follow = true;
1737       return true;
1738     }
1739 
1740     if (auto *LoadI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Usr)) {
1741       // If the access is to a pointer that may or may not be the associated
1742       // value, e.g. due to a PHI, we cannot assume it will be read.
1743       AccessKind AK = AccessKind::AK_R;
1744       if (getUnderlyingObject(CurPtr) == &AssociatedValue)
1745         AK = AccessKind(AK | AccessKind::AK_MUST);
1746       else
1747         AK = AccessKind(AK | AccessKind::AK_MAY);
1748       if (!handleAccess(A, *LoadI, /* Content */ nullptr, AK,
1749                         OffsetInfoMap[CurPtr].Offsets, Changed,
1750                         *LoadI->getType()))
1751         return false;
1752 
1753       auto IsAssumption = [](Instruction &I) {
1754         if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(&I))
1755           return II->isAssumeLikeIntrinsic();
1756         return false;
1757       };
1758 
1759       auto IsImpactedInRange = [&](Instruction *FromI, Instruction *ToI) {
1760         // Check if the assumption and the load are executed together without
1761         // memory modification.
1762         do {
1763           if (FromI->mayWriteToMemory() && !IsAssumption(*FromI))
1764             return true;
1765           FromI = FromI->getNextNonDebugInstruction();
1766         } while (FromI && FromI != ToI);
1767         return false;
1768       };
1769 
1770       BasicBlock *BB = LoadI->getParent();
1771       auto IsValidAssume = [&](IntrinsicInst &IntrI) {
1772         if (IntrI.getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::assume)
1773           return false;
1774         BasicBlock *IntrBB = IntrI.getParent();
1775         if (IntrI.getParent() == BB) {
1776           if (IsImpactedInRange(LoadI->getNextNonDebugInstruction(), &IntrI))
1777             return false;
1778         } else {
1779           auto PredIt = pred_begin(IntrBB);
1780           if (PredIt == pred_end(IntrBB))
1781             return false;
1782           if ((*PredIt) != BB)
1783             return false;
1784           if (++PredIt != pred_end(IntrBB))
1785             return false;
1786           for (auto *SuccBB : successors(BB)) {
1787             if (SuccBB == IntrBB)
1788               continue;
1789             if (isa<UnreachableInst>(SuccBB->getTerminator()))
1790               continue;
1791             return false;
1792           }
1793           if (IsImpactedInRange(LoadI->getNextNonDebugInstruction(),
1794                                 BB->getTerminator()))
1795             return false;
1796           if (IsImpactedInRange(&IntrBB->front(), &IntrI))
1797             return false;
1798         }
1799         return true;
1800       };
1801 
1802       std::pair<Value *, IntrinsicInst *> Assumption;
1803       for (const Use &LoadU : LoadI->uses()) {
1804         if (auto *CmpI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(LoadU.getUser())) {
1805           if (!CmpI->isEquality() || !CmpI->isTrueWhenEqual())
1806             continue;
1807           for (const Use &CmpU : CmpI->uses()) {
1808             if (auto *IntrI = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(CmpU.getUser())) {
1809               if (!IsValidAssume(*IntrI))
1810                 continue;
1811               int Idx = CmpI->getOperandUse(0) == LoadU;
1812               Assumption = {CmpI->getOperand(Idx), IntrI};
1813               break;
1814             }
1815           }
1816         }
1817         if (Assumption.first)
1818           break;
1819       }
1820 
1821       // Check if we found an assumption associated with this load.
1822       if (!Assumption.first || !Assumption.second)
1823         return true;
1824 
1825       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Assumption found "
1826                         << *Assumption.second << ": " << *LoadI
1827                         << " == " << *Assumption.first << "\n");
1828       bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
1829       std::optional<Value *> Content = nullptr;
1830       if (Assumption.first)
1831         Content =
1832             A.getAssumedSimplified(*Assumption.first, *this,
1833                                    UsedAssumedInformation, AA::Interprocedural);
1834       return handleAccess(
1835           A, *Assumption.second, Content, AccessKind::AK_ASSUMPTION,
1836           OffsetInfoMap[CurPtr].Offsets, Changed, *LoadI->getType());
1837     }
1838 
1839     auto HandleStoreLike = [&](Instruction &I, Value *ValueOp, Type &ValueTy,
1840                                ArrayRef<Value *> OtherOps, AccessKind AK) {
1841       for (auto *OtherOp : OtherOps) {
1842         if (OtherOp == CurPtr) {
1843           LLVM_DEBUG(
1844               dbgs()
1845               << "[AAPointerInfo] Escaping use in store like instruction " << I
1846               << "\n");
1847           return false;
1848         }
1849       }
1850 
1851       // If the access is to a pointer that may or may not be the associated
1852       // value, e.g. due to a PHI, we cannot assume it will be written.
1853       if (getUnderlyingObject(CurPtr) == &AssociatedValue)
1854         AK = AccessKind(AK | AccessKind::AK_MUST);
1855       else
1856         AK = AccessKind(AK | AccessKind::AK_MAY);
1857       bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
1858       std::optional<Value *> Content = nullptr;
1859       if (ValueOp)
1860         Content = A.getAssumedSimplified(
1861             *ValueOp, *this, UsedAssumedInformation, AA::Interprocedural);
1862       return handleAccess(A, I, Content, AK, OffsetInfoMap[CurPtr].Offsets,
1863                           Changed, ValueTy);
1864     };
1865 
1866     if (auto *StoreI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Usr))
1867       return HandleStoreLike(*StoreI, StoreI->getValueOperand(),
1868                              *StoreI->getValueOperand()->getType(),
1869                              {StoreI->getValueOperand()}, AccessKind::AK_W);
1870     if (auto *RMWI = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(Usr))
1871       return HandleStoreLike(*RMWI, nullptr, *RMWI->getValOperand()->getType(),
1872                              {RMWI->getValOperand()}, AccessKind::AK_RW);
1873     if (auto *CXI = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(Usr))
1874       return HandleStoreLike(
1875           *CXI, nullptr, *CXI->getNewValOperand()->getType(),
1876           {CXI->getCompareOperand(), CXI->getNewValOperand()},
1877           AccessKind::AK_RW);
1878 
1879     if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(Usr)) {
1880       if (CB->isLifetimeStartOrEnd())
1881         return true;
1882       const auto *TLI =
1883           A.getInfoCache().getTargetLibraryInfoForFunction(*CB->getFunction());
1884       if (getFreedOperand(CB, TLI) == U)
1885         return true;
1886       if (CB->isArgOperand(&U)) {
1887         unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(&U);
1888         const auto *CSArgPI = A.getAAFor<AAPointerInfo>(
1889             *this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo),
1890             DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
1891         if (!CSArgPI)
1892           return false;
1893         Changed =
1894             translateAndAddState(A, *CSArgPI, OffsetInfoMap[CurPtr], *CB) |
1895             Changed;
1896         return isValidState();
1897       }
1898       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Call user not handled " << *CB
1899                         << "\n");
1900       // TODO: Allow some call uses
1901       return false;
1902     }
1903 
1904     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] User not handled " << *Usr << "\n");
1905     return false;
1906   };
1907   auto EquivalentUseCB = [&](const Use &OldU, const Use &NewU) {
1908     assert(OffsetInfoMap.count(OldU) && "Old use should be known already!");
1909     if (OffsetInfoMap.count(NewU)) {
1910       LLVM_DEBUG({
1911         if (!(OffsetInfoMap[NewU] == OffsetInfoMap[OldU])) {
1912           dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Equivalent use callback failed: "
1913                  << OffsetInfoMap[NewU] << " vs " << OffsetInfoMap[OldU]
1914                  << "\n";
1915         }
1916       });
1917       return OffsetInfoMap[NewU] == OffsetInfoMap[OldU];
1918     }
1919     OffsetInfoMap[NewU] = OffsetInfoMap[OldU];
1920     return true;
1921   };
1922   if (!A.checkForAllUses(UsePred, *this, AssociatedValue,
1923                          /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL,
1924                          /* IgnoreDroppableUses */ true, EquivalentUseCB)) {
1925     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Check for all uses failed, abort!\n");
1926     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
1927   }
1928 
1929   LLVM_DEBUG({
1930     dbgs() << "Accesses by bin after update:\n";
1931     dumpState(dbgs());
1932   });
1933 
1934   return Changed;
1935 }
1936 
1937 struct AAPointerInfoReturned final : AAPointerInfoImpl {
1938   AAPointerInfoReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
1939       : AAPointerInfoImpl(IRP, A) {}
1940 
1941   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
1942   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
1943     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
1944   }
1945 
1946   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
1947   void trackStatistics() const override {
1948     AAPointerInfoImpl::trackPointerInfoStatistics(getIRPosition());
1949   }
1950 };
1951 
1952 struct AAPointerInfoArgument final : AAPointerInfoFloating {
1953   AAPointerInfoArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
1954       : AAPointerInfoFloating(IRP, A) {}
1955 
1956   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
1957   void trackStatistics() const override {
1958     AAPointerInfoImpl::trackPointerInfoStatistics(getIRPosition());
1959   }
1960 };
1961 
1962 struct AAPointerInfoCallSiteArgument final : AAPointerInfoFloating {
1963   AAPointerInfoCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
1964       : AAPointerInfoFloating(IRP, A) {}
1965 
1966   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
1967   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
1968     using namespace AA::PointerInfo;
1969     // We handle memory intrinsics explicitly, at least the first (=
1970     // destination) and second (=source) arguments as we know how they are
1971     // accessed.
1972     if (auto *MI = dyn_cast_or_null<MemIntrinsic>(getCtxI())) {
1973       ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getLength());
1974       int64_t LengthVal = AA::RangeTy::Unknown;
1975       if (Length)
1976         LengthVal = Length->getSExtValue();
1977       unsigned ArgNo = getIRPosition().getCallSiteArgNo();
1978       ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
1979       if (ArgNo > 1) {
1980         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Unhandled memory intrinsic "
1981                           << *MI << "\n");
1982         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
1983       } else {
1984         auto Kind =
1985             ArgNo == 0 ? AccessKind::AK_MUST_WRITE : AccessKind::AK_MUST_READ;
1986         Changed =
1987             Changed | addAccess(A, {0, LengthVal}, *MI, nullptr, Kind, nullptr);
1988       }
1989       LLVM_DEBUG({
1990         dbgs() << "Accesses by bin after update:\n";
1991         dumpState(dbgs());
1992       });
1993 
1994       return Changed;
1995     }
1996 
1997     // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide
1998     //       call site specific liveness information and then it makes
1999     //       sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of
2000     //       redirecting requests to the callee argument.
2001     Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument();
2002     if (Arg) {
2003       const IRPosition &ArgPos = IRPosition::argument(*Arg);
2004       auto *ArgAA =
2005           A.getAAFor<AAPointerInfo>(*this, ArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
2006       if (ArgAA && ArgAA->getState().isValidState())
2007         return translateAndAddStateFromCallee(A, *ArgAA,
2008                                               *cast<CallBase>(getCtxI()));
2009       if (!Arg->getParent()->isDeclaration())
2010         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
2011     }
2012 
2013     bool IsKnownNoCapture;
2014     if (!AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoCapture>(
2015             A, this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnownNoCapture))
2016       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
2017 
2018     bool IsKnown = false;
2019     if (AA::isAssumedReadNone(A, getIRPosition(), *this, IsKnown))
2020       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2021     bool ReadOnly = AA::isAssumedReadOnly(A, getIRPosition(), *this, IsKnown);
2022     auto Kind =
2023         ReadOnly ? AccessKind::AK_MAY_READ : AccessKind::AK_MAY_READ_WRITE;
2024     return addAccess(A, AA::RangeTy::getUnknown(), *getCtxI(), nullptr, Kind,
2025                      nullptr);
2026   }
2027 
2028   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2029   void trackStatistics() const override {
2030     AAPointerInfoImpl::trackPointerInfoStatistics(getIRPosition());
2031   }
2032 };
2033 
2034 struct AAPointerInfoCallSiteReturned final : AAPointerInfoFloating {
2035   AAPointerInfoCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2036       : AAPointerInfoFloating(IRP, A) {}
2037 
2038   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2039   void trackStatistics() const override {
2040     AAPointerInfoImpl::trackPointerInfoStatistics(getIRPosition());
2041   }
2042 };
2043 } // namespace
2044 
2045 /// -----------------------NoUnwind Function Attribute--------------------------
2046 
2047 namespace {
2048 struct AANoUnwindImpl : AANoUnwind {
2049   AANoUnwindImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoUnwind(IRP, A) {}
2050 
2051   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
2052   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
2053     bool IsKnown;
2054     assert(!AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoUnwind>(
2055         A, nullptr, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE, IsKnown));
2056     (void)IsKnown;
2057   }
2058 
2059   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
2060     return getAssumed() ? "nounwind" : "may-unwind";
2061   }
2062 
2063   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
2064   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
2065     auto Opcodes = {
2066         (unsigned)Instruction::Invoke,      (unsigned)Instruction::CallBr,
2067         (unsigned)Instruction::Call,        (unsigned)Instruction::CleanupRet,
2068         (unsigned)Instruction::CatchSwitch, (unsigned)Instruction::Resume};
2069 
2070     auto CheckForNoUnwind = [&](Instruction &I) {
2071       if (!I.mayThrow(/* IncludePhaseOneUnwind */ true))
2072         return true;
2073 
2074       if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&I)) {
2075         bool IsKnownNoUnwind;
2076         return AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoUnwind>(
2077             A, this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB), DepClassTy::REQUIRED,
2078             IsKnownNoUnwind);
2079       }
2080       return false;
2081     };
2082 
2083     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
2084     if (!A.checkForAllInstructions(CheckForNoUnwind, *this, Opcodes,
2085                                    UsedAssumedInformation))
2086       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
2087 
2088     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2089   }
2090 };
2091 
2092 struct AANoUnwindFunction final : public AANoUnwindImpl {
2093   AANoUnwindFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2094       : AANoUnwindImpl(IRP, A) {}
2095 
2096   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2097   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(nounwind) }
2098 };
2099 
2100 /// NoUnwind attribute deduction for a call sites.
2101 struct AANoUnwindCallSite final
2102     : AACalleeToCallSite<AANoUnwind, AANoUnwindImpl> {
2103   AANoUnwindCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2104       : AACalleeToCallSite<AANoUnwind, AANoUnwindImpl>(IRP, A) {}
2105 
2106   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2107   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(nounwind); }
2108 };
2109 } // namespace
2110 
2111 /// ------------------------ NoSync Function Attribute -------------------------
2112 
2113 bool AANoSync::isAlignedBarrier(const CallBase &CB, bool ExecutedAligned) {
2114   switch (CB.getIntrinsicID()) {
2115   case Intrinsic::nvvm_barrier0:
2116   case Intrinsic::nvvm_barrier0_and:
2117   case Intrinsic::nvvm_barrier0_or:
2118   case Intrinsic::nvvm_barrier0_popc:
2119     return true;
2120   case Intrinsic::amdgcn_s_barrier:
2121     if (ExecutedAligned)
2122       return true;
2123     break;
2124   default:
2125     break;
2126   }
2127   return hasAssumption(CB, KnownAssumptionString("ompx_aligned_barrier"));
2128 }
2129 
2130 bool AANoSync::isNonRelaxedAtomic(const Instruction *I) {
2131   if (!I->isAtomic())
2132     return false;
2133 
2134   if (auto *FI = dyn_cast<FenceInst>(I))
2135     // All legal orderings for fence are stronger than monotonic.
2136     return FI->getSyncScopeID() != SyncScope::SingleThread;
2137   if (auto *AI = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)) {
2138     // Unordered is not a legal ordering for cmpxchg.
2139     return (AI->getSuccessOrdering() != AtomicOrdering::Monotonic ||
2140             AI->getFailureOrdering() != AtomicOrdering::Monotonic);
2141   }
2142 
2143   AtomicOrdering Ordering;
2144   switch (I->getOpcode()) {
2145   case Instruction::AtomicRMW:
2146     Ordering = cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)->getOrdering();
2147     break;
2148   case Instruction::Store:
2149     Ordering = cast<StoreInst>(I)->getOrdering();
2150     break;
2151   case Instruction::Load:
2152     Ordering = cast<LoadInst>(I)->getOrdering();
2153     break;
2154   default:
2155     llvm_unreachable(
2156         "New atomic operations need to be known in the attributor.");
2157   }
2158 
2159   return (Ordering != AtomicOrdering::Unordered &&
2160           Ordering != AtomicOrdering::Monotonic);
2161 }
2162 
2163 /// Return true if this intrinsic is nosync.  This is only used for intrinsics
2164 /// which would be nosync except that they have a volatile flag.  All other
2165 /// intrinsics are simply annotated with the nosync attribute in Intrinsics.td.
2166 bool AANoSync::isNoSyncIntrinsic(const Instruction *I) {
2167   if (auto *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(I))
2168     return !MI->isVolatile();
2169   return false;
2170 }
2171 
2172 namespace {
2173 struct AANoSyncImpl : AANoSync {
2174   AANoSyncImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoSync(IRP, A) {}
2175 
2176   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
2177   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
2178     bool IsKnown;
2179     assert(!AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoSync>(A, nullptr, getIRPosition(),
2180                                                     DepClassTy::NONE, IsKnown));
2181     (void)IsKnown;
2182   }
2183 
2184   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
2185     return getAssumed() ? "nosync" : "may-sync";
2186   }
2187 
2188   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
2189   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override;
2190 };
2191 
2192 ChangeStatus AANoSyncImpl::updateImpl(Attributor &A) {
2193 
2194   auto CheckRWInstForNoSync = [&](Instruction &I) {
2195     return AA::isNoSyncInst(A, I, *this);
2196   };
2197 
2198   auto CheckForNoSync = [&](Instruction &I) {
2199     // At this point we handled all read/write effects and they are all
2200     // nosync, so they can be skipped.
2201     if (I.mayReadOrWriteMemory())
2202       return true;
2203 
2204     bool IsKnown;
2205     CallBase &CB = cast<CallBase>(I);
2206     if (AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoSync>(
2207             A, this, IRPosition::callsite_function(CB), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL,
2208             IsKnown))
2209       return true;
2210 
2211     // non-convergent and readnone imply nosync.
2212     return !CB.isConvergent();
2213   };
2214 
2215   bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
2216   if (!A.checkForAllReadWriteInstructions(CheckRWInstForNoSync, *this,
2217                                           UsedAssumedInformation) ||
2218       !A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(CheckForNoSync, *this,
2219                                          UsedAssumedInformation))
2220     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
2221 
2222   return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2223 }
2224 
2225 struct AANoSyncFunction final : public AANoSyncImpl {
2226   AANoSyncFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2227       : AANoSyncImpl(IRP, A) {}
2228 
2229   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2230   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(nosync) }
2231 };
2232 
2233 /// NoSync attribute deduction for a call sites.
2234 struct AANoSyncCallSite final : AACalleeToCallSite<AANoSync, AANoSyncImpl> {
2235   AANoSyncCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2236       : AACalleeToCallSite<AANoSync, AANoSyncImpl>(IRP, A) {}
2237 
2238   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2239   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(nosync); }
2240 };
2241 } // namespace
2242 
2243 /// ------------------------ No-Free Attributes ----------------------------
2244 
2245 namespace {
2246 struct AANoFreeImpl : public AANoFree {
2247   AANoFreeImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoFree(IRP, A) {}
2248 
2249   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
2250   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
2251     bool IsKnown;
2252     assert(!AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoFree>(A, nullptr, getIRPosition(),
2253                                                     DepClassTy::NONE, IsKnown));
2254     (void)IsKnown;
2255   }
2256 
2257   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
2258   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
2259     auto CheckForNoFree = [&](Instruction &I) {
2260       bool IsKnown;
2261       return AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoFree>(
2262           A, this, IRPosition::callsite_function(cast<CallBase>(I)),
2263           DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnown);
2264     };
2265 
2266     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
2267     if (!A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(CheckForNoFree, *this,
2268                                            UsedAssumedInformation))
2269       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
2270     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2271   }
2272 
2273   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
2274   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
2275     return getAssumed() ? "nofree" : "may-free";
2276   }
2277 };
2278 
2279 struct AANoFreeFunction final : public AANoFreeImpl {
2280   AANoFreeFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2281       : AANoFreeImpl(IRP, A) {}
2282 
2283   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2284   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(nofree) }
2285 };
2286 
2287 /// NoFree attribute deduction for a call sites.
2288 struct AANoFreeCallSite final : AACalleeToCallSite<AANoFree, AANoFreeImpl> {
2289   AANoFreeCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2290       : AACalleeToCallSite<AANoFree, AANoFreeImpl>(IRP, A) {}
2291 
2292   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2293   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(nofree); }
2294 };
2295 
2296 /// NoFree attribute for floating values.
2297 struct AANoFreeFloating : AANoFreeImpl {
2298   AANoFreeFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2299       : AANoFreeImpl(IRP, A) {}
2300 
2301   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2302   void trackStatistics() const override{STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(nofree)}
2303 
2304   /// See Abstract Attribute::updateImpl(...).
2305   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
2306     const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition();
2307 
2308     bool IsKnown;
2309     if (AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoFree>(A, this,
2310                                                 IRPosition::function_scope(IRP),
2311                                                 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnown))
2312       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2313 
2314     Value &AssociatedValue = getIRPosition().getAssociatedValue();
2315     auto Pred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) -> bool {
2316       Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
2317       if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(UserI)) {
2318         if (CB->isBundleOperand(&U))
2319           return false;
2320         if (!CB->isArgOperand(&U))
2321           return true;
2322         unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(&U);
2323 
2324         bool IsKnown;
2325         return AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoFree>(
2326             A, this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo),
2327             DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnown);
2328       }
2329 
2330       if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(UserI) || isa<BitCastInst>(UserI) ||
2331           isa<PHINode>(UserI) || isa<SelectInst>(UserI)) {
2332         Follow = true;
2333         return true;
2334       }
2335       if (isa<StoreInst>(UserI) || isa<LoadInst>(UserI) ||
2336           isa<ReturnInst>(UserI))
2337         return true;
2338 
2339       // Unknown user.
2340       return false;
2341     };
2342     if (!A.checkForAllUses(Pred, *this, AssociatedValue))
2343       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
2344 
2345     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2346   }
2347 };
2348 
2349 /// NoFree attribute for a call site argument.
2350 struct AANoFreeArgument final : AANoFreeFloating {
2351   AANoFreeArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2352       : AANoFreeFloating(IRP, A) {}
2353 
2354   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2355   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(nofree) }
2356 };
2357 
2358 /// NoFree attribute for call site arguments.
2359 struct AANoFreeCallSiteArgument final : AANoFreeFloating {
2360   AANoFreeCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2361       : AANoFreeFloating(IRP, A) {}
2362 
2363   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
2364   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
2365     // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide
2366     //       call site specific liveness information and then it makes
2367     //       sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of
2368     //       redirecting requests to the callee argument.
2369     Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument();
2370     if (!Arg)
2371       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
2372     const IRPosition &ArgPos = IRPosition::argument(*Arg);
2373     bool IsKnown;
2374     if (AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoFree>(A, this, ArgPos,
2375                                                 DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnown))
2376       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2377     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
2378   }
2379 
2380   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2381   void trackStatistics() const override{STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(nofree)};
2382 };
2383 
2384 /// NoFree attribute for function return value.
2385 struct AANoFreeReturned final : AANoFreeFloating {
2386   AANoFreeReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2387       : AANoFreeFloating(IRP, A) {
2388     llvm_unreachable("NoFree is not applicable to function returns!");
2389   }
2390 
2391   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
2392   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
2393     llvm_unreachable("NoFree is not applicable to function returns!");
2394   }
2395 
2396   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
2397   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
2398     llvm_unreachable("NoFree is not applicable to function returns!");
2399   }
2400 
2401   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2402   void trackStatistics() const override {}
2403 };
2404 
2405 /// NoFree attribute deduction for a call site return value.
2406 struct AANoFreeCallSiteReturned final : AANoFreeFloating {
2407   AANoFreeCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2408       : AANoFreeFloating(IRP, A) {}
2409 
2410   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
2411     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2412   }
2413   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2414   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(nofree) }
2415 };
2416 } // namespace
2417 
2418 /// ------------------------ NonNull Argument Attribute ------------------------
2419 
2420 bool AANonNull::isImpliedByIR(Attributor &A, const IRPosition &IRP,
2421                               Attribute::AttrKind ImpliedAttributeKind,
2422                               bool IgnoreSubsumingPositions) {
2423   SmallVector<Attribute::AttrKind, 2> AttrKinds;
2424   AttrKinds.push_back(Attribute::NonNull);
2425   if (!NullPointerIsDefined(IRP.getAnchorScope(),
2426                             IRP.getAssociatedType()->getPointerAddressSpace()))
2427     AttrKinds.push_back(Attribute::Dereferenceable);
2428   if (A.hasAttr(IRP, AttrKinds, IgnoreSubsumingPositions, Attribute::NonNull))
2429     return true;
2430 
2431   DominatorTree *DT = nullptr;
2432   AssumptionCache *AC = nullptr;
2433   InformationCache &InfoCache = A.getInfoCache();
2434   if (const Function *Fn = IRP.getAnchorScope()) {
2435     if (!Fn->isDeclaration()) {
2436       DT = InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(*Fn);
2437       AC = InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<AssumptionAnalysis>(*Fn);
2438     }
2439   }
2440 
2441   SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> Worklist;
2442   if (IRP.getPositionKind() != IRP_RETURNED) {
2443     Worklist.push_back({IRP.getAssociatedValue(), IRP.getCtxI()});
2444   } else {
2445     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
2446     if (!A.checkForAllInstructions(
2447             [&](Instruction &I) {
2448               Worklist.push_back({*cast<ReturnInst>(I).getReturnValue(), &I});
2449               return true;
2450             },
2451             IRP.getAssociatedFunction(), nullptr, {Instruction::Ret},
2452             UsedAssumedInformation, false, /*CheckPotentiallyDead=*/true))
2453       return false;
2454   }
2455 
2456   if (llvm::any_of(Worklist, [&](AA::ValueAndContext VAC) {
2457         return !isKnownNonZero(
2458             VAC.getValue(),
2459             SimplifyQuery(A.getDataLayout(), DT, AC, VAC.getCtxI()));
2460       }))
2461     return false;
2462 
2463   A.manifestAttrs(IRP, {Attribute::get(IRP.getAnchorValue().getContext(),
2464                                        Attribute::NonNull)});
2465   return true;
2466 }
2467 
2468 namespace {
2469 static int64_t getKnownNonNullAndDerefBytesForUse(
2470     Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA, Value &AssociatedValue,
2471     const Use *U, const Instruction *I, bool &IsNonNull, bool &TrackUse) {
2472   TrackUse = false;
2473 
2474   const Value *UseV = U->get();
2475   if (!UseV->getType()->isPointerTy())
2476     return 0;
2477 
2478   // We need to follow common pointer manipulation uses to the accesses they
2479   // feed into. We can try to be smart to avoid looking through things we do not
2480   // like for now, e.g., non-inbounds GEPs.
2481   if (isa<CastInst>(I)) {
2482     TrackUse = true;
2483     return 0;
2484   }
2485 
2486   if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) {
2487     TrackUse = true;
2488     return 0;
2489   }
2490 
2491   Type *PtrTy = UseV->getType();
2492   const Function *F = I->getFunction();
2493   bool NullPointerIsDefined =
2494       F ? llvm::NullPointerIsDefined(F, PtrTy->getPointerAddressSpace()) : true;
2495   const DataLayout &DL = A.getInfoCache().getDL();
2496   if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(I)) {
2497     if (CB->isBundleOperand(U)) {
2498       if (RetainedKnowledge RK = getKnowledgeFromUse(
2499               U, {Attribute::NonNull, Attribute::Dereferenceable})) {
2500         IsNonNull |=
2501             (RK.AttrKind == Attribute::NonNull || !NullPointerIsDefined);
2502         return RK.ArgValue;
2503       }
2504       return 0;
2505     }
2506 
2507     if (CB->isCallee(U)) {
2508       IsNonNull |= !NullPointerIsDefined;
2509       return 0;
2510     }
2511 
2512     unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(U);
2513     IRPosition IRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo);
2514     // As long as we only use known information there is no need to track
2515     // dependences here.
2516     bool IsKnownNonNull;
2517     AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NonNull>(A, &QueryingAA, IRP,
2518                                              DepClassTy::NONE, IsKnownNonNull);
2519     IsNonNull |= IsKnownNonNull;
2520     auto *DerefAA =
2521         A.getAAFor<AADereferenceable>(QueryingAA, IRP, DepClassTy::NONE);
2522     return DerefAA ? DerefAA->getKnownDereferenceableBytes() : 0;
2523   }
2524 
2525   std::optional<MemoryLocation> Loc = MemoryLocation::getOrNone(I);
2526   if (!Loc || Loc->Ptr != UseV || !Loc->Size.isPrecise() ||
2527       Loc->Size.isScalable() || I->isVolatile())
2528     return 0;
2529 
2530   int64_t Offset;
2531   const Value *Base =
2532       getMinimalBaseOfPointer(A, QueryingAA, Loc->Ptr, Offset, DL);
2533   if (Base && Base == &AssociatedValue) {
2534     int64_t DerefBytes = Loc->Size.getValue() + Offset;
2535     IsNonNull |= !NullPointerIsDefined;
2536     return std::max(int64_t(0), DerefBytes);
2537   }
2538 
2539   /// Corner case when an offset is 0.
2540   Base = GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(Loc->Ptr, Offset, DL,
2541                                           /*AllowNonInbounds*/ true);
2542   if (Base && Base == &AssociatedValue && Offset == 0) {
2543     int64_t DerefBytes = Loc->Size.getValue();
2544     IsNonNull |= !NullPointerIsDefined;
2545     return std::max(int64_t(0), DerefBytes);
2546   }
2547 
2548   return 0;
2549 }
2550 
2551 struct AANonNullImpl : AANonNull {
2552   AANonNullImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANonNull(IRP, A) {}
2553 
2554   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
2555   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
2556     Value &V = *getAssociatedValue().stripPointerCasts();
2557     if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V)) {
2558       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
2559       return;
2560     }
2561 
2562     if (Instruction *CtxI = getCtxI())
2563       followUsesInMBEC(*this, A, getState(), *CtxI);
2564   }
2565 
2566   /// See followUsesInMBEC
2567   bool followUseInMBEC(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I,
2568                        AANonNull::StateType &State) {
2569     bool IsNonNull = false;
2570     bool TrackUse = false;
2571     getKnownNonNullAndDerefBytesForUse(A, *this, getAssociatedValue(), U, I,
2572                                        IsNonNull, TrackUse);
2573     State.setKnown(IsNonNull);
2574     return TrackUse;
2575   }
2576 
2577   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
2578   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
2579     return getAssumed() ? "nonnull" : "may-null";
2580   }
2581 };
2582 
2583 /// NonNull attribute for a floating value.
2584 struct AANonNullFloating : public AANonNullImpl {
2585   AANonNullFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2586       : AANonNullImpl(IRP, A) {}
2587 
2588   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
2589   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
2590     auto CheckIRP = [&](const IRPosition &IRP) {
2591       bool IsKnownNonNull;
2592       return AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NonNull>(
2593           A, *this, IRP, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnownNonNull);
2594     };
2595 
2596     bool Stripped;
2597     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
2598     Value *AssociatedValue = &getAssociatedValue();
2599     SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> Values;
2600     if (!A.getAssumedSimplifiedValues(getIRPosition(), *this, Values,
2601                                       AA::AnyScope, UsedAssumedInformation))
2602       Stripped = false;
2603     else
2604       Stripped =
2605           Values.size() != 1 || Values.front().getValue() != AssociatedValue;
2606 
2607     if (!Stripped) {
2608       bool IsKnown;
2609       if (auto *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(AssociatedValue))
2610         if (llvm::all_of(PHI->incoming_values(), [&](Value *Op) {
2611               return AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NonNull>(
2612                   A, this, IRPosition::value(*Op), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL,
2613                   IsKnown);
2614             }))
2615           return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2616       if (auto *Select = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(AssociatedValue))
2617         if (AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NonNull>(
2618                 A, this, IRPosition::value(*Select->getFalseValue()),
2619                 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnown) &&
2620             AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NonNull>(
2621                 A, this, IRPosition::value(*Select->getTrueValue()),
2622                 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnown))
2623           return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2624 
2625       // If we haven't stripped anything we might still be able to use a
2626       // different AA, but only if the IRP changes. Effectively when we
2627       // interpret this not as a call site value but as a floating/argument
2628       // value.
2629       const IRPosition AVIRP = IRPosition::value(*AssociatedValue);
2630       if (AVIRP == getIRPosition() || !CheckIRP(AVIRP))
2631         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
2632       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2633     }
2634 
2635     for (const auto &VAC : Values)
2636       if (!CheckIRP(IRPosition::value(*VAC.getValue())))
2637         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
2638 
2639     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2640   }
2641 
2642   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2643   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(nonnull) }
2644 };
2645 
2646 /// NonNull attribute for function return value.
2647 struct AANonNullReturned final
2648     : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AANonNull, AANonNull, AANonNull::StateType,
2649                                    false, AANonNull::IRAttributeKind, false> {
2650   AANonNullReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2651       : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AANonNull, AANonNull, AANonNull::StateType,
2652                                      false, Attribute::NonNull, false>(IRP, A) {
2653   }
2654 
2655   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
2656   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
2657     return getAssumed() ? "nonnull" : "may-null";
2658   }
2659 
2660   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2661   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(nonnull) }
2662 };
2663 
2664 /// NonNull attribute for function argument.
2665 struct AANonNullArgument final
2666     : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANonNull, AANonNullImpl> {
2667   AANonNullArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2668       : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANonNull, AANonNullImpl>(IRP, A) {}
2669 
2670   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2671   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(nonnull) }
2672 };
2673 
2674 struct AANonNullCallSiteArgument final : AANonNullFloating {
2675   AANonNullCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2676       : AANonNullFloating(IRP, A) {}
2677 
2678   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2679   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(nonnull) }
2680 };
2681 
2682 /// NonNull attribute for a call site return position.
2683 struct AANonNullCallSiteReturned final
2684     : AACalleeToCallSite<AANonNull, AANonNullImpl> {
2685   AANonNullCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2686       : AACalleeToCallSite<AANonNull, AANonNullImpl>(IRP, A) {}
2687 
2688   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2689   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(nonnull) }
2690 };
2691 } // namespace
2692 
2693 /// ------------------------ Must-Progress Attributes --------------------------
2694 namespace {
2695 struct AAMustProgressImpl : public AAMustProgress {
2696   AAMustProgressImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2697       : AAMustProgress(IRP, A) {}
2698 
2699   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
2700   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
2701     bool IsKnown;
2702     assert(!AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::MustProgress>(
2703         A, nullptr, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE, IsKnown));
2704     (void)IsKnown;
2705   }
2706 
2707   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr()
2708   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
2709     return getAssumed() ? "mustprogress" : "may-not-progress";
2710   }
2711 };
2712 
2713 struct AAMustProgressFunction final : AAMustProgressImpl {
2714   AAMustProgressFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2715       : AAMustProgressImpl(IRP, A) {}
2716 
2717   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
2718   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
2719     bool IsKnown;
2720     if (AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::WillReturn>(
2721             A, this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnown)) {
2722       if (IsKnown)
2723         return indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
2724       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2725     }
2726 
2727     auto CheckForMustProgress = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) {
2728       IRPosition IPos = IRPosition::callsite_function(*ACS.getInstruction());
2729       bool IsKnownMustProgress;
2730       return AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::MustProgress>(
2731           A, this, IPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnownMustProgress,
2732           /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true);
2733     };
2734 
2735     bool AllCallSitesKnown = true;
2736     if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(CheckForMustProgress, *this,
2737                                 /* RequireAllCallSites */ true,
2738                                 AllCallSitesKnown))
2739       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
2740 
2741     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2742   }
2743 
2744   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2745   void trackStatistics() const override {
2746     STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(mustprogress)
2747   }
2748 };
2749 
2750 /// MustProgress attribute deduction for a call sites.
2751 struct AAMustProgressCallSite final : AAMustProgressImpl {
2752   AAMustProgressCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2753       : AAMustProgressImpl(IRP, A) {}
2754 
2755   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
2756   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
2757     // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide
2758     //       call site specific liveness information and then it makes
2759     //       sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of
2760     //       redirecting requests to the callee argument.
2761     const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*getAnchorScope());
2762     bool IsKnownMustProgress;
2763     if (!AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::MustProgress>(
2764             A, this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnownMustProgress))
2765       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
2766     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2767   }
2768 
2769   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2770   void trackStatistics() const override {
2771     STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(mustprogress);
2772   }
2773 };
2774 } // namespace
2775 
2776 /// ------------------------ No-Recurse Attributes ----------------------------
2777 
2778 namespace {
2779 struct AANoRecurseImpl : public AANoRecurse {
2780   AANoRecurseImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoRecurse(IRP, A) {}
2781 
2782   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
2783   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
2784     bool IsKnown;
2785     assert(!AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoRecurse>(
2786         A, nullptr, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE, IsKnown));
2787     (void)IsKnown;
2788   }
2789 
2790   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr()
2791   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
2792     return getAssumed() ? "norecurse" : "may-recurse";
2793   }
2794 };
2795 
2796 struct AANoRecurseFunction final : AANoRecurseImpl {
2797   AANoRecurseFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2798       : AANoRecurseImpl(IRP, A) {}
2799 
2800   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
2801   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
2802 
2803     // If all live call sites are known to be no-recurse, we are as well.
2804     auto CallSitePred = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) {
2805       bool IsKnownNoRecurse;
2806       if (!AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoRecurse>(
2807               A, this,
2808               IRPosition::function(*ACS.getInstruction()->getFunction()),
2809               DepClassTy::NONE, IsKnownNoRecurse))
2810         return false;
2811       return IsKnownNoRecurse;
2812     };
2813     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
2814     if (A.checkForAllCallSites(CallSitePred, *this, true,
2815                                UsedAssumedInformation)) {
2816       // If we know all call sites and all are known no-recurse, we are done.
2817       // If all known call sites, which might not be all that exist, are known
2818       // to be no-recurse, we are not done but we can continue to assume
2819       // no-recurse. If one of the call sites we have not visited will become
2820       // live, another update is triggered.
2821       if (!UsedAssumedInformation)
2822         indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
2823       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2824     }
2825 
2826     const AAInterFnReachability *EdgeReachability =
2827         A.getAAFor<AAInterFnReachability>(*this, getIRPosition(),
2828                                           DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
2829     if (EdgeReachability && EdgeReachability->canReach(A, *getAnchorScope()))
2830       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
2831     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2832   }
2833 
2834   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(norecurse) }
2835 };
2836 
2837 /// NoRecurse attribute deduction for a call sites.
2838 struct AANoRecurseCallSite final
2839     : AACalleeToCallSite<AANoRecurse, AANoRecurseImpl> {
2840   AANoRecurseCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2841       : AACalleeToCallSite<AANoRecurse, AANoRecurseImpl>(IRP, A) {}
2842 
2843   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
2844   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(norecurse); }
2845 };
2846 } // namespace
2847 
2848 /// ------------------------ No-Convergent Attribute --------------------------
2849 
2850 namespace {
2851 struct AANonConvergentImpl : public AANonConvergent {
2852   AANonConvergentImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2853       : AANonConvergent(IRP, A) {}
2854 
2855   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr()
2856   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
2857     return getAssumed() ? "non-convergent" : "may-be-convergent";
2858   }
2859 };
2860 
2861 struct AANonConvergentFunction final : AANonConvergentImpl {
2862   AANonConvergentFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2863       : AANonConvergentImpl(IRP, A) {}
2864 
2865   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
2866   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
2867     // If all function calls are known to not be convergent, we are not
2868     // convergent.
2869     auto CalleeIsNotConvergent = [&](Instruction &Inst) {
2870       CallBase &CB = cast<CallBase>(Inst);
2871       auto *Callee = dyn_cast_if_present<Function>(CB.getCalledOperand());
2872       if (!Callee || Callee->isIntrinsic()) {
2873         return false;
2874       }
2875       if (Callee->isDeclaration()) {
2876         return !Callee->hasFnAttribute(Attribute::Convergent);
2877       }
2878       const auto *ConvergentAA = A.getAAFor<AANonConvergent>(
2879           *this, IRPosition::function(*Callee), DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
2880       return ConvergentAA && ConvergentAA->isAssumedNotConvergent();
2881     };
2882 
2883     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
2884     if (!A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(CalleeIsNotConvergent, *this,
2885                                            UsedAssumedInformation)) {
2886       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
2887     }
2888     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2889   }
2890 
2891   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
2892     if (isKnownNotConvergent() &&
2893         A.hasAttr(getIRPosition(), Attribute::Convergent)) {
2894       A.removeAttrs(getIRPosition(), {Attribute::Convergent});
2895       return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
2896     }
2897     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
2898   }
2899 
2900   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(convergent) }
2901 };
2902 } // namespace
2903 
2904 /// -------------------- Undefined-Behavior Attributes ------------------------
2905 
2906 namespace {
2907 struct AAUndefinedBehaviorImpl : public AAUndefinedBehavior {
2908   AAUndefinedBehaviorImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
2909       : AAUndefinedBehavior(IRP, A) {}
2910 
2911   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
2912   // through a pointer (i.e. also branches etc.)
2913   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
2914     const size_t UBPrevSize = KnownUBInsts.size();
2915     const size_t NoUBPrevSize = AssumedNoUBInsts.size();
2916 
2917     auto InspectMemAccessInstForUB = [&](Instruction &I) {
2918       // Lang ref now states volatile store is not UB, let's skip them.
2919       if (I.isVolatile() && I.mayWriteToMemory())
2920         return true;
2921 
2922       // Skip instructions that are already saved.
2923       if (AssumedNoUBInsts.count(&I) || KnownUBInsts.count(&I))
2924         return true;
2925 
2926       // If we reach here, we know we have an instruction
2927       // that accesses memory through a pointer operand,
2928       // for which getPointerOperand() should give it to us.
2929       Value *PtrOp =
2930           const_cast<Value *>(getPointerOperand(&I, /* AllowVolatile */ true));
2931       assert(PtrOp &&
2932              "Expected pointer operand of memory accessing instruction");
2933 
2934       // Either we stopped and the appropriate action was taken,
2935       // or we got back a simplified value to continue.
2936       std::optional<Value *> SimplifiedPtrOp =
2937           stopOnUndefOrAssumed(A, PtrOp, &I);
2938       if (!SimplifiedPtrOp || !*SimplifiedPtrOp)
2939         return true;
2940       const Value *PtrOpVal = *SimplifiedPtrOp;
2941 
2942       // A memory access through a pointer is considered UB
2943       // only if the pointer has constant null value.
2944       // TODO: Expand it to not only check constant values.
2945       if (!isa<ConstantPointerNull>(PtrOpVal)) {
2946         AssumedNoUBInsts.insert(&I);
2947         return true;
2948       }
2949       const Type *PtrTy = PtrOpVal->getType();
2950 
2951       // Because we only consider instructions inside functions,
2952       // assume that a parent function exists.
2953       const Function *F = I.getFunction();
2954 
2955       // A memory access using constant null pointer is only considered UB
2956       // if null pointer is _not_ defined for the target platform.
2957       if (llvm::NullPointerIsDefined(F, PtrTy->getPointerAddressSpace()))
2958         AssumedNoUBInsts.insert(&I);
2959       else
2960         KnownUBInsts.insert(&I);
2961       return true;
2962     };
2963 
2964     auto InspectBrInstForUB = [&](Instruction &I) {
2965       // A conditional branch instruction is considered UB if it has `undef`
2966       // condition.
2967 
2968       // Skip instructions that are already saved.
2969       if (AssumedNoUBInsts.count(&I) || KnownUBInsts.count(&I))
2970         return true;
2971 
2972       // We know we have a branch instruction.
2973       auto *BrInst = cast<BranchInst>(&I);
2974 
2975       // Unconditional branches are never considered UB.
2976       if (BrInst->isUnconditional())
2977         return true;
2978 
2979       // Either we stopped and the appropriate action was taken,
2980       // or we got back a simplified value to continue.
2981       std::optional<Value *> SimplifiedCond =
2982           stopOnUndefOrAssumed(A, BrInst->getCondition(), BrInst);
2983       if (!SimplifiedCond || !*SimplifiedCond)
2984         return true;
2985       AssumedNoUBInsts.insert(&I);
2986       return true;
2987     };
2988 
2989     auto InspectCallSiteForUB = [&](Instruction &I) {
2990       // Check whether a callsite always cause UB or not
2991 
2992       // Skip instructions that are already saved.
2993       if (AssumedNoUBInsts.count(&I) || KnownUBInsts.count(&I))
2994         return true;
2995 
2996       // Check nonnull and noundef argument attribute violation for each
2997       // callsite.
2998       CallBase &CB = cast<CallBase>(I);
2999       auto *Callee = dyn_cast_if_present<Function>(CB.getCalledOperand());
3000       if (!Callee)
3001         return true;
3002       for (unsigned idx = 0; idx < CB.arg_size(); idx++) {
3003         // If current argument is known to be simplified to null pointer and the
3004         // corresponding argument position is known to have nonnull attribute,
3005         // the argument is poison. Furthermore, if the argument is poison and
3006         // the position is known to have noundef attriubte, this callsite is
3007         // considered UB.
3008         if (idx >= Callee->arg_size())
3009           break;
3010         Value *ArgVal = CB.getArgOperand(idx);
3011         if (!ArgVal)
3012           continue;
3013         // Here, we handle three cases.
3014         //   (1) Not having a value means it is dead. (we can replace the value
3015         //       with undef)
3016         //   (2) Simplified to undef. The argument violate noundef attriubte.
3017         //   (3) Simplified to null pointer where known to be nonnull.
3018         //       The argument is a poison value and violate noundef attribute.
3019         IRPosition CalleeArgumentIRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(CB, idx);
3020         bool IsKnownNoUndef;
3021         AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoUndef>(
3022             A, this, CalleeArgumentIRP, DepClassTy::NONE, IsKnownNoUndef);
3023         if (!IsKnownNoUndef)
3024           continue;
3025         bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
3026         std::optional<Value *> SimplifiedVal =
3027             A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*ArgVal), *this,
3028                                    UsedAssumedInformation, AA::Interprocedural);
3029         if (UsedAssumedInformation)
3030           continue;
3031         if (SimplifiedVal && !*SimplifiedVal)
3032           return true;
3033         if (!SimplifiedVal || isa<UndefValue>(**SimplifiedVal)) {
3034           KnownUBInsts.insert(&I);
3035           continue;
3036         }
3037         if (!ArgVal->getType()->isPointerTy() ||
3038             !isa<ConstantPointerNull>(**SimplifiedVal))
3039           continue;
3040         bool IsKnownNonNull;
3041         AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NonNull>(
3042             A, this, CalleeArgumentIRP, DepClassTy::NONE, IsKnownNonNull);
3043         if (IsKnownNonNull)
3044           KnownUBInsts.insert(&I);
3045       }
3046       return true;
3047     };
3048 
3049     auto InspectReturnInstForUB = [&](Instruction &I) {
3050       auto &RI = cast<ReturnInst>(I);
3051       // Either we stopped and the appropriate action was taken,
3052       // or we got back a simplified return value to continue.
3053       std::optional<Value *> SimplifiedRetValue =
3054           stopOnUndefOrAssumed(A, RI.getReturnValue(), &I);
3055       if (!SimplifiedRetValue || !*SimplifiedRetValue)
3056         return true;
3057 
3058       // Check if a return instruction always cause UB or not
3059       // Note: It is guaranteed that the returned position of the anchor
3060       //       scope has noundef attribute when this is called.
3061       //       We also ensure the return position is not "assumed dead"
3062       //       because the returned value was then potentially simplified to
3063       //       `undef` in AAReturnedValues without removing the `noundef`
3064       //       attribute yet.
3065 
3066       // When the returned position has noundef attriubte, UB occurs in the
3067       // following cases.
3068       //   (1) Returned value is known to be undef.
3069       //   (2) The value is known to be a null pointer and the returned
3070       //       position has nonnull attribute (because the returned value is
3071       //       poison).
3072       if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(*SimplifiedRetValue)) {
3073         bool IsKnownNonNull;
3074         AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NonNull>(
3075             A, this, IRPosition::returned(*getAnchorScope()), DepClassTy::NONE,
3076             IsKnownNonNull);
3077         if (IsKnownNonNull)
3078           KnownUBInsts.insert(&I);
3079       }
3080 
3081       return true;
3082     };
3083 
3084     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
3085     A.checkForAllInstructions(InspectMemAccessInstForUB, *this,
3086                               {Instruction::Load, Instruction::Store,
3087                                Instruction::AtomicCmpXchg,
3088                                Instruction::AtomicRMW},
3089                               UsedAssumedInformation,
3090                               /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true);
3091     A.checkForAllInstructions(InspectBrInstForUB, *this, {Instruction::Br},
3092                               UsedAssumedInformation,
3093                               /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true);
3094     A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(InspectCallSiteForUB, *this,
3095                                       UsedAssumedInformation);
3096 
3097     // If the returned position of the anchor scope has noundef attriubte, check
3098     // all returned instructions.
3099     if (!getAnchorScope()->getReturnType()->isVoidTy()) {
3100       const IRPosition &ReturnIRP = IRPosition::returned(*getAnchorScope());
3101       if (!A.isAssumedDead(ReturnIRP, this, nullptr, UsedAssumedInformation)) {
3102         bool IsKnownNoUndef;
3103         AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoUndef>(
3104             A, this, ReturnIRP, DepClassTy::NONE, IsKnownNoUndef);
3105         if (IsKnownNoUndef)
3106           A.checkForAllInstructions(InspectReturnInstForUB, *this,
3107                                     {Instruction::Ret}, UsedAssumedInformation,
3108                                     /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true);
3109       }
3110     }
3111 
3112     if (NoUBPrevSize != AssumedNoUBInsts.size() ||
3113         UBPrevSize != KnownUBInsts.size())
3114       return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
3115     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
3116   }
3117 
3118   bool isKnownToCauseUB(Instruction *I) const override {
3119     return KnownUBInsts.count(I);
3120   }
3121 
3122   bool isAssumedToCauseUB(Instruction *I) const override {
3123     // In simple words, if an instruction is not in the assumed to _not_
3124     // cause UB, then it is assumed UB (that includes those
3125     // in the KnownUBInsts set). The rest is boilerplate
3126     // is to ensure that it is one of the instructions we test
3127     // for UB.
3128 
3129     switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3130     case Instruction::Load:
3131     case Instruction::Store:
3132     case Instruction::AtomicCmpXchg:
3133     case Instruction::AtomicRMW:
3134       return !AssumedNoUBInsts.count(I);
3135     case Instruction::Br: {
3136       auto *BrInst = cast<BranchInst>(I);
3137       if (BrInst->isUnconditional())
3138         return false;
3139       return !AssumedNoUBInsts.count(I);
3140     } break;
3141     default:
3142       return false;
3143     }
3144     return false;
3145   }
3146 
3147   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
3148     if (KnownUBInsts.empty())
3149       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
3150     for (Instruction *I : KnownUBInsts)
3151       A.changeToUnreachableAfterManifest(I);
3152     return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
3153   }
3154 
3155   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr()
3156   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
3157     return getAssumed() ? "undefined-behavior" : "no-ub";
3158   }
3159 
3160   /// Note: The correctness of this analysis depends on the fact that the
3161   /// following 2 sets will stop changing after some point.
3162   /// "Change" here means that their size changes.
3163   /// The size of each set is monotonically increasing
3164   /// (we only add items to them) and it is upper bounded by the number of
3165   /// instructions in the processed function (we can never save more
3166   /// elements in either set than this number). Hence, at some point,
3167   /// they will stop increasing.
3168   /// Consequently, at some point, both sets will have stopped
3169   /// changing, effectively making the analysis reach a fixpoint.
3170 
3171   /// Note: These 2 sets are disjoint and an instruction can be considered
3172   /// one of 3 things:
3173   /// 1) Known to cause UB (AAUndefinedBehavior could prove it) and put it in
3174   ///    the KnownUBInsts set.
3175   /// 2) Assumed to cause UB (in every updateImpl, AAUndefinedBehavior
3176   ///    has a reason to assume it).
3177   /// 3) Assumed to not cause UB. very other instruction - AAUndefinedBehavior
3178   ///    could not find a reason to assume or prove that it can cause UB,
3179   ///    hence it assumes it doesn't. We have a set for these instructions
3180   ///    so that we don't reprocess them in every update.
3181   ///    Note however that instructions in this set may cause UB.
3182 
3183 protected:
3184   /// A set of all live instructions _known_ to cause UB.
3185   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> KnownUBInsts;
3186 
3187 private:
3188   /// A set of all the (live) instructions that are assumed to _not_ cause UB.
3189   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> AssumedNoUBInsts;
3190 
3191   // Should be called on updates in which if we're processing an instruction
3192   // \p I that depends on a value \p V, one of the following has to happen:
3193   // - If the value is assumed, then stop.
3194   // - If the value is known but undef, then consider it UB.
3195   // - Otherwise, do specific processing with the simplified value.
3196   // We return std::nullopt in the first 2 cases to signify that an appropriate
3197   // action was taken and the caller should stop.
3198   // Otherwise, we return the simplified value that the caller should
3199   // use for specific processing.
3200   std::optional<Value *> stopOnUndefOrAssumed(Attributor &A, Value *V,
3201                                               Instruction *I) {
3202     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
3203     std::optional<Value *> SimplifiedV =
3204         A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*V), *this,
3205                                UsedAssumedInformation, AA::Interprocedural);
3206     if (!UsedAssumedInformation) {
3207       // Don't depend on assumed values.
3208       if (!SimplifiedV) {
3209         // If it is known (which we tested above) but it doesn't have a value,
3210         // then we can assume `undef` and hence the instruction is UB.
3211         KnownUBInsts.insert(I);
3212         return std::nullopt;
3213       }
3214       if (!*SimplifiedV)
3215         return nullptr;
3216       V = *SimplifiedV;
3217     }
3218     if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) {
3219       KnownUBInsts.insert(I);
3220       return std::nullopt;
3221     }
3222     return V;
3223   }
3224 };
3225 
3226 struct AAUndefinedBehaviorFunction final : AAUndefinedBehaviorImpl {
3227   AAUndefinedBehaviorFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
3228       : AAUndefinedBehaviorImpl(IRP, A) {}
3229 
3230   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
3231   void trackStatistics() const override {
3232     STATS_DECL(UndefinedBehaviorInstruction, Instruction,
3233                "Number of instructions known to have UB");
3234     BUILD_STAT_NAME(UndefinedBehaviorInstruction, Instruction) +=
3235         KnownUBInsts.size();
3236   }
3237 };
3238 } // namespace
3239 
3240 /// ------------------------ Will-Return Attributes ----------------------------
3241 
3242 namespace {
3243 // Helper function that checks whether a function has any cycle which we don't
3244 // know if it is bounded or not.
3245 // Loops with maximum trip count are considered bounded, any other cycle not.
3246 static bool mayContainUnboundedCycle(Function &F, Attributor &A) {
3247   ScalarEvolution *SE =
3248       A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>(F);
3249   LoopInfo *LI = A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<LoopAnalysis>(F);
3250   // If either SCEV or LoopInfo is not available for the function then we assume
3251   // any cycle to be unbounded cycle.
3252   // We use scc_iterator which uses Tarjan algorithm to find all the maximal
3253   // SCCs.To detect if there's a cycle, we only need to find the maximal ones.
3254   if (!SE || !LI) {
3255     for (scc_iterator<Function *> SCCI = scc_begin(&F); !SCCI.isAtEnd(); ++SCCI)
3256       if (SCCI.hasCycle())
3257         return true;
3258     return false;
3259   }
3260 
3261   // If there's irreducible control, the function may contain non-loop cycles.
3262   if (mayContainIrreducibleControl(F, LI))
3263     return true;
3264 
3265   // Any loop that does not have a max trip count is considered unbounded cycle.
3266   for (auto *L : LI->getLoopsInPreorder()) {
3267     if (!SE->getSmallConstantMaxTripCount(L))
3268       return true;
3269   }
3270   return false;
3271 }
3272 
3273 struct AAWillReturnImpl : public AAWillReturn {
3274   AAWillReturnImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
3275       : AAWillReturn(IRP, A) {}
3276 
3277   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
3278   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
3279     bool IsKnown;
3280     assert(!AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::WillReturn>(
3281         A, nullptr, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE, IsKnown));
3282     (void)IsKnown;
3283   }
3284 
3285   /// Check for `mustprogress` and `readonly` as they imply `willreturn`.
3286   bool isImpliedByMustprogressAndReadonly(Attributor &A, bool KnownOnly) {
3287     if (!A.hasAttr(getIRPosition(), {Attribute::MustProgress}))
3288       return false;
3289 
3290     bool IsKnown;
3291     if (AA::isAssumedReadOnly(A, getIRPosition(), *this, IsKnown))
3292       return IsKnown || !KnownOnly;
3293     return false;
3294   }
3295 
3296   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
3297   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
3298     if (isImpliedByMustprogressAndReadonly(A, /* KnownOnly */ false))
3299       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
3300 
3301     auto CheckForWillReturn = [&](Instruction &I) {
3302       IRPosition IPos = IRPosition::callsite_function(cast<CallBase>(I));
3303       bool IsKnown;
3304       if (AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::WillReturn>(
3305               A, this, IPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnown)) {
3306         if (IsKnown)
3307           return true;
3308       } else {
3309         return false;
3310       }
3311       bool IsKnownNoRecurse;
3312       return AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoRecurse>(
3313           A, this, IPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnownNoRecurse);
3314     };
3315 
3316     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
3317     if (!A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(CheckForWillReturn, *this,
3318                                            UsedAssumedInformation))
3319       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
3320 
3321     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
3322   }
3323 
3324   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr()
3325   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
3326     return getAssumed() ? "willreturn" : "may-noreturn";
3327   }
3328 };
3329 
3330 struct AAWillReturnFunction final : AAWillReturnImpl {
3331   AAWillReturnFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
3332       : AAWillReturnImpl(IRP, A) {}
3333 
3334   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
3335   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
3336     AAWillReturnImpl::initialize(A);
3337 
3338     Function *F = getAnchorScope();
3339     assert(F && "Did expect an anchor function");
3340     if (F->isDeclaration() || mayContainUnboundedCycle(*F, A))
3341       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
3342   }
3343 
3344   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
3345   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(willreturn) }
3346 };
3347 
3348 /// WillReturn attribute deduction for a call sites.
3349 struct AAWillReturnCallSite final
3350     : AACalleeToCallSite<AAWillReturn, AAWillReturnImpl> {
3351   AAWillReturnCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
3352       : AACalleeToCallSite<AAWillReturn, AAWillReturnImpl>(IRP, A) {}
3353 
3354   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
3355   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
3356     if (isImpliedByMustprogressAndReadonly(A, /* KnownOnly */ false))
3357       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
3358 
3359     return AACalleeToCallSite::updateImpl(A);
3360   }
3361 
3362   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
3363   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(willreturn); }
3364 };
3365 } // namespace
3366 
3367 /// -------------------AAIntraFnReachability Attribute--------------------------
3368 
3369 /// All information associated with a reachability query. This boilerplate code
3370 /// is used by both AAIntraFnReachability and AAInterFnReachability, with
3371 /// different \p ToTy values.
3372 template <typename ToTy> struct ReachabilityQueryInfo {
3373   enum class Reachable {
3374     No,
3375     Yes,
3376   };
3377 
3378   /// Start here,
3379   const Instruction *From = nullptr;
3380   /// reach this place,
3381   const ToTy *To = nullptr;
3382   /// without going through any of these instructions,
3383   const AA::InstExclusionSetTy *ExclusionSet = nullptr;
3384   /// and remember if it worked:
3385   Reachable Result = Reachable::No;
3386 
3387   /// Precomputed hash for this RQI.
3388   unsigned Hash = 0;
3389 
3390   unsigned computeHashValue() const {
3391     assert(Hash == 0 && "Computed hash twice!");
3392     using InstSetDMI = DenseMapInfo<const AA::InstExclusionSetTy *>;
3393     using PairDMI = DenseMapInfo<std::pair<const Instruction *, const ToTy *>>;
3394     return const_cast<ReachabilityQueryInfo<ToTy> *>(this)->Hash =
3395                detail::combineHashValue(PairDMI ::getHashValue({From, To}),
3396                                         InstSetDMI::getHashValue(ExclusionSet));
3397   }
3398 
3399   ReachabilityQueryInfo(const Instruction *From, const ToTy *To)
3400       : From(From), To(To) {}
3401 
3402   /// Constructor replacement to ensure unique and stable sets are used for the
3403   /// cache.
3404   ReachabilityQueryInfo(Attributor &A, const Instruction &From, const ToTy &To,
3405                         const AA::InstExclusionSetTy *ES, bool MakeUnique)
3406       : From(&From), To(&To), ExclusionSet(ES) {
3407 
3408     if (!ES || ES->empty()) {
3409       ExclusionSet = nullptr;
3410     } else if (MakeUnique) {
3411       ExclusionSet = A.getInfoCache().getOrCreateUniqueBlockExecutionSet(ES);
3412     }
3413   }
3414 
3415   ReachabilityQueryInfo(const ReachabilityQueryInfo &RQI)
3416       : From(RQI.From), To(RQI.To), ExclusionSet(RQI.ExclusionSet) {}
3417 };
3418 
3419 namespace llvm {
3420 template <typename ToTy> struct DenseMapInfo<ReachabilityQueryInfo<ToTy> *> {
3421   using InstSetDMI = DenseMapInfo<const AA::InstExclusionSetTy *>;
3422   using PairDMI = DenseMapInfo<std::pair<const Instruction *, const ToTy *>>;
3423 
3424   static ReachabilityQueryInfo<ToTy> EmptyKey;
3425   static ReachabilityQueryInfo<ToTy> TombstoneKey;
3426 
3427   static inline ReachabilityQueryInfo<ToTy> *getEmptyKey() { return &EmptyKey; }
3428   static inline ReachabilityQueryInfo<ToTy> *getTombstoneKey() {
3429     return &TombstoneKey;
3430   }
3431   static unsigned getHashValue(const ReachabilityQueryInfo<ToTy> *RQI) {
3432     return RQI->Hash ? RQI->Hash : RQI->computeHashValue();
3433   }
3434   static bool isEqual(const ReachabilityQueryInfo<ToTy> *LHS,
3435                       const ReachabilityQueryInfo<ToTy> *RHS) {
3436     if (!PairDMI::isEqual({LHS->From, LHS->To}, {RHS->From, RHS->To}))
3437       return false;
3438     return InstSetDMI::isEqual(LHS->ExclusionSet, RHS->ExclusionSet);
3439   }
3440 };
3441 
3442 #define DefineKeys(ToTy)                                                       \
3443   template <>                                                                  \
3444   ReachabilityQueryInfo<ToTy>                                                  \
3445       DenseMapInfo<ReachabilityQueryInfo<ToTy> *>::EmptyKey =                  \
3446           ReachabilityQueryInfo<ToTy>(                                         \
3447               DenseMapInfo<const Instruction *>::getEmptyKey(),                \
3448               DenseMapInfo<const ToTy *>::getEmptyKey());                      \
3449   template <>                                                                  \
3450   ReachabilityQueryInfo<ToTy>                                                  \
3451       DenseMapInfo<ReachabilityQueryInfo<ToTy> *>::TombstoneKey =              \
3452           ReachabilityQueryInfo<ToTy>(                                         \
3453               DenseMapInfo<const Instruction *>::getTombstoneKey(),            \
3454               DenseMapInfo<const ToTy *>::getTombstoneKey());
3455 
3456 DefineKeys(Instruction) DefineKeys(Function)
3457 #undef DefineKeys
3458 
3459 } // namespace llvm
3460 
3461 namespace {
3462 
3463 template <typename BaseTy, typename ToTy>
3464 struct CachedReachabilityAA : public BaseTy {
3465   using RQITy = ReachabilityQueryInfo<ToTy>;
3466 
3467   CachedReachabilityAA(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : BaseTy(IRP, A) {}
3468 
3469   /// See AbstractAttribute::isQueryAA.
3470   bool isQueryAA() const override { return true; }
3471 
3472   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
3473   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
3474     ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
3475     for (unsigned u = 0, e = QueryVector.size(); u < e; ++u) {
3476       RQITy *RQI = QueryVector[u];
3477       if (RQI->Result == RQITy::Reachable::No &&
3478           isReachableImpl(A, *RQI, /*IsTemporaryRQI=*/false))
3479         Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
3480     }
3481     return Changed;
3482   }
3483 
3484   virtual bool isReachableImpl(Attributor &A, RQITy &RQI,
3485                                bool IsTemporaryRQI) = 0;
3486 
3487   bool rememberResult(Attributor &A, typename RQITy::Reachable Result,
3488                       RQITy &RQI, bool UsedExclusionSet, bool IsTemporaryRQI) {
3489     RQI.Result = Result;
3490 
3491     // Remove the temporary RQI from the cache.
3492     if (IsTemporaryRQI)
3493       QueryCache.erase(&RQI);
3494 
3495     // Insert a plain RQI (w/o exclusion set) if that makes sense. Two options:
3496     // 1) If it is reachable, it doesn't matter if we have an exclusion set for
3497     // this query. 2) We did not use the exclusion set, potentially because
3498     // there is none.
3499     if (Result == RQITy::Reachable::Yes || !UsedExclusionSet) {
3500       RQITy PlainRQI(RQI.From, RQI.To);
3501       if (!QueryCache.count(&PlainRQI)) {
3502         RQITy *RQIPtr = new (A.Allocator) RQITy(RQI.From, RQI.To);
3503         RQIPtr->Result = Result;
3504         QueryVector.push_back(RQIPtr);
3505         QueryCache.insert(RQIPtr);
3506       }
3507     }
3508 
3509     // Check if we need to insert a new permanent RQI with the exclusion set.
3510     if (IsTemporaryRQI && Result != RQITy::Reachable::Yes && UsedExclusionSet) {
3511       assert((!RQI.ExclusionSet || !RQI.ExclusionSet->empty()) &&
3512              "Did not expect empty set!");
3513       RQITy *RQIPtr = new (A.Allocator)
3514           RQITy(A, *RQI.From, *RQI.To, RQI.ExclusionSet, true);
3515       assert(RQIPtr->Result == RQITy::Reachable::No && "Already reachable?");
3516       RQIPtr->Result = Result;
3517       assert(!QueryCache.count(RQIPtr));
3518       QueryVector.push_back(RQIPtr);
3519       QueryCache.insert(RQIPtr);
3520     }
3521 
3522     if (Result == RQITy::Reachable::No && IsTemporaryRQI)
3523       A.registerForUpdate(*this);
3524     return Result == RQITy::Reachable::Yes;
3525   }
3526 
3527   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
3528     // TODO: Return the number of reachable queries.
3529     return "#queries(" + std::to_string(QueryVector.size()) + ")";
3530   }
3531 
3532   bool checkQueryCache(Attributor &A, RQITy &StackRQI,
3533                        typename RQITy::Reachable &Result) {
3534     if (!this->getState().isValidState()) {
3535       Result = RQITy::Reachable::Yes;
3536       return true;
3537     }
3538 
3539     // If we have an exclusion set we might be able to find our answer by
3540     // ignoring it first.
3541     if (StackRQI.ExclusionSet) {
3542       RQITy PlainRQI(StackRQI.From, StackRQI.To);
3543       auto It = QueryCache.find(&PlainRQI);
3544       if (It != QueryCache.end() && (*It)->Result == RQITy::Reachable::No) {
3545         Result = RQITy::Reachable::No;
3546         return true;
3547       }
3548     }
3549 
3550     auto It = QueryCache.find(&StackRQI);
3551     if (It != QueryCache.end()) {
3552       Result = (*It)->Result;
3553       return true;
3554     }
3555 
3556     // Insert a temporary for recursive queries. We will replace it with a
3557     // permanent entry later.
3558     QueryCache.insert(&StackRQI);
3559     return false;
3560   }
3561 
3562 private:
3563   SmallVector<RQITy *> QueryVector;
3564   DenseSet<RQITy *> QueryCache;
3565 };
3566 
3567 struct AAIntraFnReachabilityFunction final
3568     : public CachedReachabilityAA<AAIntraFnReachability, Instruction> {
3569   using Base = CachedReachabilityAA<AAIntraFnReachability, Instruction>;
3570   AAIntraFnReachabilityFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
3571       : Base(IRP, A) {
3572     DT = A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(
3573         *IRP.getAssociatedFunction());
3574   }
3575 
3576   bool isAssumedReachable(
3577       Attributor &A, const Instruction &From, const Instruction &To,
3578       const AA::InstExclusionSetTy *ExclusionSet) const override {
3579     auto *NonConstThis = const_cast<AAIntraFnReachabilityFunction *>(this);
3580     if (&From == &To)
3581       return true;
3582 
3583     RQITy StackRQI(A, From, To, ExclusionSet, false);
3584     typename RQITy::Reachable Result;
3585     if (!NonConstThis->checkQueryCache(A, StackRQI, Result))
3586       return NonConstThis->isReachableImpl(A, StackRQI,
3587                                            /*IsTemporaryRQI=*/true);
3588     return Result == RQITy::Reachable::Yes;
3589   }
3590 
3591   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
3592     // We only depend on liveness. DeadEdges is all we care about, check if any
3593     // of them changed.
3594     auto *LivenessAA =
3595         A.getAAFor<AAIsDead>(*this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
3596     if (LivenessAA &&
3597         llvm::all_of(DeadEdges,
3598                      [&](const auto &DeadEdge) {
3599                        return LivenessAA->isEdgeDead(DeadEdge.first,
3600                                                      DeadEdge.second);
3601                      }) &&
3602         llvm::all_of(DeadBlocks, [&](const BasicBlock *BB) {
3603           return LivenessAA->isAssumedDead(BB);
3604         })) {
3605       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
3606     }
3607     DeadEdges.clear();
3608     DeadBlocks.clear();
3609     return Base::updateImpl(A);
3610   }
3611 
3612   bool isReachableImpl(Attributor &A, RQITy &RQI,
3613                        bool IsTemporaryRQI) override {
3614     const Instruction *Origin = RQI.From;
3615     bool UsedExclusionSet = false;
3616 
3617     auto WillReachInBlock = [&](const Instruction &From, const Instruction &To,
3618                                 const AA::InstExclusionSetTy *ExclusionSet) {
3619       const Instruction *IP = &From;
3620       while (IP && IP != &To) {
3621         if (ExclusionSet && IP != Origin && ExclusionSet->count(IP)) {
3622           UsedExclusionSet = true;
3623           break;
3624         }
3625         IP = IP->getNextNode();
3626       }
3627       return IP == &To;
3628     };
3629 
3630     const BasicBlock *FromBB = RQI.From->getParent();
3631     const BasicBlock *ToBB = RQI.To->getParent();
3632     assert(FromBB->getParent() == ToBB->getParent() &&
3633            "Not an intra-procedural query!");
3634 
3635     // Check intra-block reachability, however, other reaching paths are still
3636     // possible.
3637     if (FromBB == ToBB &&
3638         WillReachInBlock(*RQI.From, *RQI.To, RQI.ExclusionSet))
3639       return rememberResult(A, RQITy::Reachable::Yes, RQI, UsedExclusionSet,
3640                             IsTemporaryRQI);
3641 
3642     // Check if reaching the ToBB block is sufficient or if even that would not
3643     // ensure reaching the target. In the latter case we are done.
3644     if (!WillReachInBlock(ToBB->front(), *RQI.To, RQI.ExclusionSet))
3645       return rememberResult(A, RQITy::Reachable::No, RQI, UsedExclusionSet,
3646                             IsTemporaryRQI);
3647 
3648     const Function *Fn = FromBB->getParent();
3649     SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock *, 16> ExclusionBlocks;
3650     if (RQI.ExclusionSet)
3651       for (auto *I : *RQI.ExclusionSet)
3652         if (I->getFunction() == Fn)
3653           ExclusionBlocks.insert(I->getParent());
3654 
3655     // Check if we make it out of the FromBB block at all.
3656     if (ExclusionBlocks.count(FromBB) &&
3657         !WillReachInBlock(*RQI.From, *FromBB->getTerminator(),
3658                           RQI.ExclusionSet))
3659       return rememberResult(A, RQITy::Reachable::No, RQI, true, IsTemporaryRQI);
3660 
3661     auto *LivenessAA =
3662         A.getAAFor<AAIsDead>(*this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
3663     if (LivenessAA && LivenessAA->isAssumedDead(ToBB)) {
3664       DeadBlocks.insert(ToBB);
3665       return rememberResult(A, RQITy::Reachable::No, RQI, UsedExclusionSet,
3666                             IsTemporaryRQI);
3667     }
3668 
3669     SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock *, 16> Visited;
3670     SmallVector<const BasicBlock *, 16> Worklist;
3671     Worklist.push_back(FromBB);
3672 
3673     DenseSet<std::pair<const BasicBlock *, const BasicBlock *>> LocalDeadEdges;
3674     while (!Worklist.empty()) {
3675       const BasicBlock *BB = Worklist.pop_back_val();
3676       if (!Visited.insert(BB).second)
3677         continue;
3678       for (const BasicBlock *SuccBB : successors(BB)) {
3679         if (LivenessAA && LivenessAA->isEdgeDead(BB, SuccBB)) {
3680           LocalDeadEdges.insert({BB, SuccBB});
3681           continue;
3682         }
3683         // We checked before if we just need to reach the ToBB block.
3684         if (SuccBB == ToBB)
3685           return rememberResult(A, RQITy::Reachable::Yes, RQI, UsedExclusionSet,
3686                                 IsTemporaryRQI);
3687         if (DT && ExclusionBlocks.empty() && DT->dominates(BB, ToBB))
3688           return rememberResult(A, RQITy::Reachable::Yes, RQI, UsedExclusionSet,
3689                                 IsTemporaryRQI);
3690 
3691         if (ExclusionBlocks.count(SuccBB)) {
3692           UsedExclusionSet = true;
3693           continue;
3694         }
3695         Worklist.push_back(SuccBB);
3696       }
3697     }
3698 
3699     DeadEdges.insert(LocalDeadEdges.begin(), LocalDeadEdges.end());
3700     return rememberResult(A, RQITy::Reachable::No, RQI, UsedExclusionSet,
3701                           IsTemporaryRQI);
3702   }
3703 
3704   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
3705   void trackStatistics() const override {}
3706 
3707 private:
3708   // Set of assumed dead blocks we used in the last query. If any changes we
3709   // update the state.
3710   DenseSet<const BasicBlock *> DeadBlocks;
3711 
3712   // Set of assumed dead edges we used in the last query. If any changes we
3713   // update the state.
3714   DenseSet<std::pair<const BasicBlock *, const BasicBlock *>> DeadEdges;
3715 
3716   /// The dominator tree of the function to short-circuit reasoning.
3717   const DominatorTree *DT = nullptr;
3718 };
3719 } // namespace
3720 
3721 /// ------------------------ NoAlias Argument Attribute ------------------------
3722 
3723 bool AANoAlias::isImpliedByIR(Attributor &A, const IRPosition &IRP,
3724                               Attribute::AttrKind ImpliedAttributeKind,
3725                               bool IgnoreSubsumingPositions) {
3726   assert(ImpliedAttributeKind == Attribute::NoAlias &&
3727          "Unexpected attribute kind");
3728   Value *Val = &IRP.getAssociatedValue();
3729   if (IRP.getPositionKind() != IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT) {
3730     if (isa<AllocaInst>(Val))
3731       return true;
3732   } else {
3733     IgnoreSubsumingPositions = true;
3734   }
3735 
3736   if (isa<UndefValue>(Val))
3737     return true;
3738 
3739   if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Val) &&
3740       !NullPointerIsDefined(IRP.getAnchorScope(),
3741                             Val->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace()))
3742     return true;
3743 
3744   if (A.hasAttr(IRP, {Attribute::ByVal, Attribute::NoAlias},
3745                 IgnoreSubsumingPositions, Attribute::NoAlias))
3746     return true;
3747 
3748   return false;
3749 }
3750 
3751 namespace {
3752 struct AANoAliasImpl : AANoAlias {
3753   AANoAliasImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoAlias(IRP, A) {
3754     assert(getAssociatedType()->isPointerTy() &&
3755            "Noalias is a pointer attribute");
3756   }
3757 
3758   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
3759     return getAssumed() ? "noalias" : "may-alias";
3760   }
3761 };
3762 
3763 /// NoAlias attribute for a floating value.
3764 struct AANoAliasFloating final : AANoAliasImpl {
3765   AANoAliasFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
3766       : AANoAliasImpl(IRP, A) {}
3767 
3768   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
3769   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
3770     // TODO: Implement this.
3771     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
3772   }
3773 
3774   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
3775   void trackStatistics() const override {
3776     STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(noalias)
3777   }
3778 };
3779 
3780 /// NoAlias attribute for an argument.
3781 struct AANoAliasArgument final
3782     : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANoAlias, AANoAliasImpl> {
3783   using Base = AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANoAlias, AANoAliasImpl>;
3784   AANoAliasArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : Base(IRP, A) {}
3785 
3786   /// See AbstractAttribute::update(...).
3787   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
3788     // We have to make sure no-alias on the argument does not break
3789     // synchronization when this is a callback argument, see also [1] below.
3790     // If synchronization cannot be affected, we delegate to the base updateImpl
3791     // function, otherwise we give up for now.
3792 
3793     // If the function is no-sync, no-alias cannot break synchronization.
3794     bool IsKnownNoSycn;
3795     if (AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoSync>(
3796             A, this, IRPosition::function_scope(getIRPosition()),
3797             DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnownNoSycn))
3798       return Base::updateImpl(A);
3799 
3800     // If the argument is read-only, no-alias cannot break synchronization.
3801     bool IsKnown;
3802     if (AA::isAssumedReadOnly(A, getIRPosition(), *this, IsKnown))
3803       return Base::updateImpl(A);
3804 
3805     // If the argument is never passed through callbacks, no-alias cannot break
3806     // synchronization.
3807     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
3808     if (A.checkForAllCallSites(
3809             [](AbstractCallSite ACS) { return !ACS.isCallbackCall(); }, *this,
3810             true, UsedAssumedInformation))
3811       return Base::updateImpl(A);
3812 
3813     // TODO: add no-alias but make sure it doesn't break synchronization by
3814     // introducing fake uses. See:
3815     // [1] Compiler Optimizations for OpenMP, J. Doerfert and H. Finkel,
3816     //     International Workshop on OpenMP 2018,
3817     //     http://compilers.cs.uni-saarland.de/people/doerfert/par_opt18.pdf
3818 
3819     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
3820   }
3821 
3822   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
3823   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(noalias) }
3824 };
3825 
3826 struct AANoAliasCallSiteArgument final : AANoAliasImpl {
3827   AANoAliasCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
3828       : AANoAliasImpl(IRP, A) {}
3829 
3830   /// Determine if the underlying value may alias with the call site argument
3831   /// \p OtherArgNo of \p ICS (= the underlying call site).
3832   bool mayAliasWithArgument(Attributor &A, AAResults *&AAR,
3833                             const AAMemoryBehavior &MemBehaviorAA,
3834                             const CallBase &CB, unsigned OtherArgNo) {
3835     // We do not need to worry about aliasing with the underlying IRP.
3836     if (this->getCalleeArgNo() == (int)OtherArgNo)
3837       return false;
3838 
3839     // If it is not a pointer or pointer vector we do not alias.
3840     const Value *ArgOp = CB.getArgOperand(OtherArgNo);
3841     if (!ArgOp->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy())
3842       return false;
3843 
3844     auto *CBArgMemBehaviorAA = A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(
3845         *this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(CB, OtherArgNo), DepClassTy::NONE);
3846 
3847     // If the argument is readnone, there is no read-write aliasing.
3848     if (CBArgMemBehaviorAA && CBArgMemBehaviorAA->isAssumedReadNone()) {
3849       A.recordDependence(*CBArgMemBehaviorAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
3850       return false;
3851     }
3852 
3853     // If the argument is readonly and the underlying value is readonly, there
3854     // is no read-write aliasing.
3855     bool IsReadOnly = MemBehaviorAA.isAssumedReadOnly();
3856     if (CBArgMemBehaviorAA && CBArgMemBehaviorAA->isAssumedReadOnly() &&
3857         IsReadOnly) {
3858       A.recordDependence(MemBehaviorAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
3859       A.recordDependence(*CBArgMemBehaviorAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
3860       return false;
3861     }
3862 
3863     // We have to utilize actual alias analysis queries so we need the object.
3864     if (!AAR)
3865       AAR = A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<AAManager>(
3866           *getAnchorScope());
3867 
3868     // Try to rule it out at the call site.
3869     bool IsAliasing = !AAR || !AAR->isNoAlias(&getAssociatedValue(), ArgOp);
3870     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[NoAliasCSArg] Check alias between "
3871                          "callsite arguments: "
3872                       << getAssociatedValue() << " " << *ArgOp << " => "
3873                       << (IsAliasing ? "" : "no-") << "alias \n");
3874 
3875     return IsAliasing;
3876   }
3877 
3878   bool isKnownNoAliasDueToNoAliasPreservation(
3879       Attributor &A, AAResults *&AAR, const AAMemoryBehavior &MemBehaviorAA) {
3880     // We can deduce "noalias" if the following conditions hold.
3881     // (i)   Associated value is assumed to be noalias in the definition.
3882     // (ii)  Associated value is assumed to be no-capture in all the uses
3883     //       possibly executed before this callsite.
3884     // (iii) There is no other pointer argument which could alias with the
3885     //       value.
3886 
3887     auto IsDereferenceableOrNull = [&](Value *O, const DataLayout &DL) {
3888       const auto *DerefAA = A.getAAFor<AADereferenceable>(
3889           *this, IRPosition::value(*O), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
3890       return DerefAA ? DerefAA->getAssumedDereferenceableBytes() : 0;
3891     };
3892 
3893     const IRPosition &VIRP = IRPosition::value(getAssociatedValue());
3894     const Function *ScopeFn = VIRP.getAnchorScope();
3895     // Check whether the value is captured in the scope using AANoCapture.
3896     // Look at CFG and check only uses possibly executed before this
3897     // callsite.
3898     auto UsePred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) -> bool {
3899       Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
3900 
3901       // If UserI is the curr instruction and there is a single potential use of
3902       // the value in UserI we allow the use.
3903       // TODO: We should inspect the operands and allow those that cannot alias
3904       //       with the value.
3905       if (UserI == getCtxI() && UserI->getNumOperands() == 1)
3906         return true;
3907 
3908       if (ScopeFn) {
3909         if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(UserI)) {
3910           if (CB->isArgOperand(&U)) {
3911 
3912             unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(&U);
3913 
3914             bool IsKnownNoCapture;
3915             if (AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoCapture>(
3916                     A, this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo),
3917                     DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnownNoCapture))
3918               return true;
3919           }
3920         }
3921 
3922         if (!AA::isPotentiallyReachable(
3923                 A, *UserI, *getCtxI(), *this, /* ExclusionSet */ nullptr,
3924                 [ScopeFn](const Function &Fn) { return &Fn != ScopeFn; }))
3925           return true;
3926       }
3927 
3928       // TODO: We should track the capturing uses in AANoCapture but the problem
3929       //       is CGSCC runs. For those we would need to "allow" AANoCapture for
3930       //       a value in the module slice.
3931       switch (DetermineUseCaptureKind(U, IsDereferenceableOrNull)) {
3932       case UseCaptureKind::NO_CAPTURE:
3933         return true;
3934       case UseCaptureKind::MAY_CAPTURE:
3935         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AANoAliasCSArg] Unknown user: " << *UserI
3936                           << "\n");
3937         return false;
3938       case UseCaptureKind::PASSTHROUGH:
3939         Follow = true;
3940         return true;
3941       }
3942       llvm_unreachable("unknown UseCaptureKind");
3943     };
3944 
3945     bool IsKnownNoCapture;
3946     const AANoCapture *NoCaptureAA = nullptr;
3947     bool IsAssumedNoCapture = AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoCapture>(
3948         A, this, VIRP, DepClassTy::NONE, IsKnownNoCapture, false, &NoCaptureAA);
3949     if (!IsAssumedNoCapture &&
3950         (!NoCaptureAA || !NoCaptureAA->isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned())) {
3951       if (!A.checkForAllUses(UsePred, *this, getAssociatedValue())) {
3952         LLVM_DEBUG(
3953             dbgs() << "[AANoAliasCSArg] " << getAssociatedValue()
3954                    << " cannot be noalias as it is potentially captured\n");
3955         return false;
3956       }
3957     }
3958     if (NoCaptureAA)
3959       A.recordDependence(*NoCaptureAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
3960 
3961     // Check there is no other pointer argument which could alias with the
3962     // value passed at this call site.
3963     // TODO: AbstractCallSite
3964     const auto &CB = cast<CallBase>(getAnchorValue());
3965     for (unsigned OtherArgNo = 0; OtherArgNo < CB.arg_size(); OtherArgNo++)
3966       if (mayAliasWithArgument(A, AAR, MemBehaviorAA, CB, OtherArgNo))
3967         return false;
3968 
3969     return true;
3970   }
3971 
3972   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
3973   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
3974     // If the argument is readnone we are done as there are no accesses via the
3975     // argument.
3976     auto *MemBehaviorAA =
3977         A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE);
3978     if (MemBehaviorAA && MemBehaviorAA->isAssumedReadNone()) {
3979       A.recordDependence(*MemBehaviorAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
3980       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
3981     }
3982 
3983     bool IsKnownNoAlias;
3984     const IRPosition &VIRP = IRPosition::value(getAssociatedValue());
3985     if (!AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoAlias>(
3986             A, this, VIRP, DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnownNoAlias)) {
3987       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AANoAlias] " << getAssociatedValue()
3988                         << " is not no-alias at the definition\n");
3989       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
3990     }
3991 
3992     AAResults *AAR = nullptr;
3993     if (MemBehaviorAA &&
3994         isKnownNoAliasDueToNoAliasPreservation(A, AAR, *MemBehaviorAA)) {
3995       LLVM_DEBUG(
3996           dbgs() << "[AANoAlias] No-Alias deduced via no-alias preservation\n");
3997       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
3998     }
3999 
4000     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
4001   }
4002 
4003   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
4004   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(noalias) }
4005 };
4006 
4007 /// NoAlias attribute for function return value.
4008 struct AANoAliasReturned final : AANoAliasImpl {
4009   AANoAliasReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
4010       : AANoAliasImpl(IRP, A) {}
4011 
4012   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
4013   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
4014 
4015     auto CheckReturnValue = [&](Value &RV) -> bool {
4016       if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(&RV))
4017         if (C->isNullValue() || isa<UndefValue>(C))
4018           return true;
4019 
4020       /// For now, we can only deduce noalias if we have call sites.
4021       /// FIXME: add more support.
4022       if (!isa<CallBase>(&RV))
4023         return false;
4024 
4025       const IRPosition &RVPos = IRPosition::value(RV);
4026       bool IsKnownNoAlias;
4027       if (!AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoAlias>(
4028               A, this, RVPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnownNoAlias))
4029         return false;
4030 
4031       bool IsKnownNoCapture;
4032       const AANoCapture *NoCaptureAA = nullptr;
4033       bool IsAssumedNoCapture = AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoCapture>(
4034           A, this, RVPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnownNoCapture, false,
4035           &NoCaptureAA);
4036       return IsAssumedNoCapture ||
4037              (NoCaptureAA && NoCaptureAA->isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned());
4038     };
4039 
4040     if (!A.checkForAllReturnedValues(CheckReturnValue, *this))
4041       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
4042 
4043     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
4044   }
4045 
4046   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
4047   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(noalias) }
4048 };
4049 
4050 /// NoAlias attribute deduction for a call site return value.
4051 struct AANoAliasCallSiteReturned final
4052     : AACalleeToCallSite<AANoAlias, AANoAliasImpl> {
4053   AANoAliasCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
4054       : AACalleeToCallSite<AANoAlias, AANoAliasImpl>(IRP, A) {}
4055 
4056   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
4057   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(noalias); }
4058 };
4059 } // namespace
4060 
4061 /// -------------------AAIsDead Function Attribute-----------------------
4062 
4063 namespace {
4064 struct AAIsDeadValueImpl : public AAIsDead {
4065   AAIsDeadValueImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AAIsDead(IRP, A) {}
4066 
4067   /// See AAIsDead::isAssumedDead().
4068   bool isAssumedDead() const override { return isAssumed(IS_DEAD); }
4069 
4070   /// See AAIsDead::isKnownDead().
4071   bool isKnownDead() const override { return isKnown(IS_DEAD); }
4072 
4073   /// See AAIsDead::isAssumedDead(BasicBlock *).
4074   bool isAssumedDead(const BasicBlock *BB) const override { return false; }
4075 
4076   /// See AAIsDead::isKnownDead(BasicBlock *).
4077   bool isKnownDead(const BasicBlock *BB) const override { return false; }
4078 
4079   /// See AAIsDead::isAssumedDead(Instruction *I).
4080   bool isAssumedDead(const Instruction *I) const override {
4081     return I == getCtxI() && isAssumedDead();
4082   }
4083 
4084   /// See AAIsDead::isKnownDead(Instruction *I).
4085   bool isKnownDead(const Instruction *I) const override {
4086     return isAssumedDead(I) && isKnownDead();
4087   }
4088 
4089   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
4090   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
4091     return isAssumedDead() ? "assumed-dead" : "assumed-live";
4092   }
4093 
4094   /// Check if all uses are assumed dead.
4095   bool areAllUsesAssumedDead(Attributor &A, Value &V) {
4096     // Callers might not check the type, void has no uses.
4097     if (V.getType()->isVoidTy() || V.use_empty())
4098       return true;
4099 
4100     // If we replace a value with a constant there are no uses left afterwards.
4101     if (!isa<Constant>(V)) {
4102       if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V))
4103         if (!A.isRunOn(*I->getFunction()))
4104           return false;
4105       bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
4106       std::optional<Constant *> C =
4107           A.getAssumedConstant(V, *this, UsedAssumedInformation);
4108       if (!C || *C)
4109         return true;
4110     }
4111 
4112     auto UsePred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) { return false; };
4113     // Explicitly set the dependence class to required because we want a long
4114     // chain of N dependent instructions to be considered live as soon as one is
4115     // without going through N update cycles. This is not required for
4116     // correctness.
4117     return A.checkForAllUses(UsePred, *this, V, /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ false,
4118                              DepClassTy::REQUIRED,
4119                              /* IgnoreDroppableUses */ false);
4120   }
4121 
4122   /// Determine if \p I is assumed to be side-effect free.
4123   bool isAssumedSideEffectFree(Attributor &A, Instruction *I) {
4124     if (!I || wouldInstructionBeTriviallyDead(I))
4125       return true;
4126 
4127     auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(I);
4128     if (!CB || isa<IntrinsicInst>(CB))
4129       return false;
4130 
4131     const IRPosition &CallIRP = IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB);
4132 
4133     bool IsKnownNoUnwind;
4134     if (!AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoUnwind>(
4135             A, this, CallIRP, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnownNoUnwind))
4136       return false;
4137 
4138     bool IsKnown;
4139     return AA::isAssumedReadOnly(A, CallIRP, *this, IsKnown);
4140   }
4141 };
4142 
4143 struct AAIsDeadFloating : public AAIsDeadValueImpl {
4144   AAIsDeadFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
4145       : AAIsDeadValueImpl(IRP, A) {}
4146 
4147   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
4148   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
4149     AAIsDeadValueImpl::initialize(A);
4150 
4151     if (isa<UndefValue>(getAssociatedValue())) {
4152       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
4153       return;
4154     }
4155 
4156     Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&getAssociatedValue());
4157     if (!isAssumedSideEffectFree(A, I)) {
4158       if (!isa_and_nonnull<StoreInst>(I) && !isa_and_nonnull<FenceInst>(I))
4159         indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
4160       else
4161         removeAssumedBits(HAS_NO_EFFECT);
4162     }
4163   }
4164 
4165   bool isDeadFence(Attributor &A, FenceInst &FI) {
4166     const auto *ExecDomainAA = A.lookupAAFor<AAExecutionDomain>(
4167         IRPosition::function(*FI.getFunction()), *this, DepClassTy::NONE);
4168     if (!ExecDomainAA || !ExecDomainAA->isNoOpFence(FI))
4169       return false;
4170     A.recordDependence(*ExecDomainAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
4171     return true;
4172   }
4173 
4174   bool isDeadStore(Attributor &A, StoreInst &SI,
4175                    SmallSetVector<Instruction *, 8> *AssumeOnlyInst = nullptr) {
4176     // Lang ref now states volatile store is not UB/dead, let's skip them.
4177     if (SI.isVolatile())
4178       return false;
4179 
4180     // If we are collecting assumes to be deleted we are in the manifest stage.
4181     // It's problematic to collect the potential copies again now so we use the
4182     // cached ones.
4183     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
4184     if (!AssumeOnlyInst) {
4185       PotentialCopies.clear();
4186       if (!AA::getPotentialCopiesOfStoredValue(A, SI, PotentialCopies, *this,
4187                                                UsedAssumedInformation)) {
4188         LLVM_DEBUG(
4189             dbgs()
4190             << "[AAIsDead] Could not determine potential copies of store!\n");
4191         return false;
4192       }
4193     }
4194     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAIsDead] Store has " << PotentialCopies.size()
4195                       << " potential copies.\n");
4196 
4197     InformationCache &InfoCache = A.getInfoCache();
4198     return llvm::all_of(PotentialCopies, [&](Value *V) {
4199       if (A.isAssumedDead(IRPosition::value(*V), this, nullptr,
4200                           UsedAssumedInformation))
4201         return true;
4202       if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(V)) {
4203         if (llvm::all_of(LI->uses(), [&](const Use &U) {
4204               auto &UserI = cast<Instruction>(*U.getUser());
4205               if (InfoCache.isOnlyUsedByAssume(UserI)) {
4206                 if (AssumeOnlyInst)
4207                   AssumeOnlyInst->insert(&UserI);
4208                 return true;
4209               }
4210               return A.isAssumedDead(U, this, nullptr, UsedAssumedInformation);
4211             })) {
4212           return true;
4213         }
4214       }
4215       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAIsDead] Potential copy " << *V
4216                         << " is assumed live!\n");
4217       return false;
4218     });
4219   }
4220 
4221   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
4222   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
4223     Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&getAssociatedValue());
4224     if (isa_and_nonnull<StoreInst>(I))
4225       if (isValidState())
4226         return "assumed-dead-store";
4227     if (isa_and_nonnull<FenceInst>(I))
4228       if (isValidState())
4229         return "assumed-dead-fence";
4230     return AAIsDeadValueImpl::getAsStr(A);
4231   }
4232 
4233   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
4234   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
4235     Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&getAssociatedValue());
4236     if (auto *SI = dyn_cast_or_null<StoreInst>(I)) {
4237       if (!isDeadStore(A, *SI))
4238         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
4239     } else if (auto *FI = dyn_cast_or_null<FenceInst>(I)) {
4240       if (!isDeadFence(A, *FI))
4241         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
4242     } else {
4243       if (!isAssumedSideEffectFree(A, I))
4244         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
4245       if (!areAllUsesAssumedDead(A, getAssociatedValue()))
4246         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
4247     }
4248     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
4249   }
4250 
4251   bool isRemovableStore() const override {
4252     return isAssumed(IS_REMOVABLE) && isa<StoreInst>(&getAssociatedValue());
4253   }
4254 
4255   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
4256   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
4257     Value &V = getAssociatedValue();
4258     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V)) {
4259       // If we get here we basically know the users are all dead. We check if
4260       // isAssumedSideEffectFree returns true here again because it might not be
4261       // the case and only the users are dead but the instruction (=call) is
4262       // still needed.
4263       if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
4264         SmallSetVector<Instruction *, 8> AssumeOnlyInst;
4265         bool IsDead = isDeadStore(A, *SI, &AssumeOnlyInst);
4266         (void)IsDead;
4267         assert(IsDead && "Store was assumed to be dead!");
4268         A.deleteAfterManifest(*I);
4269         for (size_t i = 0; i < AssumeOnlyInst.size(); ++i) {
4270           Instruction *AOI = AssumeOnlyInst[i];
4271           for (auto *Usr : AOI->users())
4272             AssumeOnlyInst.insert(cast<Instruction>(Usr));
4273           A.deleteAfterManifest(*AOI);
4274         }
4275         return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
4276       }
4277       if (auto *FI = dyn_cast<FenceInst>(I)) {
4278         assert(isDeadFence(A, *FI));
4279         A.deleteAfterManifest(*FI);
4280         return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
4281       }
4282       if (isAssumedSideEffectFree(A, I) && !isa<InvokeInst>(I)) {
4283         A.deleteAfterManifest(*I);
4284         return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
4285       }
4286     }
4287     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
4288   }
4289 
4290   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
4291   void trackStatistics() const override {
4292     STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(IsDead)
4293   }
4294 
4295 private:
4296   // The potential copies of a dead store, used for deletion during manifest.
4297   SmallSetVector<Value *, 4> PotentialCopies;
4298 };
4299 
4300 struct AAIsDeadArgument : public AAIsDeadFloating {
4301   AAIsDeadArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
4302       : AAIsDeadFloating(IRP, A) {}
4303 
4304   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
4305   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
4306     Argument &Arg = *getAssociatedArgument();
4307     if (A.isValidFunctionSignatureRewrite(Arg, /* ReplacementTypes */ {}))
4308       if (A.registerFunctionSignatureRewrite(
4309               Arg, /* ReplacementTypes */ {},
4310               Attributor::ArgumentReplacementInfo::CalleeRepairCBTy{},
4311               Attributor::ArgumentReplacementInfo::ACSRepairCBTy{})) {
4312         return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
4313       }
4314     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
4315   }
4316 
4317   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
4318   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(IsDead) }
4319 };
4320 
4321 struct AAIsDeadCallSiteArgument : public AAIsDeadValueImpl {
4322   AAIsDeadCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
4323       : AAIsDeadValueImpl(IRP, A) {}
4324 
4325   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
4326   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
4327     AAIsDeadValueImpl::initialize(A);
4328     if (isa<UndefValue>(getAssociatedValue()))
4329       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
4330   }
4331 
4332   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
4333   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
4334     // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide
4335     //       call site specific liveness information and then it makes
4336     //       sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of
4337     //       redirecting requests to the callee argument.
4338     Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument();
4339     if (!Arg)
4340       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
4341     const IRPosition &ArgPos = IRPosition::argument(*Arg);
4342     auto *ArgAA = A.getAAFor<AAIsDead>(*this, ArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
4343     if (!ArgAA)
4344       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
4345     return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), ArgAA->getState());
4346   }
4347 
4348   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
4349   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
4350     CallBase &CB = cast<CallBase>(getAnchorValue());
4351     Use &U = CB.getArgOperandUse(getCallSiteArgNo());
4352     assert(!isa<UndefValue>(U.get()) &&
4353            "Expected undef values to be filtered out!");
4354     UndefValue &UV = *UndefValue::get(U->getType());
4355     if (A.changeUseAfterManifest(U, UV))
4356       return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
4357     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
4358   }
4359 
4360   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
4361   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(IsDead) }
4362 };
4363 
4364 struct AAIsDeadCallSiteReturned : public AAIsDeadFloating {
4365   AAIsDeadCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
4366       : AAIsDeadFloating(IRP, A) {}
4367 
4368   /// See AAIsDead::isAssumedDead().
4369   bool isAssumedDead() const override {
4370     return AAIsDeadFloating::isAssumedDead() && IsAssumedSideEffectFree;
4371   }
4372 
4373   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
4374   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
4375     AAIsDeadFloating::initialize(A);
4376     if (isa<UndefValue>(getAssociatedValue())) {
4377       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
4378       return;
4379     }
4380 
4381     // We track this separately as a secondary state.
4382     IsAssumedSideEffectFree = isAssumedSideEffectFree(A, getCtxI());
4383   }
4384 
4385   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
4386   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
4387     ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
4388     if (IsAssumedSideEffectFree && !isAssumedSideEffectFree(A, getCtxI())) {
4389       IsAssumedSideEffectFree = false;
4390       Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
4391     }
4392     if (!areAllUsesAssumedDead(A, getAssociatedValue()))
4393       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
4394     return Changed;
4395   }
4396 
4397   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
4398   void trackStatistics() const override {
4399     if (IsAssumedSideEffectFree)
4400       STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(IsDead)
4401     else
4402       STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(UnusedResult)
4403   }
4404 
4405   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
4406   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
4407     return isAssumedDead()
4408                ? "assumed-dead"
4409                : (getAssumed() ? "assumed-dead-users" : "assumed-live");
4410   }
4411 
4412 private:
4413   bool IsAssumedSideEffectFree = true;
4414 };
4415 
4416 struct AAIsDeadReturned : public AAIsDeadValueImpl {
4417   AAIsDeadReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
4418       : AAIsDeadValueImpl(IRP, A) {}
4419 
4420   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
4421   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
4422 
4423     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
4424     A.checkForAllInstructions([](Instruction &) { return true; }, *this,
4425                               {Instruction::Ret}, UsedAssumedInformation);
4426 
4427     auto PredForCallSite = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) {
4428       if (ACS.isCallbackCall() || !ACS.getInstruction())
4429         return false;
4430       return areAllUsesAssumedDead(A, *ACS.getInstruction());
4431     };
4432 
4433     if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(PredForCallSite, *this, true,
4434                                 UsedAssumedInformation))
4435       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
4436 
4437     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
4438   }
4439 
4440   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
4441   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
4442     // TODO: Rewrite the signature to return void?
4443     bool AnyChange = false;
4444     UndefValue &UV = *UndefValue::get(getAssociatedFunction()->getReturnType());
4445     auto RetInstPred = [&](Instruction &I) {
4446       ReturnInst &RI = cast<ReturnInst>(I);
4447       if (!isa<UndefValue>(RI.getReturnValue()))
4448         AnyChange |= A.changeUseAfterManifest(RI.getOperandUse(0), UV);
4449       return true;
4450     };
4451     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
4452     A.checkForAllInstructions(RetInstPred, *this, {Instruction::Ret},
4453                               UsedAssumedInformation);
4454     return AnyChange ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
4455   }
4456 
4457   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
4458   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(IsDead) }
4459 };
4460 
4461 struct AAIsDeadFunction : public AAIsDead {
4462   AAIsDeadFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AAIsDead(IRP, A) {}
4463 
4464   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
4465   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
4466     Function *F = getAnchorScope();
4467     assert(F && "Did expect an anchor function");
4468     if (!isAssumedDeadInternalFunction(A)) {
4469       ToBeExploredFrom.insert(&F->getEntryBlock().front());
4470       assumeLive(A, F->getEntryBlock());
4471     }
4472   }
4473 
4474   bool isAssumedDeadInternalFunction(Attributor &A) {
4475     if (!getAnchorScope()->hasLocalLinkage())
4476       return false;
4477     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
4478     return A.checkForAllCallSites([](AbstractCallSite) { return false; }, *this,
4479                                   true, UsedAssumedInformation);
4480   }
4481 
4482   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
4483   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
4484     return "Live[#BB " + std::to_string(AssumedLiveBlocks.size()) + "/" +
4485            std::to_string(getAnchorScope()->size()) + "][#TBEP " +
4486            std::to_string(ToBeExploredFrom.size()) + "][#KDE " +
4487            std::to_string(KnownDeadEnds.size()) + "]";
4488   }
4489 
4490   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
4491   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
4492     assert(getState().isValidState() &&
4493            "Attempted to manifest an invalid state!");
4494 
4495     ChangeStatus HasChanged = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
4496     Function &F = *getAnchorScope();
4497 
4498     if (AssumedLiveBlocks.empty()) {
4499       A.deleteAfterManifest(F);
4500       return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
4501     }
4502 
4503     // Flag to determine if we can change an invoke to a call assuming the
4504     // callee is nounwind. This is not possible if the personality of the
4505     // function allows to catch asynchronous exceptions.
4506     bool Invoke2CallAllowed = !mayCatchAsynchronousExceptions(F);
4507 
4508     KnownDeadEnds.set_union(ToBeExploredFrom);
4509     for (const Instruction *DeadEndI : KnownDeadEnds) {
4510       auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(DeadEndI);
4511       if (!CB)
4512         continue;
4513       bool IsKnownNoReturn;
4514       bool MayReturn = !AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoReturn>(
4515           A, this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL,
4516           IsKnownNoReturn);
4517       if (MayReturn && (!Invoke2CallAllowed || !isa<InvokeInst>(CB)))
4518         continue;
4519 
4520       if (auto *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(DeadEndI))
4521         A.registerInvokeWithDeadSuccessor(const_cast<InvokeInst &>(*II));
4522       else
4523         A.changeToUnreachableAfterManifest(
4524             const_cast<Instruction *>(DeadEndI->getNextNode()));
4525       HasChanged = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
4526     }
4527 
4528     STATS_DECL(AAIsDead, BasicBlock, "Number of dead basic blocks deleted.");
4529     for (BasicBlock &BB : F)
4530       if (!AssumedLiveBlocks.count(&BB)) {
4531         A.deleteAfterManifest(BB);
4532         ++BUILD_STAT_NAME(AAIsDead, BasicBlock);
4533         HasChanged = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
4534       }
4535 
4536     return HasChanged;
4537   }
4538 
4539   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
4540   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override;
4541 
4542   bool isEdgeDead(const BasicBlock *From, const BasicBlock *To) const override {
4543     assert(From->getParent() == getAnchorScope() &&
4544            To->getParent() == getAnchorScope() &&
4545            "Used AAIsDead of the wrong function");
4546     return isValidState() && !AssumedLiveEdges.count(std::make_pair(From, To));
4547   }
4548 
4549   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
4550   void trackStatistics() const override {}
4551 
4552   /// Returns true if the function is assumed dead.
4553   bool isAssumedDead() const override { return false; }
4554 
4555   /// See AAIsDead::isKnownDead().
4556   bool isKnownDead() const override { return false; }
4557 
4558   /// See AAIsDead::isAssumedDead(BasicBlock *).
4559   bool isAssumedDead(const BasicBlock *BB) const override {
4560     assert(BB->getParent() == getAnchorScope() &&
4561            "BB must be in the same anchor scope function.");
4562 
4563     if (!getAssumed())
4564       return false;
4565     return !AssumedLiveBlocks.count(BB);
4566   }
4567 
4568   /// See AAIsDead::isKnownDead(BasicBlock *).
4569   bool isKnownDead(const BasicBlock *BB) const override {
4570     return getKnown() && isAssumedDead(BB);
4571   }
4572 
4573   /// See AAIsDead::isAssumed(Instruction *I).
4574   bool isAssumedDead(const Instruction *I) const override {
4575     assert(I->getParent()->getParent() == getAnchorScope() &&
4576            "Instruction must be in the same anchor scope function.");
4577 
4578     if (!getAssumed())
4579       return false;
4580 
4581     // If it is not in AssumedLiveBlocks then it for sure dead.
4582     // Otherwise, it can still be after noreturn call in a live block.
4583     if (!AssumedLiveBlocks.count(I->getParent()))
4584       return true;
4585 
4586     // If it is not after a liveness barrier it is live.
4587     const Instruction *PrevI = I->getPrevNode();
4588     while (PrevI) {
4589       if (KnownDeadEnds.count(PrevI) || ToBeExploredFrom.count(PrevI))
4590         return true;
4591       PrevI = PrevI->getPrevNode();
4592     }
4593     return false;
4594   }
4595 
4596   /// See AAIsDead::isKnownDead(Instruction *I).
4597   bool isKnownDead(const Instruction *I) const override {
4598     return getKnown() && isAssumedDead(I);
4599   }
4600 
4601   /// Assume \p BB is (partially) live now and indicate to the Attributor \p A
4602   /// that internal function called from \p BB should now be looked at.
4603   bool assumeLive(Attributor &A, const BasicBlock &BB) {
4604     if (!AssumedLiveBlocks.insert(&BB).second)
4605       return false;
4606 
4607     // We assume that all of BB is (probably) live now and if there are calls to
4608     // internal functions we will assume that those are now live as well. This
4609     // is a performance optimization for blocks with calls to a lot of internal
4610     // functions. It can however cause dead functions to be treated as live.
4611     for (const Instruction &I : BB)
4612       if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&I))
4613         if (auto *F = dyn_cast_if_present<Function>(CB->getCalledOperand()))
4614           if (F->hasLocalLinkage())
4615             A.markLiveInternalFunction(*F);
4616     return true;
4617   }
4618 
4619   /// Collection of instructions that need to be explored again, e.g., we
4620   /// did assume they do not transfer control to (one of their) successors.
4621   SmallSetVector<const Instruction *, 8> ToBeExploredFrom;
4622 
4623   /// Collection of instructions that are known to not transfer control.
4624   SmallSetVector<const Instruction *, 8> KnownDeadEnds;
4625 
4626   /// Collection of all assumed live edges
4627   DenseSet<std::pair<const BasicBlock *, const BasicBlock *>> AssumedLiveEdges;
4628 
4629   /// Collection of all assumed live BasicBlocks.
4630   DenseSet<const BasicBlock *> AssumedLiveBlocks;
4631 };
4632 
4633 static bool
4634 identifyAliveSuccessors(Attributor &A, const CallBase &CB,
4635                         AbstractAttribute &AA,
4636                         SmallVectorImpl<const Instruction *> &AliveSuccessors) {
4637   const IRPosition &IPos = IRPosition::callsite_function(CB);
4638 
4639   bool IsKnownNoReturn;
4640   if (AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoReturn>(
4641           A, &AA, IPos, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnownNoReturn))
4642     return !IsKnownNoReturn;
4643   if (CB.isTerminator())
4644     AliveSuccessors.push_back(&CB.getSuccessor(0)->front());
4645   else
4646     AliveSuccessors.push_back(CB.getNextNode());
4647   return false;
4648 }
4649 
4650 static bool
4651 identifyAliveSuccessors(Attributor &A, const InvokeInst &II,
4652                         AbstractAttribute &AA,
4653                         SmallVectorImpl<const Instruction *> &AliveSuccessors) {
4654   bool UsedAssumedInformation =
4655       identifyAliveSuccessors(A, cast<CallBase>(II), AA, AliveSuccessors);
4656 
4657   // First, determine if we can change an invoke to a call assuming the
4658   // callee is nounwind. This is not possible if the personality of the
4659   // function allows to catch asynchronous exceptions.
4660   if (AAIsDeadFunction::mayCatchAsynchronousExceptions(*II.getFunction())) {
4661     AliveSuccessors.push_back(&II.getUnwindDest()->front());
4662   } else {
4663     const IRPosition &IPos = IRPosition::callsite_function(II);
4664 
4665     bool IsKnownNoUnwind;
4666     if (AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoUnwind>(
4667             A, &AA, IPos, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnownNoUnwind)) {
4668       UsedAssumedInformation |= !IsKnownNoUnwind;
4669     } else {
4670       AliveSuccessors.push_back(&II.getUnwindDest()->front());
4671     }
4672   }
4673   return UsedAssumedInformation;
4674 }
4675 
4676 static bool
4677 identifyAliveSuccessors(Attributor &A, const BranchInst &BI,
4678                         AbstractAttribute &AA,
4679                         SmallVectorImpl<const Instruction *> &AliveSuccessors) {
4680   bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
4681   if (BI.getNumSuccessors() == 1) {
4682     AliveSuccessors.push_back(&BI.getSuccessor(0)->front());
4683   } else {
4684     std::optional<Constant *> C =
4685         A.getAssumedConstant(*BI.getCondition(), AA, UsedAssumedInformation);
4686     if (!C || isa_and_nonnull<UndefValue>(*C)) {
4687       // No value yet, assume both edges are dead.
4688     } else if (isa_and_nonnull<ConstantInt>(*C)) {
4689       const BasicBlock *SuccBB =
4690           BI.getSuccessor(1 - cast<ConstantInt>(*C)->getValue().getZExtValue());
4691       AliveSuccessors.push_back(&SuccBB->front());
4692     } else {
4693       AliveSuccessors.push_back(&BI.getSuccessor(0)->front());
4694       AliveSuccessors.push_back(&BI.getSuccessor(1)->front());
4695       UsedAssumedInformation = false;
4696     }
4697   }
4698   return UsedAssumedInformation;
4699 }
4700 
4701 static bool
4702 identifyAliveSuccessors(Attributor &A, const SwitchInst &SI,
4703                         AbstractAttribute &AA,
4704                         SmallVectorImpl<const Instruction *> &AliveSuccessors) {
4705   bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
4706   SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> Values;
4707   if (!A.getAssumedSimplifiedValues(IRPosition::value(*SI.getCondition()), &AA,
4708                                     Values, AA::AnyScope,
4709                                     UsedAssumedInformation)) {
4710     // Something went wrong, assume all successors are live.
4711     for (const BasicBlock *SuccBB : successors(SI.getParent()))
4712       AliveSuccessors.push_back(&SuccBB->front());
4713     return false;
4714   }
4715 
4716   if (Values.empty() ||
4717       (Values.size() == 1 &&
4718        isa_and_nonnull<UndefValue>(Values.front().getValue()))) {
4719     // No valid value yet, assume all edges are dead.
4720     return UsedAssumedInformation;
4721   }
4722 
4723   Type &Ty = *SI.getCondition()->getType();
4724   SmallPtrSet<ConstantInt *, 8> Constants;
4725   auto CheckForConstantInt = [&](Value *V) {
4726     if (auto *CI = dyn_cast_if_present<ConstantInt>(AA::getWithType(*V, Ty))) {
4727       Constants.insert(CI);
4728       return true;
4729     }
4730     return false;
4731   };
4732 
4733   if (!all_of(Values, [&](AA::ValueAndContext &VAC) {
4734         return CheckForConstantInt(VAC.getValue());
4735       })) {
4736     for (const BasicBlock *SuccBB : successors(SI.getParent()))
4737       AliveSuccessors.push_back(&SuccBB->front());
4738     return UsedAssumedInformation;
4739   }
4740 
4741   unsigned MatchedCases = 0;
4742   for (const auto &CaseIt : SI.cases()) {
4743     if (Constants.count(CaseIt.getCaseValue())) {
4744       ++MatchedCases;
4745       AliveSuccessors.push_back(&CaseIt.getCaseSuccessor()->front());
4746     }
4747   }
4748 
4749   // If all potential values have been matched, we will not visit the default
4750   // case.
4751   if (MatchedCases < Constants.size())
4752     AliveSuccessors.push_back(&SI.getDefaultDest()->front());
4753   return UsedAssumedInformation;
4754 }
4755 
4756 ChangeStatus AAIsDeadFunction::updateImpl(Attributor &A) {
4757   ChangeStatus Change = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
4758 
4759   if (AssumedLiveBlocks.empty()) {
4760     if (isAssumedDeadInternalFunction(A))
4761       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
4762 
4763     Function *F = getAnchorScope();
4764     ToBeExploredFrom.insert(&F->getEntryBlock().front());
4765     assumeLive(A, F->getEntryBlock());
4766     Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
4767   }
4768 
4769   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAIsDead] Live [" << AssumedLiveBlocks.size() << "/"
4770                     << getAnchorScope()->size() << "] BBs and "
4771                     << ToBeExploredFrom.size() << " exploration points and "
4772                     << KnownDeadEnds.size() << " known dead ends\n");
4773 
4774   // Copy and clear the list of instructions we need to explore from. It is
4775   // refilled with instructions the next update has to look at.
4776   SmallVector<const Instruction *, 8> Worklist(ToBeExploredFrom.begin(),
4777                                                ToBeExploredFrom.end());
4778   decltype(ToBeExploredFrom) NewToBeExploredFrom;
4779 
4780   SmallVector<const Instruction *, 8> AliveSuccessors;
4781   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4782     const Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
4783     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAIsDead] Exploration inst: " << *I << "\n");
4784 
4785     // Fast forward for uninteresting instructions. We could look for UB here
4786     // though.
4787     while (!I->isTerminator() && !isa<CallBase>(I))
4788       I = I->getNextNode();
4789 
4790     AliveSuccessors.clear();
4791 
4792     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
4793     switch (I->getOpcode()) {
4794     // TODO: look for (assumed) UB to backwards propagate "deadness".
4795     default:
4796       assert(I->isTerminator() &&
4797              "Expected non-terminators to be handled already!");
4798       for (const BasicBlock *SuccBB : successors(I->getParent()))
4799         AliveSuccessors.push_back(&SuccBB->front());
4800       break;
4801     case Instruction::Call:
4802       UsedAssumedInformation = identifyAliveSuccessors(A, cast<CallInst>(*I),
4803                                                        *this, AliveSuccessors);
4804       break;
4805     case Instruction::Invoke:
4806       UsedAssumedInformation = identifyAliveSuccessors(A, cast<InvokeInst>(*I),
4807                                                        *this, AliveSuccessors);
4808       break;
4809     case Instruction::Br:
4810       UsedAssumedInformation = identifyAliveSuccessors(A, cast<BranchInst>(*I),
4811                                                        *this, AliveSuccessors);
4812       break;
4813     case Instruction::Switch:
4814       UsedAssumedInformation = identifyAliveSuccessors(A, cast<SwitchInst>(*I),
4815                                                        *this, AliveSuccessors);
4816       break;
4817     }
4818 
4819     if (UsedAssumedInformation) {
4820       NewToBeExploredFrom.insert(I);
4821     } else if (AliveSuccessors.empty() ||
4822                (I->isTerminator() &&
4823                 AliveSuccessors.size() < I->getNumSuccessors())) {
4824       if (KnownDeadEnds.insert(I))
4825         Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
4826     }
4827 
4828     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAIsDead] #AliveSuccessors: "
4829                       << AliveSuccessors.size() << " UsedAssumedInformation: "
4830                       << UsedAssumedInformation << "\n");
4831 
4832     for (const Instruction *AliveSuccessor : AliveSuccessors) {
4833       if (!I->isTerminator()) {
4834         assert(AliveSuccessors.size() == 1 &&
4835                "Non-terminator expected to have a single successor!");
4836         Worklist.push_back(AliveSuccessor);
4837       } else {
4838         // record the assumed live edge
4839         auto Edge = std::make_pair(I->getParent(), AliveSuccessor->getParent());
4840         if (AssumedLiveEdges.insert(Edge).second)
4841           Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
4842         if (assumeLive(A, *AliveSuccessor->getParent()))
4843           Worklist.push_back(AliveSuccessor);
4844       }
4845     }
4846   }
4847 
4848   // Check if the content of ToBeExploredFrom changed, ignore the order.
4849   if (NewToBeExploredFrom.size() != ToBeExploredFrom.size() ||
4850       llvm::any_of(NewToBeExploredFrom, [&](const Instruction *I) {
4851         return !ToBeExploredFrom.count(I);
4852       })) {
4853     Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
4854     ToBeExploredFrom = std::move(NewToBeExploredFrom);
4855   }
4856 
4857   // If we know everything is live there is no need to query for liveness.
4858   // Instead, indicating a pessimistic fixpoint will cause the state to be
4859   // "invalid" and all queries to be answered conservatively without lookups.
4860   // To be in this state we have to (1) finished the exploration and (3) not
4861   // discovered any non-trivial dead end and (2) not ruled unreachable code
4862   // dead.
4863   if (ToBeExploredFrom.empty() &&
4864       getAnchorScope()->size() == AssumedLiveBlocks.size() &&
4865       llvm::all_of(KnownDeadEnds, [](const Instruction *DeadEndI) {
4866         return DeadEndI->isTerminator() && DeadEndI->getNumSuccessors() == 0;
4867       }))
4868     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
4869   return Change;
4870 }
4871 
4872 /// Liveness information for a call sites.
4873 struct AAIsDeadCallSite final : AAIsDeadFunction {
4874   AAIsDeadCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
4875       : AAIsDeadFunction(IRP, A) {}
4876 
4877   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
4878   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
4879     // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide
4880     //       call site specific liveness information and then it makes
4881     //       sense to specialize attributes for call sites instead of
4882     //       redirecting requests to the callee.
4883     llvm_unreachable("Abstract attributes for liveness are not "
4884                      "supported for call sites yet!");
4885   }
4886 
4887   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
4888   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
4889     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
4890   }
4891 
4892   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
4893   void trackStatistics() const override {}
4894 };
4895 } // namespace
4896 
4897 /// -------------------- Dereferenceable Argument Attribute --------------------
4898 
4899 namespace {
4900 struct AADereferenceableImpl : AADereferenceable {
4901   AADereferenceableImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
4902       : AADereferenceable(IRP, A) {}
4903   using StateType = DerefState;
4904 
4905   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
4906   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
4907     Value &V = *getAssociatedValue().stripPointerCasts();
4908     SmallVector<Attribute, 4> Attrs;
4909     A.getAttrs(getIRPosition(),
4910                {Attribute::Dereferenceable, Attribute::DereferenceableOrNull},
4911                Attrs, /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ false);
4912     for (const Attribute &Attr : Attrs)
4913       takeKnownDerefBytesMaximum(Attr.getValueAsInt());
4914 
4915     // Ensure we initialize the non-null AA (if necessary).
4916     bool IsKnownNonNull;
4917     AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NonNull>(
4918         A, this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnownNonNull);
4919 
4920     bool CanBeNull, CanBeFreed;
4921     takeKnownDerefBytesMaximum(V.getPointerDereferenceableBytes(
4922         A.getDataLayout(), CanBeNull, CanBeFreed));
4923 
4924     if (Instruction *CtxI = getCtxI())
4925       followUsesInMBEC(*this, A, getState(), *CtxI);
4926   }
4927 
4928   /// See AbstractAttribute::getState()
4929   /// {
4930   StateType &getState() override { return *this; }
4931   const StateType &getState() const override { return *this; }
4932   /// }
4933 
4934   /// Helper function for collecting accessed bytes in must-be-executed-context
4935   void addAccessedBytesForUse(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I,
4936                               DerefState &State) {
4937     const Value *UseV = U->get();
4938     if (!UseV->getType()->isPointerTy())
4939       return;
4940 
4941     std::optional<MemoryLocation> Loc = MemoryLocation::getOrNone(I);
4942     if (!Loc || Loc->Ptr != UseV || !Loc->Size.isPrecise() || I->isVolatile())
4943       return;
4944 
4945     int64_t Offset;
4946     const Value *Base = GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(
4947         Loc->Ptr, Offset, A.getDataLayout(), /*AllowNonInbounds*/ true);
4948     if (Base && Base == &getAssociatedValue())
4949       State.addAccessedBytes(Offset, Loc->Size.getValue());
4950   }
4951 
4952   /// See followUsesInMBEC
4953   bool followUseInMBEC(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I,
4954                        AADereferenceable::StateType &State) {
4955     bool IsNonNull = false;
4956     bool TrackUse = false;
4957     int64_t DerefBytes = getKnownNonNullAndDerefBytesForUse(
4958         A, *this, getAssociatedValue(), U, I, IsNonNull, TrackUse);
4959     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AADereferenceable] Deref bytes: " << DerefBytes
4960                       << " for instruction " << *I << "\n");
4961 
4962     addAccessedBytesForUse(A, U, I, State);
4963     State.takeKnownDerefBytesMaximum(DerefBytes);
4964     return TrackUse;
4965   }
4966 
4967   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
4968   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
4969     ChangeStatus Change = AADereferenceable::manifest(A);
4970     bool IsKnownNonNull;
4971     bool IsAssumedNonNull = AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NonNull>(
4972         A, this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE, IsKnownNonNull);
4973     if (IsAssumedNonNull &&
4974         A.hasAttr(getIRPosition(), Attribute::DereferenceableOrNull)) {
4975       A.removeAttrs(getIRPosition(), {Attribute::DereferenceableOrNull});
4976       return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
4977     }
4978     return Change;
4979   }
4980 
4981   void getDeducedAttributes(Attributor &A, LLVMContext &Ctx,
4982                             SmallVectorImpl<Attribute> &Attrs) const override {
4983     // TODO: Add *_globally support
4984     bool IsKnownNonNull;
4985     bool IsAssumedNonNull = AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NonNull>(
4986         A, this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE, IsKnownNonNull);
4987     if (IsAssumedNonNull)
4988       Attrs.emplace_back(Attribute::getWithDereferenceableBytes(
4989           Ctx, getAssumedDereferenceableBytes()));
4990     else
4991       Attrs.emplace_back(Attribute::getWithDereferenceableOrNullBytes(
4992           Ctx, getAssumedDereferenceableBytes()));
4993   }
4994 
4995   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
4996   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
4997     if (!getAssumedDereferenceableBytes())
4998       return "unknown-dereferenceable";
4999     bool IsKnownNonNull;
5000     bool IsAssumedNonNull = false;
5001     if (A)
5002       IsAssumedNonNull = AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NonNull>(
5003           *A, this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE, IsKnownNonNull);
5004     return std::string("dereferenceable") +
5005            (IsAssumedNonNull ? "" : "_or_null") +
5006            (isAssumedGlobal() ? "_globally" : "") + "<" +
5007            std::to_string(getKnownDereferenceableBytes()) + "-" +
5008            std::to_string(getAssumedDereferenceableBytes()) + ">" +
5009            (!A ? " [non-null is unknown]" : "");
5010   }
5011 };
5012 
5013 /// Dereferenceable attribute for a floating value.
5014 struct AADereferenceableFloating : AADereferenceableImpl {
5015   AADereferenceableFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
5016       : AADereferenceableImpl(IRP, A) {}
5017 
5018   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
5019   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
5020     bool Stripped;
5021     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
5022     SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> Values;
5023     if (!A.getAssumedSimplifiedValues(getIRPosition(), *this, Values,
5024                                       AA::AnyScope, UsedAssumedInformation)) {
5025       Values.push_back({getAssociatedValue(), getCtxI()});
5026       Stripped = false;
5027     } else {
5028       Stripped = Values.size() != 1 ||
5029                  Values.front().getValue() != &getAssociatedValue();
5030     }
5031 
5032     const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout();
5033     DerefState T;
5034 
5035     auto VisitValueCB = [&](const Value &V) -> bool {
5036       unsigned IdxWidth =
5037           DL.getIndexSizeInBits(V.getType()->getPointerAddressSpace());
5038       APInt Offset(IdxWidth, 0);
5039       const Value *Base = stripAndAccumulateOffsets(
5040           A, *this, &V, DL, Offset, /* GetMinOffset */ false,
5041           /* AllowNonInbounds */ true);
5042 
5043       const auto *AA = A.getAAFor<AADereferenceable>(
5044           *this, IRPosition::value(*Base), DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
5045       int64_t DerefBytes = 0;
5046       if (!AA || (!Stripped && this == AA)) {
5047         // Use IR information if we did not strip anything.
5048         // TODO: track globally.
5049         bool CanBeNull, CanBeFreed;
5050         DerefBytes =
5051             Base->getPointerDereferenceableBytes(DL, CanBeNull, CanBeFreed);
5052         T.GlobalState.indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
5053       } else {
5054         const DerefState &DS = AA->getState();
5055         DerefBytes = DS.DerefBytesState.getAssumed();
5056         T.GlobalState &= DS.GlobalState;
5057       }
5058 
5059       // For now we do not try to "increase" dereferenceability due to negative
5060       // indices as we first have to come up with code to deal with loops and
5061       // for overflows of the dereferenceable bytes.
5062       int64_t OffsetSExt = Offset.getSExtValue();
5063       if (OffsetSExt < 0)
5064         OffsetSExt = 0;
5065 
5066       T.takeAssumedDerefBytesMinimum(
5067           std::max(int64_t(0), DerefBytes - OffsetSExt));
5068 
5069       if (this == AA) {
5070         if (!Stripped) {
5071           // If nothing was stripped IR information is all we got.
5072           T.takeKnownDerefBytesMaximum(
5073               std::max(int64_t(0), DerefBytes - OffsetSExt));
5074           T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
5075         } else if (OffsetSExt > 0) {
5076           // If something was stripped but there is circular reasoning we look
5077           // for the offset. If it is positive we basically decrease the
5078           // dereferenceable bytes in a circular loop now, which will simply
5079           // drive them down to the known value in a very slow way which we
5080           // can accelerate.
5081           T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
5082         }
5083       }
5084 
5085       return T.isValidState();
5086     };
5087 
5088     for (const auto &VAC : Values)
5089       if (!VisitValueCB(*VAC.getValue()))
5090         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
5091 
5092     return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), T);
5093   }
5094 
5095   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
5096   void trackStatistics() const override {
5097     STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(dereferenceable)
5098   }
5099 };
5100 
5101 /// Dereferenceable attribute for a return value.
5102 struct AADereferenceableReturned final
5103     : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AADereferenceable, AADereferenceableImpl> {
5104   using Base =
5105       AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AADereferenceable, AADereferenceableImpl>;
5106   AADereferenceableReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
5107       : Base(IRP, A) {}
5108 
5109   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
5110   void trackStatistics() const override {
5111     STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(dereferenceable)
5112   }
5113 };
5114 
5115 /// Dereferenceable attribute for an argument
5116 struct AADereferenceableArgument final
5117     : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AADereferenceable,
5118                                       AADereferenceableImpl> {
5119   using Base =
5120       AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AADereferenceable, AADereferenceableImpl>;
5121   AADereferenceableArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
5122       : Base(IRP, A) {}
5123 
5124   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
5125   void trackStatistics() const override {
5126     STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(dereferenceable)
5127   }
5128 };
5129 
5130 /// Dereferenceable attribute for a call site argument.
5131 struct AADereferenceableCallSiteArgument final : AADereferenceableFloating {
5132   AADereferenceableCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
5133       : AADereferenceableFloating(IRP, A) {}
5134 
5135   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
5136   void trackStatistics() const override {
5137     STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(dereferenceable)
5138   }
5139 };
5140 
5141 /// Dereferenceable attribute deduction for a call site return value.
5142 struct AADereferenceableCallSiteReturned final
5143     : AACalleeToCallSite<AADereferenceable, AADereferenceableImpl> {
5144   using Base = AACalleeToCallSite<AADereferenceable, AADereferenceableImpl>;
5145   AADereferenceableCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
5146       : Base(IRP, A) {}
5147 
5148   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
5149   void trackStatistics() const override {
5150     STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(dereferenceable);
5151   }
5152 };
5153 } // namespace
5154 
5155 // ------------------------ Align Argument Attribute ------------------------
5156 
5157 namespace {
5158 static unsigned getKnownAlignForUse(Attributor &A, AAAlign &QueryingAA,
5159                                     Value &AssociatedValue, const Use *U,
5160                                     const Instruction *I, bool &TrackUse) {
5161   // We need to follow common pointer manipulation uses to the accesses they
5162   // feed into.
5163   if (isa<CastInst>(I)) {
5164     // Follow all but ptr2int casts.
5165     TrackUse = !isa<PtrToIntInst>(I);
5166     return 0;
5167   }
5168   if (auto *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) {
5169     if (GEP->hasAllConstantIndices())
5170       TrackUse = true;
5171     return 0;
5172   }
5173 
5174   MaybeAlign MA;
5175   if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(I)) {
5176     if (CB->isBundleOperand(U) || CB->isCallee(U))
5177       return 0;
5178 
5179     unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(U);
5180     IRPosition IRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo);
5181     // As long as we only use known information there is no need to track
5182     // dependences here.
5183     auto *AlignAA = A.getAAFor<AAAlign>(QueryingAA, IRP, DepClassTy::NONE);
5184     if (AlignAA)
5185       MA = MaybeAlign(AlignAA->getKnownAlign());
5186   }
5187 
5188   const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout();
5189   const Value *UseV = U->get();
5190   if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
5191     if (SI->getPointerOperand() == UseV)
5192       MA = SI->getAlign();
5193   } else if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
5194     if (LI->getPointerOperand() == UseV)
5195       MA = LI->getAlign();
5196   } else if (auto *AI = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)) {
5197     if (AI->getPointerOperand() == UseV)
5198       MA = AI->getAlign();
5199   } else if (auto *AI = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)) {
5200     if (AI->getPointerOperand() == UseV)
5201       MA = AI->getAlign();
5202   }
5203 
5204   if (!MA || *MA <= QueryingAA.getKnownAlign())
5205     return 0;
5206 
5207   unsigned Alignment = MA->value();
5208   int64_t Offset;
5209 
5210   if (const Value *Base = GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(UseV, Offset, DL)) {
5211     if (Base == &AssociatedValue) {
5212       // BasePointerAddr + Offset = Alignment * Q for some integer Q.
5213       // So we can say that the maximum power of two which is a divisor of
5214       // gcd(Offset, Alignment) is an alignment.
5215 
5216       uint32_t gcd = std::gcd(uint32_t(abs((int32_t)Offset)), Alignment);
5217       Alignment = llvm::bit_floor(gcd);
5218     }
5219   }
5220 
5221   return Alignment;
5222 }
5223 
5224 struct AAAlignImpl : AAAlign {
5225   AAAlignImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AAAlign(IRP, A) {}
5226 
5227   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
5228   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
5229     SmallVector<Attribute, 4> Attrs;
5230     A.getAttrs(getIRPosition(), {Attribute::Alignment}, Attrs);
5231     for (const Attribute &Attr : Attrs)
5232       takeKnownMaximum(Attr.getValueAsInt());
5233 
5234     Value &V = *getAssociatedValue().stripPointerCasts();
5235     takeKnownMaximum(V.getPointerAlignment(A.getDataLayout()).value());
5236 
5237     if (Instruction *CtxI = getCtxI())
5238       followUsesInMBEC(*this, A, getState(), *CtxI);
5239   }
5240 
5241   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
5242   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
5243     ChangeStatus LoadStoreChanged = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
5244 
5245     // Check for users that allow alignment annotations.
5246     Value &AssociatedValue = getAssociatedValue();
5247     for (const Use &U : AssociatedValue.uses()) {
5248       if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U.getUser())) {
5249         if (SI->getPointerOperand() == &AssociatedValue)
5250           if (SI->getAlign() < getAssumedAlign()) {
5251             STATS_DECLTRACK(AAAlign, Store,
5252                             "Number of times alignment added to a store");
5253             SI->setAlignment(getAssumedAlign());
5254             LoadStoreChanged = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
5255           }
5256       } else if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U.getUser())) {
5257         if (LI->getPointerOperand() == &AssociatedValue)
5258           if (LI->getAlign() < getAssumedAlign()) {
5259             LI->setAlignment(getAssumedAlign());
5260             STATS_DECLTRACK(AAAlign, Load,
5261                             "Number of times alignment added to a load");
5262             LoadStoreChanged = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
5263           }
5264       }
5265     }
5266 
5267     ChangeStatus Changed = AAAlign::manifest(A);
5268 
5269     Align InheritAlign =
5270         getAssociatedValue().getPointerAlignment(A.getDataLayout());
5271     if (InheritAlign >= getAssumedAlign())
5272       return LoadStoreChanged;
5273     return Changed | LoadStoreChanged;
5274   }
5275 
5276   // TODO: Provide a helper to determine the implied ABI alignment and check in
5277   //       the existing manifest method and a new one for AAAlignImpl that value
5278   //       to avoid making the alignment explicit if it did not improve.
5279 
5280   /// See AbstractAttribute::getDeducedAttributes
5281   void getDeducedAttributes(Attributor &A, LLVMContext &Ctx,
5282                             SmallVectorImpl<Attribute> &Attrs) const override {
5283     if (getAssumedAlign() > 1)
5284       Attrs.emplace_back(
5285           Attribute::getWithAlignment(Ctx, Align(getAssumedAlign())));
5286   }
5287 
5288   /// See followUsesInMBEC
5289   bool followUseInMBEC(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I,
5290                        AAAlign::StateType &State) {
5291     bool TrackUse = false;
5292 
5293     unsigned int KnownAlign =
5294         getKnownAlignForUse(A, *this, getAssociatedValue(), U, I, TrackUse);
5295     State.takeKnownMaximum(KnownAlign);
5296 
5297     return TrackUse;
5298   }
5299 
5300   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
5301   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
5302     return "align<" + std::to_string(getKnownAlign().value()) + "-" +
5303            std::to_string(getAssumedAlign().value()) + ">";
5304   }
5305 };
5306 
5307 /// Align attribute for a floating value.
5308 struct AAAlignFloating : AAAlignImpl {
5309   AAAlignFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AAAlignImpl(IRP, A) {}
5310 
5311   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
5312   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
5313     const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout();
5314 
5315     bool Stripped;
5316     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
5317     SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> Values;
5318     if (!A.getAssumedSimplifiedValues(getIRPosition(), *this, Values,
5319                                       AA::AnyScope, UsedAssumedInformation)) {
5320       Values.push_back({getAssociatedValue(), getCtxI()});
5321       Stripped = false;
5322     } else {
5323       Stripped = Values.size() != 1 ||
5324                  Values.front().getValue() != &getAssociatedValue();
5325     }
5326 
5327     StateType T;
5328     auto VisitValueCB = [&](Value &V) -> bool {
5329       if (isa<UndefValue>(V) || isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V))
5330         return true;
5331       const auto *AA = A.getAAFor<AAAlign>(*this, IRPosition::value(V),
5332                                            DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
5333       if (!AA || (!Stripped && this == AA)) {
5334         int64_t Offset;
5335         unsigned Alignment = 1;
5336         if (const Value *Base =
5337                 GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(&V, Offset, DL)) {
5338           // TODO: Use AAAlign for the base too.
5339           Align PA = Base->getPointerAlignment(DL);
5340           // BasePointerAddr + Offset = Alignment * Q for some integer Q.
5341           // So we can say that the maximum power of two which is a divisor of
5342           // gcd(Offset, Alignment) is an alignment.
5343 
5344           uint32_t gcd =
5345               std::gcd(uint32_t(abs((int32_t)Offset)), uint32_t(PA.value()));
5346           Alignment = llvm::bit_floor(gcd);
5347         } else {
5348           Alignment = V.getPointerAlignment(DL).value();
5349         }
5350         // Use only IR information if we did not strip anything.
5351         T.takeKnownMaximum(Alignment);
5352         T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
5353       } else {
5354         // Use abstract attribute information.
5355         const AAAlign::StateType &DS = AA->getState();
5356         T ^= DS;
5357       }
5358       return T.isValidState();
5359     };
5360 
5361     for (const auto &VAC : Values) {
5362       if (!VisitValueCB(*VAC.getValue()))
5363         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
5364     }
5365 
5366     //  TODO: If we know we visited all incoming values, thus no are assumed
5367     //  dead, we can take the known information from the state T.
5368     return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), T);
5369   }
5370 
5371   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
5372   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(align) }
5373 };
5374 
5375 /// Align attribute for function return value.
5376 struct AAAlignReturned final
5377     : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AAAlign, AAAlignImpl> {
5378   using Base = AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AAAlign, AAAlignImpl>;
5379   AAAlignReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : Base(IRP, A) {}
5380 
5381   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
5382   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(aligned) }
5383 };
5384 
5385 /// Align attribute for function argument.
5386 struct AAAlignArgument final
5387     : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AAAlign, AAAlignImpl> {
5388   using Base = AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AAAlign, AAAlignImpl>;
5389   AAAlignArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : Base(IRP, A) {}
5390 
5391   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
5392   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
5393     // If the associated argument is involved in a must-tail call we give up
5394     // because we would need to keep the argument alignments of caller and
5395     // callee in-sync. Just does not seem worth the trouble right now.
5396     if (A.getInfoCache().isInvolvedInMustTailCall(*getAssociatedArgument()))
5397       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
5398     return Base::manifest(A);
5399   }
5400 
5401   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
5402   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(aligned) }
5403 };
5404 
5405 struct AAAlignCallSiteArgument final : AAAlignFloating {
5406   AAAlignCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
5407       : AAAlignFloating(IRP, A) {}
5408 
5409   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
5410   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
5411     // If the associated argument is involved in a must-tail call we give up
5412     // because we would need to keep the argument alignments of caller and
5413     // callee in-sync. Just does not seem worth the trouble right now.
5414     if (Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument())
5415       if (A.getInfoCache().isInvolvedInMustTailCall(*Arg))
5416         return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
5417     ChangeStatus Changed = AAAlignImpl::manifest(A);
5418     Align InheritAlign =
5419         getAssociatedValue().getPointerAlignment(A.getDataLayout());
5420     if (InheritAlign >= getAssumedAlign())
5421       Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
5422     return Changed;
5423   }
5424 
5425   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(Attributor &A).
5426   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
5427     ChangeStatus Changed = AAAlignFloating::updateImpl(A);
5428     if (Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument()) {
5429       // We only take known information from the argument
5430       // so we do not need to track a dependence.
5431       const auto *ArgAlignAA = A.getAAFor<AAAlign>(
5432           *this, IRPosition::argument(*Arg), DepClassTy::NONE);
5433       if (ArgAlignAA)
5434         takeKnownMaximum(ArgAlignAA->getKnownAlign().value());
5435     }
5436     return Changed;
5437   }
5438 
5439   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
5440   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(aligned) }
5441 };
5442 
5443 /// Align attribute deduction for a call site return value.
5444 struct AAAlignCallSiteReturned final
5445     : AACalleeToCallSite<AAAlign, AAAlignImpl> {
5446   using Base = AACalleeToCallSite<AAAlign, AAAlignImpl>;
5447   AAAlignCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
5448       : Base(IRP, A) {}
5449 
5450   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
5451   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(align); }
5452 };
5453 } // namespace
5454 
5455 /// ------------------ Function No-Return Attribute ----------------------------
5456 namespace {
5457 struct AANoReturnImpl : public AANoReturn {
5458   AANoReturnImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoReturn(IRP, A) {}
5459 
5460   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
5461   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
5462     bool IsKnown;
5463     assert(!AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoReturn>(
5464         A, nullptr, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE, IsKnown));
5465     (void)IsKnown;
5466   }
5467 
5468   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
5469   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
5470     return getAssumed() ? "noreturn" : "may-return";
5471   }
5472 
5473   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(Attributor &A).
5474   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
5475     auto CheckForNoReturn = [](Instruction &) { return false; };
5476     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
5477     if (!A.checkForAllInstructions(CheckForNoReturn, *this,
5478                                    {(unsigned)Instruction::Ret},
5479                                    UsedAssumedInformation))
5480       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
5481     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
5482   }
5483 };
5484 
5485 struct AANoReturnFunction final : AANoReturnImpl {
5486   AANoReturnFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
5487       : AANoReturnImpl(IRP, A) {}
5488 
5489   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
5490   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(noreturn) }
5491 };
5492 
5493 /// NoReturn attribute deduction for a call sites.
5494 struct AANoReturnCallSite final
5495     : AACalleeToCallSite<AANoReturn, AANoReturnImpl> {
5496   AANoReturnCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
5497       : AACalleeToCallSite<AANoReturn, AANoReturnImpl>(IRP, A) {}
5498 
5499   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
5500   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(noreturn); }
5501 };
5502 } // namespace
5503 
5504 /// ----------------------- Instance Info ---------------------------------
5505 
5506 namespace {
5507 /// A class to hold the state of for no-capture attributes.
5508 struct AAInstanceInfoImpl : public AAInstanceInfo {
5509   AAInstanceInfoImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
5510       : AAInstanceInfo(IRP, A) {}
5511 
5512   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
5513   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
5514     Value &V = getAssociatedValue();
5515     if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(&V)) {
5516       if (C->isThreadDependent())
5517         indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
5518       else
5519         indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
5520       return;
5521     }
5522     if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&V))
5523       if (CB->arg_size() == 0 && !CB->mayHaveSideEffects() &&
5524           !CB->mayReadFromMemory()) {
5525         indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
5526         return;
5527       }
5528     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V)) {
5529       const auto *CI =
5530           A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<CycleAnalysis>(
5531               *I->getFunction());
5532       if (mayBeInCycle(CI, I, /* HeaderOnly */ false)) {
5533         indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
5534         return;
5535       }
5536     }
5537   }
5538 
5539   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
5540   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
5541     ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
5542 
5543     Value &V = getAssociatedValue();
5544     const Function *Scope = nullptr;
5545     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V))
5546       Scope = I->getFunction();
5547     if (auto *A = dyn_cast<Argument>(&V)) {
5548       Scope = A->getParent();
5549       if (!Scope->hasLocalLinkage())
5550         return Changed;
5551     }
5552     if (!Scope)
5553       return indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
5554 
5555     bool IsKnownNoRecurse;
5556     if (AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoRecurse>(
5557             A, this, IRPosition::function(*Scope), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL,
5558             IsKnownNoRecurse))
5559       return Changed;
5560 
5561     auto UsePred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) {
5562       const Instruction *UserI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
5563       if (!UserI || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(UserI) || isa<CastInst>(UserI) ||
5564           isa<PHINode>(UserI) || isa<SelectInst>(UserI)) {
5565         Follow = true;
5566         return true;
5567       }
5568       if (isa<LoadInst>(UserI) || isa<CmpInst>(UserI) ||
5569           (isa<StoreInst>(UserI) &&
5570            cast<StoreInst>(UserI)->getValueOperand() != U.get()))
5571         return true;
5572       if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(UserI)) {
5573         // This check is not guaranteeing uniqueness but for now that we cannot
5574         // end up with two versions of \p U thinking it was one.
5575         auto *Callee = dyn_cast_if_present<Function>(CB->getCalledOperand());
5576         if (!Callee || !Callee->hasLocalLinkage())
5577           return true;
5578         if (!CB->isArgOperand(&U))
5579           return false;
5580         const auto *ArgInstanceInfoAA = A.getAAFor<AAInstanceInfo>(
5581             *this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, CB->getArgOperandNo(&U)),
5582             DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
5583         if (!ArgInstanceInfoAA ||
5584             !ArgInstanceInfoAA->isAssumedUniqueForAnalysis())
5585           return false;
5586         // If this call base might reach the scope again we might forward the
5587         // argument back here. This is very conservative.
5588         if (AA::isPotentiallyReachable(
5589                 A, *CB, *Scope, *this, /* ExclusionSet */ nullptr,
5590                 [Scope](const Function &Fn) { return &Fn != Scope; }))
5591           return false;
5592         return true;
5593       }
5594       return false;
5595     };
5596 
5597     auto EquivalentUseCB = [&](const Use &OldU, const Use &NewU) {
5598       if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(OldU.getUser())) {
5599         auto *Ptr = SI->getPointerOperand()->stripPointerCasts();
5600         if ((isa<AllocaInst>(Ptr) || isNoAliasCall(Ptr)) &&
5601             AA::isDynamicallyUnique(A, *this, *Ptr))
5602           return true;
5603       }
5604       return false;
5605     };
5606 
5607     if (!A.checkForAllUses(UsePred, *this, V, /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true,
5608                            DepClassTy::OPTIONAL,
5609                            /* IgnoreDroppableUses */ true, EquivalentUseCB))
5610       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
5611 
5612     return Changed;
5613   }
5614 
5615   /// See AbstractState::getAsStr().
5616   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
5617     return isAssumedUniqueForAnalysis() ? "<unique [fAa]>" : "<unknown>";
5618   }
5619 
5620   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
5621   void trackStatistics() const override {}
5622 };
5623 
5624 /// InstanceInfo attribute for floating values.
5625 struct AAInstanceInfoFloating : AAInstanceInfoImpl {
5626   AAInstanceInfoFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
5627       : AAInstanceInfoImpl(IRP, A) {}
5628 };
5629 
5630 /// NoCapture attribute for function arguments.
5631 struct AAInstanceInfoArgument final : AAInstanceInfoFloating {
5632   AAInstanceInfoArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
5633       : AAInstanceInfoFloating(IRP, A) {}
5634 };
5635 
5636 /// InstanceInfo attribute for call site arguments.
5637 struct AAInstanceInfoCallSiteArgument final : AAInstanceInfoImpl {
5638   AAInstanceInfoCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
5639       : AAInstanceInfoImpl(IRP, A) {}
5640 
5641   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
5642   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
5643     // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide
5644     //       call site specific liveness information and then it makes
5645     //       sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of
5646     //       redirecting requests to the callee argument.
5647     Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument();
5648     if (!Arg)
5649       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
5650     const IRPosition &ArgPos = IRPosition::argument(*Arg);
5651     auto *ArgAA =
5652         A.getAAFor<AAInstanceInfo>(*this, ArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
5653     if (!ArgAA)
5654       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
5655     return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), ArgAA->getState());
5656   }
5657 };
5658 
5659 /// InstanceInfo attribute for function return value.
5660 struct AAInstanceInfoReturned final : AAInstanceInfoImpl {
5661   AAInstanceInfoReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
5662       : AAInstanceInfoImpl(IRP, A) {
5663     llvm_unreachable("InstanceInfo is not applicable to function returns!");
5664   }
5665 
5666   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
5667   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
5668     llvm_unreachable("InstanceInfo is not applicable to function returns!");
5669   }
5670 
5671   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
5672   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
5673     llvm_unreachable("InstanceInfo is not applicable to function returns!");
5674   }
5675 };
5676 
5677 /// InstanceInfo attribute deduction for a call site return value.
5678 struct AAInstanceInfoCallSiteReturned final : AAInstanceInfoFloating {
5679   AAInstanceInfoCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
5680       : AAInstanceInfoFloating(IRP, A) {}
5681 };
5682 } // namespace
5683 
5684 /// ----------------------- Variable Capturing ---------------------------------
5685 bool AANoCapture::isImpliedByIR(Attributor &A, const IRPosition &IRP,
5686                                 Attribute::AttrKind ImpliedAttributeKind,
5687                                 bool IgnoreSubsumingPositions) {
5688   assert(ImpliedAttributeKind == Attribute::NoCapture &&
5689          "Unexpected attribute kind");
5690   Value &V = IRP.getAssociatedValue();
5691   if (!IRP.isArgumentPosition())
5692     return V.use_empty();
5693 
5694   // You cannot "capture" null in the default address space.
5695   //
5696   // FIXME: This should use NullPointerIsDefined to account for the function
5697   // attribute.
5698   if (isa<UndefValue>(V) || (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V) &&
5699                              V.getType()->getPointerAddressSpace() == 0)) {
5700     return true;
5701   }
5702 
5703   if (A.hasAttr(IRP, {Attribute::NoCapture},
5704                 /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true, Attribute::NoCapture))
5705     return true;
5706 
5707   if (IRP.getPositionKind() == IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT)
5708     if (Argument *Arg = IRP.getAssociatedArgument())
5709       if (A.hasAttr(IRPosition::argument(*Arg),
5710                     {Attribute::NoCapture, Attribute::ByVal},
5711                     /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true)) {
5712         A.manifestAttrs(IRP,
5713                         Attribute::get(V.getContext(), Attribute::NoCapture));
5714         return true;
5715       }
5716 
5717   if (const Function *F = IRP.getAssociatedFunction()) {
5718     // Check what state the associated function can actually capture.
5719     AANoCapture::StateType State;
5720     determineFunctionCaptureCapabilities(IRP, *F, State);
5721     if (State.isKnown(NO_CAPTURE)) {
5722       A.manifestAttrs(IRP,
5723                       Attribute::get(V.getContext(), Attribute::NoCapture));
5724       return true;
5725     }
5726   }
5727 
5728   return false;
5729 }
5730 
5731 /// Set the NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM and NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET bits in \p Known
5732 /// depending on the ability of the function associated with \p IRP to capture
5733 /// state in memory and through "returning/throwing", respectively.
5734 void AANoCapture::determineFunctionCaptureCapabilities(const IRPosition &IRP,
5735                                                        const Function &F,
5736                                                        BitIntegerState &State) {
5737   // TODO: Once we have memory behavior attributes we should use them here.
5738 
5739   // If we know we cannot communicate or write to memory, we do not care about
5740   // ptr2int anymore.
5741   bool ReadOnly = F.onlyReadsMemory();
5742   bool NoThrow = F.doesNotThrow();
5743   bool IsVoidReturn = F.getReturnType()->isVoidTy();
5744   if (ReadOnly && NoThrow && IsVoidReturn) {
5745     State.addKnownBits(NO_CAPTURE);
5746     return;
5747   }
5748 
5749   // A function cannot capture state in memory if it only reads memory, it can
5750   // however return/throw state and the state might be influenced by the
5751   // pointer value, e.g., loading from a returned pointer might reveal a bit.
5752   if (ReadOnly)
5753     State.addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM);
5754 
5755   // A function cannot communicate state back if it does not through
5756   // exceptions and doesn not return values.
5757   if (NoThrow && IsVoidReturn)
5758     State.addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET);
5759 
5760   // Check existing "returned" attributes.
5761   int ArgNo = IRP.getCalleeArgNo();
5762   if (!NoThrow || ArgNo < 0 ||
5763       !F.getAttributes().hasAttrSomewhere(Attribute::Returned))
5764     return;
5765 
5766   for (unsigned U = 0, E = F.arg_size(); U < E; ++U)
5767     if (F.hasParamAttribute(U, Attribute::Returned)) {
5768       if (U == unsigned(ArgNo))
5769         State.removeAssumedBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET);
5770       else if (ReadOnly)
5771         State.addKnownBits(NO_CAPTURE);
5772       else
5773         State.addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET);
5774       break;
5775     }
5776 }
5777 
5778 namespace {
5779 /// A class to hold the state of for no-capture attributes.
5780 struct AANoCaptureImpl : public AANoCapture {
5781   AANoCaptureImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoCapture(IRP, A) {}
5782 
5783   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
5784   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
5785     bool IsKnown;
5786     assert(!AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoCapture>(
5787         A, nullptr, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE, IsKnown));
5788     (void)IsKnown;
5789   }
5790 
5791   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
5792   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override;
5793 
5794   /// see AbstractAttribute::isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned(...).
5795   void getDeducedAttributes(Attributor &A, LLVMContext &Ctx,
5796                             SmallVectorImpl<Attribute> &Attrs) const override {
5797     if (!isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned())
5798       return;
5799 
5800     if (isArgumentPosition()) {
5801       if (isAssumedNoCapture())
5802         Attrs.emplace_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::NoCapture));
5803       else if (ManifestInternal)
5804         Attrs.emplace_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, "no-capture-maybe-returned"));
5805     }
5806   }
5807 
5808   /// See AbstractState::getAsStr().
5809   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
5810     if (isKnownNoCapture())
5811       return "known not-captured";
5812     if (isAssumedNoCapture())
5813       return "assumed not-captured";
5814     if (isKnownNoCaptureMaybeReturned())
5815       return "known not-captured-maybe-returned";
5816     if (isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned())
5817       return "assumed not-captured-maybe-returned";
5818     return "assumed-captured";
5819   }
5820 
5821   /// Check the use \p U and update \p State accordingly. Return true if we
5822   /// should continue to update the state.
5823   bool checkUse(Attributor &A, AANoCapture::StateType &State, const Use &U,
5824                 bool &Follow) {
5825     Instruction *UInst = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
5826     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AANoCapture] Check use: " << *U.get() << " in "
5827                       << *UInst << "\n");
5828 
5829     // Deal with ptr2int by following uses.
5830     if (isa<PtrToIntInst>(UInst)) {
5831       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " - ptr2int assume the worst!\n");
5832       return isCapturedIn(State, /* Memory */ true, /* Integer */ true,
5833                           /* Return */ true);
5834     }
5835 
5836     // For stores we already checked if we can follow them, if they make it
5837     // here we give up.
5838     if (isa<StoreInst>(UInst))
5839       return isCapturedIn(State, /* Memory */ true, /* Integer */ true,
5840                           /* Return */ true);
5841 
5842     // Explicitly catch return instructions.
5843     if (isa<ReturnInst>(UInst)) {
5844       if (UInst->getFunction() == getAnchorScope())
5845         return isCapturedIn(State, /* Memory */ false, /* Integer */ false,
5846                             /* Return */ true);
5847       return isCapturedIn(State, /* Memory */ true, /* Integer */ true,
5848                           /* Return */ true);
5849     }
5850 
5851     // For now we only use special logic for call sites. However, the tracker
5852     // itself knows about a lot of other non-capturing cases already.
5853     auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(UInst);
5854     if (!CB || !CB->isArgOperand(&U))
5855       return isCapturedIn(State, /* Memory */ true, /* Integer */ true,
5856                           /* Return */ true);
5857 
5858     unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(&U);
5859     const IRPosition &CSArgPos = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo);
5860     // If we have a abstract no-capture attribute for the argument we can use
5861     // it to justify a non-capture attribute here. This allows recursion!
5862     bool IsKnownNoCapture;
5863     const AANoCapture *ArgNoCaptureAA = nullptr;
5864     bool IsAssumedNoCapture = AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoCapture>(
5865         A, this, CSArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnownNoCapture, false,
5866         &ArgNoCaptureAA);
5867     if (IsAssumedNoCapture)
5868       return isCapturedIn(State, /* Memory */ false, /* Integer */ false,
5869                           /* Return */ false);
5870     if (ArgNoCaptureAA && ArgNoCaptureAA->isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned()) {
5871       Follow = true;
5872       return isCapturedIn(State, /* Memory */ false, /* Integer */ false,
5873                           /* Return */ false);
5874     }
5875 
5876     // Lastly, we could not find a reason no-capture can be assumed so we don't.
5877     return isCapturedIn(State, /* Memory */ true, /* Integer */ true,
5878                         /* Return */ true);
5879   }
5880 
5881   /// Update \p State according to \p CapturedInMem, \p CapturedInInt, and
5882   /// \p CapturedInRet, then return true if we should continue updating the
5883   /// state.
5884   static bool isCapturedIn(AANoCapture::StateType &State, bool CapturedInMem,
5885                            bool CapturedInInt, bool CapturedInRet) {
5886     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " - captures [Mem " << CapturedInMem << "|Int "
5887                       << CapturedInInt << "|Ret " << CapturedInRet << "]\n");
5888     if (CapturedInMem)
5889       State.removeAssumedBits(AANoCapture::NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM);
5890     if (CapturedInInt)
5891       State.removeAssumedBits(AANoCapture::NOT_CAPTURED_IN_INT);
5892     if (CapturedInRet)
5893       State.removeAssumedBits(AANoCapture::NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET);
5894     return State.isAssumed(AANoCapture::NO_CAPTURE_MAYBE_RETURNED);
5895   }
5896 };
5897 
5898 ChangeStatus AANoCaptureImpl::updateImpl(Attributor &A) {
5899   const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition();
5900   Value *V = isArgumentPosition() ? IRP.getAssociatedArgument()
5901                                   : &IRP.getAssociatedValue();
5902   if (!V)
5903     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
5904 
5905   const Function *F =
5906       isArgumentPosition() ? IRP.getAssociatedFunction() : IRP.getAnchorScope();
5907 
5908   // TODO: Is the checkForAllUses below useful for constants?
5909   if (!F)
5910     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
5911 
5912   AANoCapture::StateType T;
5913   const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F);
5914 
5915   // Readonly means we cannot capture through memory.
5916   bool IsKnown;
5917   if (AA::isAssumedReadOnly(A, FnPos, *this, IsKnown)) {
5918     T.addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM);
5919     if (IsKnown)
5920       addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM);
5921   }
5922 
5923   // Make sure all returned values are different than the underlying value.
5924   // TODO: we could do this in a more sophisticated way inside
5925   //       AAReturnedValues, e.g., track all values that escape through returns
5926   //       directly somehow.
5927   auto CheckReturnedArgs = [&](bool &UsedAssumedInformation) {
5928     SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> Values;
5929     if (!A.getAssumedSimplifiedValues(IRPosition::returned(*F), this, Values,
5930                                       AA::ValueScope::Intraprocedural,
5931                                       UsedAssumedInformation))
5932       return false;
5933     bool SeenConstant = false;
5934     for (const AA::ValueAndContext &VAC : Values) {
5935       if (isa<Constant>(VAC.getValue())) {
5936         if (SeenConstant)
5937           return false;
5938         SeenConstant = true;
5939       } else if (!isa<Argument>(VAC.getValue()) ||
5940                  VAC.getValue() == getAssociatedArgument())
5941         return false;
5942     }
5943     return true;
5944   };
5945 
5946   bool IsKnownNoUnwind;
5947   if (AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoUnwind>(
5948           A, this, FnPos, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnownNoUnwind)) {
5949     bool IsVoidTy = F->getReturnType()->isVoidTy();
5950     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
5951     if (IsVoidTy || CheckReturnedArgs(UsedAssumedInformation)) {
5952       T.addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET);
5953       if (T.isKnown(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM))
5954         return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
5955       if (IsKnownNoUnwind && (IsVoidTy || !UsedAssumedInformation)) {
5956         addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET);
5957         if (isKnown(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM))
5958           return indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
5959       }
5960     }
5961   }
5962 
5963   auto IsDereferenceableOrNull = [&](Value *O, const DataLayout &DL) {
5964     const auto *DerefAA = A.getAAFor<AADereferenceable>(
5965         *this, IRPosition::value(*O), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
5966     return DerefAA && DerefAA->getAssumedDereferenceableBytes();
5967   };
5968 
5969   auto UseCheck = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) -> bool {
5970     switch (DetermineUseCaptureKind(U, IsDereferenceableOrNull)) {
5971     case UseCaptureKind::NO_CAPTURE:
5972       return true;
5973     case UseCaptureKind::MAY_CAPTURE:
5974       return checkUse(A, T, U, Follow);
5975     case UseCaptureKind::PASSTHROUGH:
5976       Follow = true;
5977       return true;
5978     }
5979     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected use capture kind!");
5980   };
5981 
5982   if (!A.checkForAllUses(UseCheck, *this, *V))
5983     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
5984 
5985   AANoCapture::StateType &S = getState();
5986   auto Assumed = S.getAssumed();
5987   S.intersectAssumedBits(T.getAssumed());
5988   if (!isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned())
5989     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
5990   return Assumed == S.getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED
5991                                    : ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
5992 }
5993 
5994 /// NoCapture attribute for function arguments.
5995 struct AANoCaptureArgument final : AANoCaptureImpl {
5996   AANoCaptureArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
5997       : AANoCaptureImpl(IRP, A) {}
5998 
5999   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
6000   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(nocapture) }
6001 };
6002 
6003 /// NoCapture attribute for call site arguments.
6004 struct AANoCaptureCallSiteArgument final : AANoCaptureImpl {
6005   AANoCaptureCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
6006       : AANoCaptureImpl(IRP, A) {}
6007 
6008   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
6009   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
6010     // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide
6011     //       call site specific liveness information and then it makes
6012     //       sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of
6013     //       redirecting requests to the callee argument.
6014     Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument();
6015     if (!Arg)
6016       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
6017     const IRPosition &ArgPos = IRPosition::argument(*Arg);
6018     bool IsKnownNoCapture;
6019     const AANoCapture *ArgAA = nullptr;
6020     if (AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoCapture>(
6021             A, this, ArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnownNoCapture, false,
6022             &ArgAA))
6023       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
6024     if (!ArgAA || !ArgAA->isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned())
6025       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
6026     return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), ArgAA->getState());
6027   }
6028 
6029   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
6030   void trackStatistics() const override{STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(nocapture)};
6031 };
6032 
6033 /// NoCapture attribute for floating values.
6034 struct AANoCaptureFloating final : AANoCaptureImpl {
6035   AANoCaptureFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
6036       : AANoCaptureImpl(IRP, A) {}
6037 
6038   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
6039   void trackStatistics() const override {
6040     STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(nocapture)
6041   }
6042 };
6043 
6044 /// NoCapture attribute for function return value.
6045 struct AANoCaptureReturned final : AANoCaptureImpl {
6046   AANoCaptureReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
6047       : AANoCaptureImpl(IRP, A) {
6048     llvm_unreachable("NoCapture is not applicable to function returns!");
6049   }
6050 
6051   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
6052   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
6053     llvm_unreachable("NoCapture is not applicable to function returns!");
6054   }
6055 
6056   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
6057   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
6058     llvm_unreachable("NoCapture is not applicable to function returns!");
6059   }
6060 
6061   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
6062   void trackStatistics() const override {}
6063 };
6064 
6065 /// NoCapture attribute deduction for a call site return value.
6066 struct AANoCaptureCallSiteReturned final : AANoCaptureImpl {
6067   AANoCaptureCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
6068       : AANoCaptureImpl(IRP, A) {}
6069 
6070   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
6071   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
6072     const Function *F = getAnchorScope();
6073     // Check what state the associated function can actually capture.
6074     determineFunctionCaptureCapabilities(getIRPosition(), *F, *this);
6075   }
6076 
6077   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
6078   void trackStatistics() const override {
6079     STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(nocapture)
6080   }
6081 };
6082 } // namespace
6083 
6084 /// ------------------ Value Simplify Attribute ----------------------------
6085 
6086 bool ValueSimplifyStateType::unionAssumed(std::optional<Value *> Other) {
6087   // FIXME: Add a typecast support.
6088   SimplifiedAssociatedValue = AA::combineOptionalValuesInAAValueLatice(
6089       SimplifiedAssociatedValue, Other, Ty);
6090   if (SimplifiedAssociatedValue == std::optional<Value *>(nullptr))
6091     return false;
6092 
6093   LLVM_DEBUG({
6094     if (SimplifiedAssociatedValue)
6095       dbgs() << "[ValueSimplify] is assumed to be "
6096              << **SimplifiedAssociatedValue << "\n";
6097     else
6098       dbgs() << "[ValueSimplify] is assumed to be <none>\n";
6099   });
6100   return true;
6101 }
6102 
6103 namespace {
6104 struct AAValueSimplifyImpl : AAValueSimplify {
6105   AAValueSimplifyImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
6106       : AAValueSimplify(IRP, A) {}
6107 
6108   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
6109   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
6110     if (getAssociatedValue().getType()->isVoidTy())
6111       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
6112     if (A.hasSimplificationCallback(getIRPosition()))
6113       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
6114   }
6115 
6116   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
6117   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
6118     LLVM_DEBUG({
6119       dbgs() << "SAV: " << (bool)SimplifiedAssociatedValue << " ";
6120       if (SimplifiedAssociatedValue && *SimplifiedAssociatedValue)
6121         dbgs() << "SAV: " << **SimplifiedAssociatedValue << " ";
6122     });
6123     return isValidState() ? (isAtFixpoint() ? "simplified" : "maybe-simple")
6124                           : "not-simple";
6125   }
6126 
6127   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
6128   void trackStatistics() const override {}
6129 
6130   /// See AAValueSimplify::getAssumedSimplifiedValue()
6131   std::optional<Value *>
6132   getAssumedSimplifiedValue(Attributor &A) const override {
6133     return SimplifiedAssociatedValue;
6134   }
6135 
6136   /// Ensure the return value is \p V with type \p Ty, if not possible return
6137   /// nullptr. If \p Check is true we will only verify such an operation would
6138   /// suceed and return a non-nullptr value if that is the case. No IR is
6139   /// generated or modified.
6140   static Value *ensureType(Attributor &A, Value &V, Type &Ty, Instruction *CtxI,
6141                            bool Check) {
6142     if (auto *TypedV = AA::getWithType(V, Ty))
6143       return TypedV;
6144     if (CtxI && V.getType()->canLosslesslyBitCastTo(&Ty))
6145       return Check ? &V
6146                    : BitCastInst::CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast(
6147                          &V, &Ty, "", CtxI->getIterator());
6148     return nullptr;
6149   }
6150 
6151   /// Reproduce \p I with type \p Ty or return nullptr if that is not posisble.
6152   /// If \p Check is true we will only verify such an operation would suceed and
6153   /// return a non-nullptr value if that is the case. No IR is generated or
6154   /// modified.
6155   static Value *reproduceInst(Attributor &A,
6156                               const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA,
6157                               Instruction &I, Type &Ty, Instruction *CtxI,
6158                               bool Check, ValueToValueMapTy &VMap) {
6159     assert(CtxI && "Cannot reproduce an instruction without context!");
6160     if (Check && (I.mayReadFromMemory() ||
6161                   !isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(&I, CtxI, /* DT */ nullptr,
6162                                                 /* TLI */ nullptr)))
6163       return nullptr;
6164     for (Value *Op : I.operands()) {
6165       Value *NewOp = reproduceValue(A, QueryingAA, *Op, Ty, CtxI, Check, VMap);
6166       if (!NewOp) {
6167         assert(Check && "Manifest of new value unexpectedly failed!");
6168         return nullptr;
6169       }
6170       if (!Check)
6171         VMap[Op] = NewOp;
6172     }
6173     if (Check)
6174       return &I;
6175 
6176     Instruction *CloneI = I.clone();
6177     // TODO: Try to salvage debug information here.
6178     CloneI->setDebugLoc(DebugLoc());
6179     VMap[&I] = CloneI;
6180     CloneI->insertBefore(CtxI);
6181     RemapInstruction(CloneI, VMap);
6182     return CloneI;
6183   }
6184 
6185   /// Reproduce \p V with type \p Ty or return nullptr if that is not posisble.
6186   /// If \p Check is true we will only verify such an operation would suceed and
6187   /// return a non-nullptr value if that is the case. No IR is generated or
6188   /// modified.
6189   static Value *reproduceValue(Attributor &A,
6190                                const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA, Value &V,
6191                                Type &Ty, Instruction *CtxI, bool Check,
6192                                ValueToValueMapTy &VMap) {
6193     if (const auto &NewV = VMap.lookup(&V))
6194       return NewV;
6195     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
6196     std::optional<Value *> SimpleV = A.getAssumedSimplified(
6197         V, QueryingAA, UsedAssumedInformation, AA::Interprocedural);
6198     if (!SimpleV.has_value())
6199       return PoisonValue::get(&Ty);
6200     Value *EffectiveV = &V;
6201     if (*SimpleV)
6202       EffectiveV = *SimpleV;
6203     if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(EffectiveV))
6204       return C;
6205     if (CtxI && AA::isValidAtPosition(AA::ValueAndContext(*EffectiveV, *CtxI),
6206                                       A.getInfoCache()))
6207       return ensureType(A, *EffectiveV, Ty, CtxI, Check);
6208     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(EffectiveV))
6209       if (Value *NewV = reproduceInst(A, QueryingAA, *I, Ty, CtxI, Check, VMap))
6210         return ensureType(A, *NewV, Ty, CtxI, Check);
6211     return nullptr;
6212   }
6213 
6214   /// Return a value we can use as replacement for the associated one, or
6215   /// nullptr if we don't have one that makes sense.
6216   Value *manifestReplacementValue(Attributor &A, Instruction *CtxI) const {
6217     Value *NewV = SimplifiedAssociatedValue
6218                       ? *SimplifiedAssociatedValue
6219                       : UndefValue::get(getAssociatedType());
6220     if (NewV && NewV != &getAssociatedValue()) {
6221       ValueToValueMapTy VMap;
6222       // First verify we can reprduce the value with the required type at the
6223       // context location before we actually start modifying the IR.
6224       if (reproduceValue(A, *this, *NewV, *getAssociatedType(), CtxI,
6225                          /* CheckOnly */ true, VMap))
6226         return reproduceValue(A, *this, *NewV, *getAssociatedType(), CtxI,
6227                               /* CheckOnly */ false, VMap);
6228     }
6229     return nullptr;
6230   }
6231 
6232   /// Helper function for querying AAValueSimplify and updating candidate.
6233   /// \param IRP The value position we are trying to unify with SimplifiedValue
6234   bool checkAndUpdate(Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA,
6235                       const IRPosition &IRP, bool Simplify = true) {
6236     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
6237     std::optional<Value *> QueryingValueSimplified = &IRP.getAssociatedValue();
6238     if (Simplify)
6239       QueryingValueSimplified = A.getAssumedSimplified(
6240           IRP, QueryingAA, UsedAssumedInformation, AA::Interprocedural);
6241     return unionAssumed(QueryingValueSimplified);
6242   }
6243 
6244   /// Returns a candidate is found or not
6245   template <typename AAType> bool askSimplifiedValueFor(Attributor &A) {
6246     if (!getAssociatedValue().getType()->isIntegerTy())
6247       return false;
6248 
6249     // This will also pass the call base context.
6250     const auto *AA =
6251         A.getAAFor<AAType>(*this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE);
6252     if (!AA)
6253       return false;
6254 
6255     std::optional<Constant *> COpt = AA->getAssumedConstant(A);
6256 
6257     if (!COpt) {
6258       SimplifiedAssociatedValue = std::nullopt;
6259       A.recordDependence(*AA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
6260       return true;
6261     }
6262     if (auto *C = *COpt) {
6263       SimplifiedAssociatedValue = C;
6264       A.recordDependence(*AA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
6265       return true;
6266     }
6267     return false;
6268   }
6269 
6270   bool askSimplifiedValueForOtherAAs(Attributor &A) {
6271     if (askSimplifiedValueFor<AAValueConstantRange>(A))
6272       return true;
6273     if (askSimplifiedValueFor<AAPotentialConstantValues>(A))
6274       return true;
6275     return false;
6276   }
6277 
6278   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
6279   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
6280     ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
6281     for (auto &U : getAssociatedValue().uses()) {
6282       // Check if we need to adjust the insertion point to make sure the IR is
6283       // valid.
6284       Instruction *IP = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
6285       if (auto *PHI = dyn_cast_or_null<PHINode>(IP))
6286         IP = PHI->getIncomingBlock(U)->getTerminator();
6287       if (auto *NewV = manifestReplacementValue(A, IP)) {
6288         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[ValueSimplify] " << getAssociatedValue()
6289                           << " -> " << *NewV << " :: " << *this << "\n");
6290         if (A.changeUseAfterManifest(U, *NewV))
6291           Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
6292       }
6293     }
6294 
6295     return Changed | AAValueSimplify::manifest(A);
6296   }
6297 
6298   /// See AbstractState::indicatePessimisticFixpoint(...).
6299   ChangeStatus indicatePessimisticFixpoint() override {
6300     SimplifiedAssociatedValue = &getAssociatedValue();
6301     return AAValueSimplify::indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
6302   }
6303 };
6304 
6305 struct AAValueSimplifyArgument final : AAValueSimplifyImpl {
6306   AAValueSimplifyArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
6307       : AAValueSimplifyImpl(IRP, A) {}
6308 
6309   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
6310     AAValueSimplifyImpl::initialize(A);
6311     if (A.hasAttr(getIRPosition(),
6312                   {Attribute::InAlloca, Attribute::Preallocated,
6313                    Attribute::StructRet, Attribute::Nest, Attribute::ByVal},
6314                   /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true))
6315       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
6316   }
6317 
6318   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
6319   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
6320     // Byval is only replacable if it is readonly otherwise we would write into
6321     // the replaced value and not the copy that byval creates implicitly.
6322     Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument();
6323     if (Arg->hasByValAttr()) {
6324       // TODO: We probably need to verify synchronization is not an issue, e.g.,
6325       //       there is no race by not copying a constant byval.
6326       bool IsKnown;
6327       if (!AA::isAssumedReadOnly(A, getIRPosition(), *this, IsKnown))
6328         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
6329     }
6330 
6331     auto Before = SimplifiedAssociatedValue;
6332 
6333     auto PredForCallSite = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) {
6334       const IRPosition &ACSArgPos =
6335           IRPosition::callsite_argument(ACS, getCallSiteArgNo());
6336       // Check if a coresponding argument was found or if it is on not
6337       // associated (which can happen for callback calls).
6338       if (ACSArgPos.getPositionKind() == IRPosition::IRP_INVALID)
6339         return false;
6340 
6341       // Simplify the argument operand explicitly and check if the result is
6342       // valid in the current scope. This avoids refering to simplified values
6343       // in other functions, e.g., we don't want to say a an argument in a
6344       // static function is actually an argument in a different function.
6345       bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
6346       std::optional<Constant *> SimpleArgOp =
6347           A.getAssumedConstant(ACSArgPos, *this, UsedAssumedInformation);
6348       if (!SimpleArgOp)
6349         return true;
6350       if (!*SimpleArgOp)
6351         return false;
6352       if (!AA::isDynamicallyUnique(A, *this, **SimpleArgOp))
6353         return false;
6354       return unionAssumed(*SimpleArgOp);
6355     };
6356 
6357     // Generate a answer specific to a call site context.
6358     bool Success;
6359     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
6360     if (hasCallBaseContext() &&
6361         getCallBaseContext()->getCalledOperand() == Arg->getParent())
6362       Success = PredForCallSite(
6363           AbstractCallSite(&getCallBaseContext()->getCalledOperandUse()));
6364     else
6365       Success = A.checkForAllCallSites(PredForCallSite, *this, true,
6366                                        UsedAssumedInformation);
6367 
6368     if (!Success)
6369       if (!askSimplifiedValueForOtherAAs(A))
6370         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
6371 
6372     // If a candidate was found in this update, return CHANGED.
6373     return Before == SimplifiedAssociatedValue ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED
6374                                                : ChangeStatus ::CHANGED;
6375   }
6376 
6377   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
6378   void trackStatistics() const override {
6379     STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(value_simplify)
6380   }
6381 };
6382 
6383 struct AAValueSimplifyReturned : AAValueSimplifyImpl {
6384   AAValueSimplifyReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
6385       : AAValueSimplifyImpl(IRP, A) {}
6386 
6387   /// See AAValueSimplify::getAssumedSimplifiedValue()
6388   std::optional<Value *>
6389   getAssumedSimplifiedValue(Attributor &A) const override {
6390     if (!isValidState())
6391       return nullptr;
6392     return SimplifiedAssociatedValue;
6393   }
6394 
6395   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
6396   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
6397     auto Before = SimplifiedAssociatedValue;
6398 
6399     auto ReturnInstCB = [&](Instruction &I) {
6400       auto &RI = cast<ReturnInst>(I);
6401       return checkAndUpdate(
6402           A, *this,
6403           IRPosition::value(*RI.getReturnValue(), getCallBaseContext()));
6404     };
6405 
6406     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
6407     if (!A.checkForAllInstructions(ReturnInstCB, *this, {Instruction::Ret},
6408                                    UsedAssumedInformation))
6409       if (!askSimplifiedValueForOtherAAs(A))
6410         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
6411 
6412     // If a candidate was found in this update, return CHANGED.
6413     return Before == SimplifiedAssociatedValue ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED
6414                                                : ChangeStatus ::CHANGED;
6415   }
6416 
6417   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
6418     // We queried AAValueSimplify for the returned values so they will be
6419     // replaced if a simplified form was found. Nothing to do here.
6420     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
6421   }
6422 
6423   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
6424   void trackStatistics() const override {
6425     STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(value_simplify)
6426   }
6427 };
6428 
6429 struct AAValueSimplifyFloating : AAValueSimplifyImpl {
6430   AAValueSimplifyFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
6431       : AAValueSimplifyImpl(IRP, A) {}
6432 
6433   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
6434   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
6435     AAValueSimplifyImpl::initialize(A);
6436     Value &V = getAnchorValue();
6437 
6438     // TODO: add other stuffs
6439     if (isa<Constant>(V))
6440       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
6441   }
6442 
6443   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
6444   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
6445     auto Before = SimplifiedAssociatedValue;
6446     if (!askSimplifiedValueForOtherAAs(A))
6447       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
6448 
6449     // If a candidate was found in this update, return CHANGED.
6450     return Before == SimplifiedAssociatedValue ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED
6451                                                : ChangeStatus ::CHANGED;
6452   }
6453 
6454   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
6455   void trackStatistics() const override {
6456     STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(value_simplify)
6457   }
6458 };
6459 
6460 struct AAValueSimplifyFunction : AAValueSimplifyImpl {
6461   AAValueSimplifyFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
6462       : AAValueSimplifyImpl(IRP, A) {}
6463 
6464   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
6465   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
6466     SimplifiedAssociatedValue = nullptr;
6467     indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
6468   }
6469   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
6470   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
6471     llvm_unreachable(
6472         "AAValueSimplify(Function|CallSite)::updateImpl will not be called");
6473   }
6474   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
6475   void trackStatistics() const override {
6476     STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(value_simplify)
6477   }
6478 };
6479 
6480 struct AAValueSimplifyCallSite : AAValueSimplifyFunction {
6481   AAValueSimplifyCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
6482       : AAValueSimplifyFunction(IRP, A) {}
6483   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
6484   void trackStatistics() const override {
6485     STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(value_simplify)
6486   }
6487 };
6488 
6489 struct AAValueSimplifyCallSiteReturned : AAValueSimplifyImpl {
6490   AAValueSimplifyCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
6491       : AAValueSimplifyImpl(IRP, A) {}
6492 
6493   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
6494     AAValueSimplifyImpl::initialize(A);
6495     Function *Fn = getAssociatedFunction();
6496     assert(Fn && "Did expect an associted function");
6497     for (Argument &Arg : Fn->args()) {
6498       if (Arg.hasReturnedAttr()) {
6499         auto IRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*cast<CallBase>(getCtxI()),
6500                                                  Arg.getArgNo());
6501         if (IRP.getPositionKind() == IRPosition::IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT &&
6502             checkAndUpdate(A, *this, IRP))
6503           indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
6504         else
6505           indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
6506         return;
6507       }
6508     }
6509   }
6510 
6511   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
6512   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
6513     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
6514   }
6515 
6516   void trackStatistics() const override {
6517     STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(value_simplify)
6518   }
6519 };
6520 
6521 struct AAValueSimplifyCallSiteArgument : AAValueSimplifyFloating {
6522   AAValueSimplifyCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
6523       : AAValueSimplifyFloating(IRP, A) {}
6524 
6525   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
6526   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
6527     ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
6528     // TODO: We should avoid simplification duplication to begin with.
6529     auto *FloatAA = A.lookupAAFor<AAValueSimplify>(
6530         IRPosition::value(getAssociatedValue()), this, DepClassTy::NONE);
6531     if (FloatAA && FloatAA->getState().isValidState())
6532       return Changed;
6533 
6534     if (auto *NewV = manifestReplacementValue(A, getCtxI())) {
6535       Use &U = cast<CallBase>(&getAnchorValue())
6536                    ->getArgOperandUse(getCallSiteArgNo());
6537       if (A.changeUseAfterManifest(U, *NewV))
6538         Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
6539     }
6540 
6541     return Changed | AAValueSimplify::manifest(A);
6542   }
6543 
6544   void trackStatistics() const override {
6545     STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(value_simplify)
6546   }
6547 };
6548 } // namespace
6549 
6550 /// ----------------------- Heap-To-Stack Conversion ---------------------------
6551 namespace {
6552 struct AAHeapToStackFunction final : public AAHeapToStack {
6553 
6554   struct AllocationInfo {
6555     /// The call that allocates the memory.
6556     CallBase *const CB;
6557 
6558     /// The library function id for the allocation.
6559     LibFunc LibraryFunctionId = NotLibFunc;
6560 
6561     /// The status wrt. a rewrite.
6562     enum {
6563       STACK_DUE_TO_USE,
6564       STACK_DUE_TO_FREE,
6565       INVALID,
6566     } Status = STACK_DUE_TO_USE;
6567 
6568     /// Flag to indicate if we encountered a use that might free this allocation
6569     /// but which is not in the deallocation infos.
6570     bool HasPotentiallyFreeingUnknownUses = false;
6571 
6572     /// Flag to indicate that we should place the new alloca in the function
6573     /// entry block rather than where the call site (CB) is.
6574     bool MoveAllocaIntoEntry = true;
6575 
6576     /// The set of free calls that use this allocation.
6577     SmallSetVector<CallBase *, 1> PotentialFreeCalls{};
6578   };
6579 
6580   struct DeallocationInfo {
6581     /// The call that deallocates the memory.
6582     CallBase *const CB;
6583     /// The value freed by the call.
6584     Value *FreedOp;
6585 
6586     /// Flag to indicate if we don't know all objects this deallocation might
6587     /// free.
6588     bool MightFreeUnknownObjects = false;
6589 
6590     /// The set of allocation calls that are potentially freed.
6591     SmallSetVector<CallBase *, 1> PotentialAllocationCalls{};
6592   };
6593 
6594   AAHeapToStackFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
6595       : AAHeapToStack(IRP, A) {}
6596 
6597   ~AAHeapToStackFunction() {
6598     // Ensure we call the destructor so we release any memory allocated in the
6599     // sets.
6600     for (auto &It : AllocationInfos)
6601       It.second->~AllocationInfo();
6602     for (auto &It : DeallocationInfos)
6603       It.second->~DeallocationInfo();
6604   }
6605 
6606   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
6607     AAHeapToStack::initialize(A);
6608 
6609     const Function *F = getAnchorScope();
6610     const auto *TLI = A.getInfoCache().getTargetLibraryInfoForFunction(*F);
6611 
6612     auto AllocationIdentifierCB = [&](Instruction &I) {
6613       CallBase *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&I);
6614       if (!CB)
6615         return true;
6616       if (Value *FreedOp = getFreedOperand(CB, TLI)) {
6617         DeallocationInfos[CB] = new (A.Allocator) DeallocationInfo{CB, FreedOp};
6618         return true;
6619       }
6620       // To do heap to stack, we need to know that the allocation itself is
6621       // removable once uses are rewritten, and that we can initialize the
6622       // alloca to the same pattern as the original allocation result.
6623       if (isRemovableAlloc(CB, TLI)) {
6624         auto *I8Ty = Type::getInt8Ty(CB->getParent()->getContext());
6625         if (nullptr != getInitialValueOfAllocation(CB, TLI, I8Ty)) {
6626           AllocationInfo *AI = new (A.Allocator) AllocationInfo{CB};
6627           AllocationInfos[CB] = AI;
6628           if (TLI)
6629             TLI->getLibFunc(*CB, AI->LibraryFunctionId);
6630         }
6631       }
6632       return true;
6633     };
6634 
6635     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
6636     bool Success = A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(
6637         AllocationIdentifierCB, *this, UsedAssumedInformation,
6638         /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ false,
6639         /* CheckPotentiallyDead */ true);
6640     (void)Success;
6641     assert(Success && "Did not expect the call base visit callback to fail!");
6642 
6643     Attributor::SimplifictionCallbackTy SCB =
6644         [](const IRPosition &, const AbstractAttribute *,
6645            bool &) -> std::optional<Value *> { return nullptr; };
6646     for (const auto &It : AllocationInfos)
6647       A.registerSimplificationCallback(IRPosition::callsite_returned(*It.first),
6648                                        SCB);
6649     for (const auto &It : DeallocationInfos)
6650       A.registerSimplificationCallback(IRPosition::callsite_returned(*It.first),
6651                                        SCB);
6652   }
6653 
6654   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
6655     unsigned NumH2SMallocs = 0, NumInvalidMallocs = 0;
6656     for (const auto &It : AllocationInfos) {
6657       if (It.second->Status == AllocationInfo::INVALID)
6658         ++NumInvalidMallocs;
6659       else
6660         ++NumH2SMallocs;
6661     }
6662     return "[H2S] Mallocs Good/Bad: " + std::to_string(NumH2SMallocs) + "/" +
6663            std::to_string(NumInvalidMallocs);
6664   }
6665 
6666   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics().
6667   void trackStatistics() const override {
6668     STATS_DECL(
6669         MallocCalls, Function,
6670         "Number of malloc/calloc/aligned_alloc calls converted to allocas");
6671     for (const auto &It : AllocationInfos)
6672       if (It.second->Status != AllocationInfo::INVALID)
6673         ++BUILD_STAT_NAME(MallocCalls, Function);
6674   }
6675 
6676   bool isAssumedHeapToStack(const CallBase &CB) const override {
6677     if (isValidState())
6678       if (AllocationInfo *AI =
6679               AllocationInfos.lookup(const_cast<CallBase *>(&CB)))
6680         return AI->Status != AllocationInfo::INVALID;
6681     return false;
6682   }
6683 
6684   bool isAssumedHeapToStackRemovedFree(CallBase &CB) const override {
6685     if (!isValidState())
6686       return false;
6687 
6688     for (const auto &It : AllocationInfos) {
6689       AllocationInfo &AI = *It.second;
6690       if (AI.Status == AllocationInfo::INVALID)
6691         continue;
6692 
6693       if (AI.PotentialFreeCalls.count(&CB))
6694         return true;
6695     }
6696 
6697     return false;
6698   }
6699 
6700   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
6701     assert(getState().isValidState() &&
6702            "Attempted to manifest an invalid state!");
6703 
6704     ChangeStatus HasChanged = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
6705     Function *F = getAnchorScope();
6706     const auto *TLI = A.getInfoCache().getTargetLibraryInfoForFunction(*F);
6707 
6708     for (auto &It : AllocationInfos) {
6709       AllocationInfo &AI = *It.second;
6710       if (AI.Status == AllocationInfo::INVALID)
6711         continue;
6712 
6713       for (CallBase *FreeCall : AI.PotentialFreeCalls) {
6714         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "H2S: Removing free call: " << *FreeCall << "\n");
6715         A.deleteAfterManifest(*FreeCall);
6716         HasChanged = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
6717       }
6718 
6719       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "H2S: Removing malloc-like call: " << *AI.CB
6720                         << "\n");
6721 
6722       auto Remark = [&](OptimizationRemark OR) {
6723         LibFunc IsAllocShared;
6724         if (TLI->getLibFunc(*AI.CB, IsAllocShared))
6725           if (IsAllocShared == LibFunc___kmpc_alloc_shared)
6726             return OR << "Moving globalized variable to the stack.";
6727         return OR << "Moving memory allocation from the heap to the stack.";
6728       };
6729       if (AI.LibraryFunctionId == LibFunc___kmpc_alloc_shared)
6730         A.emitRemark<OptimizationRemark>(AI.CB, "OMP110", Remark);
6731       else
6732         A.emitRemark<OptimizationRemark>(AI.CB, "HeapToStack", Remark);
6733 
6734       const DataLayout &DL = A.getInfoCache().getDL();
6735       Value *Size;
6736       std::optional<APInt> SizeAPI = getSize(A, *this, AI);
6737       if (SizeAPI) {
6738         Size = ConstantInt::get(AI.CB->getContext(), *SizeAPI);
6739       } else {
6740         LLVMContext &Ctx = AI.CB->getContext();
6741         ObjectSizeOpts Opts;
6742         ObjectSizeOffsetEvaluator Eval(DL, TLI, Ctx, Opts);
6743         SizeOffsetValue SizeOffsetPair = Eval.compute(AI.CB);
6744         assert(SizeOffsetPair != ObjectSizeOffsetEvaluator::unknown() &&
6745                cast<ConstantInt>(SizeOffsetPair.Offset)->isZero());
6746         Size = SizeOffsetPair.Size;
6747       }
6748 
6749       BasicBlock::iterator IP = AI.MoveAllocaIntoEntry
6750                                     ? F->getEntryBlock().begin()
6751                                     : AI.CB->getIterator();
6752 
6753       Align Alignment(1);
6754       if (MaybeAlign RetAlign = AI.CB->getRetAlign())
6755         Alignment = std::max(Alignment, *RetAlign);
6756       if (Value *Align = getAllocAlignment(AI.CB, TLI)) {
6757         std::optional<APInt> AlignmentAPI = getAPInt(A, *this, *Align);
6758         assert(AlignmentAPI && AlignmentAPI->getZExtValue() > 0 &&
6759                "Expected an alignment during manifest!");
6760         Alignment =
6761             std::max(Alignment, assumeAligned(AlignmentAPI->getZExtValue()));
6762       }
6763 
6764       // TODO: Hoist the alloca towards the function entry.
6765       unsigned AS = DL.getAllocaAddrSpace();
6766       Instruction *Alloca =
6767           new AllocaInst(Type::getInt8Ty(F->getContext()), AS, Size, Alignment,
6768                          AI.CB->getName() + ".h2s", IP);
6769 
6770       if (Alloca->getType() != AI.CB->getType())
6771         Alloca = BitCastInst::CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast(
6772             Alloca, AI.CB->getType(), "malloc_cast", AI.CB->getIterator());
6773 
6774       auto *I8Ty = Type::getInt8Ty(F->getContext());
6775       auto *InitVal = getInitialValueOfAllocation(AI.CB, TLI, I8Ty);
6776       assert(InitVal &&
6777              "Must be able to materialize initial memory state of allocation");
6778 
6779       A.changeAfterManifest(IRPosition::inst(*AI.CB), *Alloca);
6780 
6781       if (auto *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(AI.CB)) {
6782         auto *NBB = II->getNormalDest();
6783         BranchInst::Create(NBB, AI.CB->getParent());
6784         A.deleteAfterManifest(*AI.CB);
6785       } else {
6786         A.deleteAfterManifest(*AI.CB);
6787       }
6788 
6789       // Initialize the alloca with the same value as used by the allocation
6790       // function.  We can skip undef as the initial value of an alloc is
6791       // undef, and the memset would simply end up being DSEd.
6792       if (!isa<UndefValue>(InitVal)) {
6793         IRBuilder<> Builder(Alloca->getNextNode());
6794         // TODO: Use alignment above if align!=1
6795         Builder.CreateMemSet(Alloca, InitVal, Size, std::nullopt);
6796       }
6797       HasChanged = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
6798     }
6799 
6800     return HasChanged;
6801   }
6802 
6803   std::optional<APInt> getAPInt(Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &AA,
6804                                 Value &V) {
6805     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
6806     std::optional<Constant *> SimpleV =
6807         A.getAssumedConstant(V, AA, UsedAssumedInformation);
6808     if (!SimpleV)
6809       return APInt(64, 0);
6810     if (auto *CI = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(*SimpleV))
6811       return CI->getValue();
6812     return std::nullopt;
6813   }
6814 
6815   std::optional<APInt> getSize(Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &AA,
6816                                AllocationInfo &AI) {
6817     auto Mapper = [&](const Value *V) -> const Value * {
6818       bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
6819       if (std::optional<Constant *> SimpleV =
6820               A.getAssumedConstant(*V, AA, UsedAssumedInformation))
6821         if (*SimpleV)
6822           return *SimpleV;
6823       return V;
6824     };
6825 
6826     const Function *F = getAnchorScope();
6827     const auto *TLI = A.getInfoCache().getTargetLibraryInfoForFunction(*F);
6828     return getAllocSize(AI.CB, TLI, Mapper);
6829   }
6830 
6831   /// Collection of all malloc-like calls in a function with associated
6832   /// information.
6833   MapVector<CallBase *, AllocationInfo *> AllocationInfos;
6834 
6835   /// Collection of all free-like calls in a function with associated
6836   /// information.
6837   MapVector<CallBase *, DeallocationInfo *> DeallocationInfos;
6838 
6839   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override;
6840 };
6841 
6842 ChangeStatus AAHeapToStackFunction::updateImpl(Attributor &A) {
6843   ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
6844   const Function *F = getAnchorScope();
6845   const auto *TLI = A.getInfoCache().getTargetLibraryInfoForFunction(*F);
6846 
6847   const auto *LivenessAA =
6848       A.getAAFor<AAIsDead>(*this, IRPosition::function(*F), DepClassTy::NONE);
6849 
6850   MustBeExecutedContextExplorer *Explorer =
6851       A.getInfoCache().getMustBeExecutedContextExplorer();
6852 
6853   bool StackIsAccessibleByOtherThreads =
6854       A.getInfoCache().stackIsAccessibleByOtherThreads();
6855 
6856   LoopInfo *LI =
6857       A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<LoopAnalysis>(*F);
6858   std::optional<bool> MayContainIrreducibleControl;
6859   auto IsInLoop = [&](BasicBlock &BB) {
6860     if (&F->getEntryBlock() == &BB)
6861       return false;
6862     if (!MayContainIrreducibleControl.has_value())
6863       MayContainIrreducibleControl = mayContainIrreducibleControl(*F, LI);
6864     if (*MayContainIrreducibleControl)
6865       return true;
6866     if (!LI)
6867       return true;
6868     return LI->getLoopFor(&BB) != nullptr;
6869   };
6870 
6871   // Flag to ensure we update our deallocation information at most once per
6872   // updateImpl call and only if we use the free check reasoning.
6873   bool HasUpdatedFrees = false;
6874 
6875   auto UpdateFrees = [&]() {
6876     HasUpdatedFrees = true;
6877 
6878     for (auto &It : DeallocationInfos) {
6879       DeallocationInfo &DI = *It.second;
6880       // For now we cannot use deallocations that have unknown inputs, skip
6881       // them.
6882       if (DI.MightFreeUnknownObjects)
6883         continue;
6884 
6885       // No need to analyze dead calls, ignore them instead.
6886       bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
6887       if (A.isAssumedDead(*DI.CB, this, LivenessAA, UsedAssumedInformation,
6888                           /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true))
6889         continue;
6890 
6891       // Use the non-optimistic version to get the freed object.
6892       Value *Obj = getUnderlyingObject(DI.FreedOp);
6893       if (!Obj) {
6894         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] Unknown underlying object for free!\n");
6895         DI.MightFreeUnknownObjects = true;
6896         continue;
6897       }
6898 
6899       // Free of null and undef can be ignored as no-ops (or UB in the latter
6900       // case).
6901       if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Obj) || isa<UndefValue>(Obj))
6902         continue;
6903 
6904       CallBase *ObjCB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(Obj);
6905       if (!ObjCB) {
6906         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] Free of a non-call object: " << *Obj
6907                           << "\n");
6908         DI.MightFreeUnknownObjects = true;
6909         continue;
6910       }
6911 
6912       AllocationInfo *AI = AllocationInfos.lookup(ObjCB);
6913       if (!AI) {
6914         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] Free of a non-allocation object: " << *Obj
6915                           << "\n");
6916         DI.MightFreeUnknownObjects = true;
6917         continue;
6918       }
6919 
6920       DI.PotentialAllocationCalls.insert(ObjCB);
6921     }
6922   };
6923 
6924   auto FreeCheck = [&](AllocationInfo &AI) {
6925     // If the stack is not accessible by other threads, the "must-free" logic
6926     // doesn't apply as the pointer could be shared and needs to be places in
6927     // "shareable" memory.
6928     if (!StackIsAccessibleByOtherThreads) {
6929       bool IsKnownNoSycn;
6930       if (!AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoSync>(
6931               A, this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnownNoSycn)) {
6932         LLVM_DEBUG(
6933             dbgs() << "[H2S] found an escaping use, stack is not accessible by "
6934                       "other threads and function is not nosync:\n");
6935         return false;
6936       }
6937     }
6938     if (!HasUpdatedFrees)
6939       UpdateFrees();
6940 
6941     // TODO: Allow multi exit functions that have different free calls.
6942     if (AI.PotentialFreeCalls.size() != 1) {
6943       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] did not find one free call but "
6944                         << AI.PotentialFreeCalls.size() << "\n");
6945       return false;
6946     }
6947     CallBase *UniqueFree = *AI.PotentialFreeCalls.begin();
6948     DeallocationInfo *DI = DeallocationInfos.lookup(UniqueFree);
6949     if (!DI) {
6950       LLVM_DEBUG(
6951           dbgs() << "[H2S] unique free call was not known as deallocation call "
6952                  << *UniqueFree << "\n");
6953       return false;
6954     }
6955     if (DI->MightFreeUnknownObjects) {
6956       LLVM_DEBUG(
6957           dbgs() << "[H2S] unique free call might free unknown allocations\n");
6958       return false;
6959     }
6960     if (DI->PotentialAllocationCalls.empty())
6961       return true;
6962     if (DI->PotentialAllocationCalls.size() > 1) {
6963       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] unique free call might free "
6964                         << DI->PotentialAllocationCalls.size()
6965                         << " different allocations\n");
6966       return false;
6967     }
6968     if (*DI->PotentialAllocationCalls.begin() != AI.CB) {
6969       LLVM_DEBUG(
6970           dbgs()
6971           << "[H2S] unique free call not known to free this allocation but "
6972           << **DI->PotentialAllocationCalls.begin() << "\n");
6973       return false;
6974     }
6975 
6976     // __kmpc_alloc_shared and __kmpc_alloc_free are by construction matched.
6977     if (AI.LibraryFunctionId != LibFunc___kmpc_alloc_shared) {
6978       Instruction *CtxI = isa<InvokeInst>(AI.CB) ? AI.CB : AI.CB->getNextNode();
6979       if (!Explorer || !Explorer->findInContextOf(UniqueFree, CtxI)) {
6980         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] unique free call might not be executed "
6981                              "with the allocation "
6982                           << *UniqueFree << "\n");
6983         return false;
6984       }
6985     }
6986     return true;
6987   };
6988 
6989   auto UsesCheck = [&](AllocationInfo &AI) {
6990     bool ValidUsesOnly = true;
6991 
6992     auto Pred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) -> bool {
6993       Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
6994       if (isa<LoadInst>(UserI))
6995         return true;
6996       if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(UserI)) {
6997         if (SI->getValueOperand() == U.get()) {
6998           LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs()
6999                      << "[H2S] escaping store to memory: " << *UserI << "\n");
7000           ValidUsesOnly = false;
7001         } else {
7002           // A store into the malloc'ed memory is fine.
7003         }
7004         return true;
7005       }
7006       if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(UserI)) {
7007         if (!CB->isArgOperand(&U) || CB->isLifetimeStartOrEnd())
7008           return true;
7009         if (DeallocationInfos.count(CB)) {
7010           AI.PotentialFreeCalls.insert(CB);
7011           return true;
7012         }
7013 
7014         unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(&U);
7015         auto CBIRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo);
7016 
7017         bool IsKnownNoCapture;
7018         bool IsAssumedNoCapture = AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoCapture>(
7019             A, this, CBIRP, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnownNoCapture);
7020 
7021         // If a call site argument use is nofree, we are fine.
7022         bool IsKnownNoFree;
7023         bool IsAssumedNoFree = AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoFree>(
7024             A, this, CBIRP, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnownNoFree);
7025 
7026         if (!IsAssumedNoCapture ||
7027             (AI.LibraryFunctionId != LibFunc___kmpc_alloc_shared &&
7028              !IsAssumedNoFree)) {
7029           AI.HasPotentiallyFreeingUnknownUses |= !IsAssumedNoFree;
7030 
7031           // Emit a missed remark if this is missed OpenMP globalization.
7032           auto Remark = [&](OptimizationRemarkMissed ORM) {
7033             return ORM
7034                    << "Could not move globalized variable to the stack. "
7035                       "Variable is potentially captured in call. Mark "
7036                       "parameter as `__attribute__((noescape))` to override.";
7037           };
7038 
7039           if (ValidUsesOnly &&
7040               AI.LibraryFunctionId == LibFunc___kmpc_alloc_shared)
7041             A.emitRemark<OptimizationRemarkMissed>(CB, "OMP113", Remark);
7042 
7043           LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] Bad user: " << *UserI << "\n");
7044           ValidUsesOnly = false;
7045         }
7046         return true;
7047       }
7048 
7049       if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(UserI) || isa<BitCastInst>(UserI) ||
7050           isa<PHINode>(UserI) || isa<SelectInst>(UserI)) {
7051         Follow = true;
7052         return true;
7053       }
7054       // Unknown user for which we can not track uses further (in a way that
7055       // makes sense).
7056       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] Unknown user: " << *UserI << "\n");
7057       ValidUsesOnly = false;
7058       return true;
7059     };
7060     if (!A.checkForAllUses(Pred, *this, *AI.CB, /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ false,
7061                            DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, /* IgnoreDroppableUses */ true,
7062                            [&](const Use &OldU, const Use &NewU) {
7063                              auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(OldU.getUser());
7064                              return !SI || StackIsAccessibleByOtherThreads ||
7065                                     AA::isAssumedThreadLocalObject(
7066                                         A, *SI->getPointerOperand(), *this);
7067                            }))
7068       return false;
7069     return ValidUsesOnly;
7070   };
7071 
7072   // The actual update starts here. We look at all allocations and depending on
7073   // their status perform the appropriate check(s).
7074   for (auto &It : AllocationInfos) {
7075     AllocationInfo &AI = *It.second;
7076     if (AI.Status == AllocationInfo::INVALID)
7077       continue;
7078 
7079     if (Value *Align = getAllocAlignment(AI.CB, TLI)) {
7080       std::optional<APInt> APAlign = getAPInt(A, *this, *Align);
7081       if (!APAlign) {
7082         // Can't generate an alloca which respects the required alignment
7083         // on the allocation.
7084         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] Unknown allocation alignment: " << *AI.CB
7085                           << "\n");
7086         AI.Status = AllocationInfo::INVALID;
7087         Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
7088         continue;
7089       }
7090       if (APAlign->ugt(llvm::Value::MaximumAlignment) ||
7091           !APAlign->isPowerOf2()) {
7092         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] Invalid allocation alignment: " << APAlign
7093                           << "\n");
7094         AI.Status = AllocationInfo::INVALID;
7095         Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
7096         continue;
7097       }
7098     }
7099 
7100     std::optional<APInt> Size = getSize(A, *this, AI);
7101     if (AI.LibraryFunctionId != LibFunc___kmpc_alloc_shared &&
7102         MaxHeapToStackSize != -1) {
7103       if (!Size || Size->ugt(MaxHeapToStackSize)) {
7104         LLVM_DEBUG({
7105           if (!Size)
7106             dbgs() << "[H2S] Unknown allocation size: " << *AI.CB << "\n";
7107           else
7108             dbgs() << "[H2S] Allocation size too large: " << *AI.CB << " vs. "
7109                    << MaxHeapToStackSize << "\n";
7110         });
7111 
7112         AI.Status = AllocationInfo::INVALID;
7113         Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
7114         continue;
7115       }
7116     }
7117 
7118     switch (AI.Status) {
7119     case AllocationInfo::STACK_DUE_TO_USE:
7120       if (UsesCheck(AI))
7121         break;
7122       AI.Status = AllocationInfo::STACK_DUE_TO_FREE;
7123       [[fallthrough]];
7124     case AllocationInfo::STACK_DUE_TO_FREE:
7125       if (FreeCheck(AI))
7126         break;
7127       AI.Status = AllocationInfo::INVALID;
7128       Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
7129       break;
7130     case AllocationInfo::INVALID:
7131       llvm_unreachable("Invalid allocations should never reach this point!");
7132     };
7133 
7134     // Check if we still think we can move it into the entry block. If the
7135     // alloca comes from a converted __kmpc_alloc_shared then we can usually
7136     // ignore the potential compilations associated with loops.
7137     bool IsGlobalizedLocal =
7138         AI.LibraryFunctionId == LibFunc___kmpc_alloc_shared;
7139     if (AI.MoveAllocaIntoEntry &&
7140         (!Size.has_value() ||
7141          (!IsGlobalizedLocal && IsInLoop(*AI.CB->getParent()))))
7142       AI.MoveAllocaIntoEntry = false;
7143   }
7144 
7145   return Changed;
7146 }
7147 } // namespace
7148 
7149 /// ----------------------- Privatizable Pointers ------------------------------
7150 namespace {
7151 struct AAPrivatizablePtrImpl : public AAPrivatizablePtr {
7152   AAPrivatizablePtrImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
7153       : AAPrivatizablePtr(IRP, A), PrivatizableType(std::nullopt) {}
7154 
7155   ChangeStatus indicatePessimisticFixpoint() override {
7156     AAPrivatizablePtr::indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
7157     PrivatizableType = nullptr;
7158     return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
7159   }
7160 
7161   /// Identify the type we can chose for a private copy of the underlying
7162   /// argument. std::nullopt means it is not clear yet, nullptr means there is
7163   /// none.
7164   virtual std::optional<Type *> identifyPrivatizableType(Attributor &A) = 0;
7165 
7166   /// Return a privatizable type that encloses both T0 and T1.
7167   /// TODO: This is merely a stub for now as we should manage a mapping as well.
7168   std::optional<Type *> combineTypes(std::optional<Type *> T0,
7169                                      std::optional<Type *> T1) {
7170     if (!T0)
7171       return T1;
7172     if (!T1)
7173       return T0;
7174     if (T0 == T1)
7175       return T0;
7176     return nullptr;
7177   }
7178 
7179   std::optional<Type *> getPrivatizableType() const override {
7180     return PrivatizableType;
7181   }
7182 
7183   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
7184     return isAssumedPrivatizablePtr() ? "[priv]" : "[no-priv]";
7185   }
7186 
7187 protected:
7188   std::optional<Type *> PrivatizableType;
7189 };
7190 
7191 // TODO: Do this for call site arguments (probably also other values) as well.
7192 
7193 struct AAPrivatizablePtrArgument final : public AAPrivatizablePtrImpl {
7194   AAPrivatizablePtrArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
7195       : AAPrivatizablePtrImpl(IRP, A) {}
7196 
7197   /// See AAPrivatizablePtrImpl::identifyPrivatizableType(...)
7198   std::optional<Type *> identifyPrivatizableType(Attributor &A) override {
7199     // If this is a byval argument and we know all the call sites (so we can
7200     // rewrite them), there is no need to check them explicitly.
7201     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
7202     SmallVector<Attribute, 1> Attrs;
7203     A.getAttrs(getIRPosition(), {Attribute::ByVal}, Attrs,
7204                /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true);
7205     if (!Attrs.empty() &&
7206         A.checkForAllCallSites([](AbstractCallSite ACS) { return true; }, *this,
7207                                true, UsedAssumedInformation))
7208       return Attrs[0].getValueAsType();
7209 
7210     std::optional<Type *> Ty;
7211     unsigned ArgNo = getIRPosition().getCallSiteArgNo();
7212 
7213     // Make sure the associated call site argument has the same type at all call
7214     // sites and it is an allocation we know is safe to privatize, for now that
7215     // means we only allow alloca instructions.
7216     // TODO: We can additionally analyze the accesses in the callee to  create
7217     //       the type from that information instead. That is a little more
7218     //       involved and will be done in a follow up patch.
7219     auto CallSiteCheck = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) {
7220       IRPosition ACSArgPos = IRPosition::callsite_argument(ACS, ArgNo);
7221       // Check if a coresponding argument was found or if it is one not
7222       // associated (which can happen for callback calls).
7223       if (ACSArgPos.getPositionKind() == IRPosition::IRP_INVALID)
7224         return false;
7225 
7226       // Check that all call sites agree on a type.
7227       auto *PrivCSArgAA =
7228           A.getAAFor<AAPrivatizablePtr>(*this, ACSArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
7229       if (!PrivCSArgAA)
7230         return false;
7231       std::optional<Type *> CSTy = PrivCSArgAA->getPrivatizableType();
7232 
7233       LLVM_DEBUG({
7234         dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] ACSPos: " << ACSArgPos << ", CSTy: ";
7235         if (CSTy && *CSTy)
7236           (*CSTy)->print(dbgs());
7237         else if (CSTy)
7238           dbgs() << "<nullptr>";
7239         else
7240           dbgs() << "<none>";
7241       });
7242 
7243       Ty = combineTypes(Ty, CSTy);
7244 
7245       LLVM_DEBUG({
7246         dbgs() << " : New Type: ";
7247         if (Ty && *Ty)
7248           (*Ty)->print(dbgs());
7249         else if (Ty)
7250           dbgs() << "<nullptr>";
7251         else
7252           dbgs() << "<none>";
7253         dbgs() << "\n";
7254       });
7255 
7256       return !Ty || *Ty;
7257     };
7258 
7259     if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(CallSiteCheck, *this, true,
7260                                 UsedAssumedInformation))
7261       return nullptr;
7262     return Ty;
7263   }
7264 
7265   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
7266   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
7267     PrivatizableType = identifyPrivatizableType(A);
7268     if (!PrivatizableType)
7269       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
7270     if (!*PrivatizableType)
7271       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
7272 
7273     // The dependence is optional so we don't give up once we give up on the
7274     // alignment.
7275     A.getAAFor<AAAlign>(*this, IRPosition::value(getAssociatedValue()),
7276                         DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
7277 
7278     // Avoid arguments with padding for now.
7279     if (!A.hasAttr(getIRPosition(), Attribute::ByVal) &&
7280         !isDenselyPacked(*PrivatizableType, A.getInfoCache().getDL())) {
7281       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Padding detected\n");
7282       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
7283     }
7284 
7285     // Collect the types that will replace the privatizable type in the function
7286     // signature.
7287     SmallVector<Type *, 16> ReplacementTypes;
7288     identifyReplacementTypes(*PrivatizableType, ReplacementTypes);
7289 
7290     // Verify callee and caller agree on how the promoted argument would be
7291     // passed.
7292     Function &Fn = *getIRPosition().getAnchorScope();
7293     const auto *TTI =
7294         A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<TargetIRAnalysis>(Fn);
7295     if (!TTI) {
7296       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Missing TTI for function "
7297                         << Fn.getName() << "\n");
7298       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
7299     }
7300 
7301     auto CallSiteCheck = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) {
7302       CallBase *CB = ACS.getInstruction();
7303       return TTI->areTypesABICompatible(
7304           CB->getCaller(),
7305           dyn_cast_if_present<Function>(CB->getCalledOperand()),
7306           ReplacementTypes);
7307     };
7308     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
7309     if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(CallSiteCheck, *this, true,
7310                                 UsedAssumedInformation)) {
7311       LLVM_DEBUG(
7312           dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] ABI incompatibility detected for "
7313                  << Fn.getName() << "\n");
7314       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
7315     }
7316 
7317     // Register a rewrite of the argument.
7318     Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument();
7319     if (!A.isValidFunctionSignatureRewrite(*Arg, ReplacementTypes)) {
7320       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Rewrite not valid\n");
7321       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
7322     }
7323 
7324     unsigned ArgNo = Arg->getArgNo();
7325 
7326     // Helper to check if for the given call site the associated argument is
7327     // passed to a callback where the privatization would be different.
7328     auto IsCompatiblePrivArgOfCallback = [&](CallBase &CB) {
7329       SmallVector<const Use *, 4> CallbackUses;
7330       AbstractCallSite::getCallbackUses(CB, CallbackUses);
7331       for (const Use *U : CallbackUses) {
7332         AbstractCallSite CBACS(U);
7333         assert(CBACS && CBACS.isCallbackCall());
7334         for (Argument &CBArg : CBACS.getCalledFunction()->args()) {
7335           int CBArgNo = CBACS.getCallArgOperandNo(CBArg);
7336 
7337           LLVM_DEBUG({
7338             dbgs()
7339                 << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Argument " << *Arg
7340                 << "check if can be privatized in the context of its parent ("
7341                 << Arg->getParent()->getName()
7342                 << ")\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] because it is an argument in a "
7343                    "callback ("
7344                 << CBArgNo << "@" << CBACS.getCalledFunction()->getName()
7345                 << ")\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] " << CBArg << " : "
7346                 << CBACS.getCallArgOperand(CBArg) << " vs "
7347                 << CB.getArgOperand(ArgNo) << "\n"
7348                 << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] " << CBArg << " : "
7349                 << CBACS.getCallArgOperandNo(CBArg) << " vs " << ArgNo << "\n";
7350           });
7351 
7352           if (CBArgNo != int(ArgNo))
7353             continue;
7354           const auto *CBArgPrivAA = A.getAAFor<AAPrivatizablePtr>(
7355               *this, IRPosition::argument(CBArg), DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
7356           if (CBArgPrivAA && CBArgPrivAA->isValidState()) {
7357             auto CBArgPrivTy = CBArgPrivAA->getPrivatizableType();
7358             if (!CBArgPrivTy)
7359               continue;
7360             if (*CBArgPrivTy == PrivatizableType)
7361               continue;
7362           }
7363 
7364           LLVM_DEBUG({
7365             dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Argument " << *Arg
7366                    << " cannot be privatized in the context of its parent ("
7367                    << Arg->getParent()->getName()
7368                    << ")\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] because it is an argument in a "
7369                       "callback ("
7370                    << CBArgNo << "@" << CBACS.getCalledFunction()->getName()
7371                    << ").\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] for which the argument "
7372                       "privatization is not compatible.\n";
7373           });
7374           return false;
7375         }
7376       }
7377       return true;
7378     };
7379 
7380     // Helper to check if for the given call site the associated argument is
7381     // passed to a direct call where the privatization would be different.
7382     auto IsCompatiblePrivArgOfDirectCS = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) {
7383       CallBase *DC = cast<CallBase>(ACS.getInstruction());
7384       int DCArgNo = ACS.getCallArgOperandNo(ArgNo);
7385       assert(DCArgNo >= 0 && unsigned(DCArgNo) < DC->arg_size() &&
7386              "Expected a direct call operand for callback call operand");
7387 
7388       Function *DCCallee =
7389           dyn_cast_if_present<Function>(DC->getCalledOperand());
7390       LLVM_DEBUG({
7391         dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Argument " << *Arg
7392                << " check if be privatized in the context of its parent ("
7393                << Arg->getParent()->getName()
7394                << ")\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] because it is an argument in a "
7395                   "direct call of ("
7396                << DCArgNo << "@" << DCCallee->getName() << ").\n";
7397       });
7398 
7399       if (unsigned(DCArgNo) < DCCallee->arg_size()) {
7400         const auto *DCArgPrivAA = A.getAAFor<AAPrivatizablePtr>(
7401             *this, IRPosition::argument(*DCCallee->getArg(DCArgNo)),
7402             DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
7403         if (DCArgPrivAA && DCArgPrivAA->isValidState()) {
7404           auto DCArgPrivTy = DCArgPrivAA->getPrivatizableType();
7405           if (!DCArgPrivTy)
7406             return true;
7407           if (*DCArgPrivTy == PrivatizableType)
7408             return true;
7409         }
7410       }
7411 
7412       LLVM_DEBUG({
7413         dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Argument " << *Arg
7414                << " cannot be privatized in the context of its parent ("
7415                << Arg->getParent()->getName()
7416                << ")\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] because it is an argument in a "
7417                   "direct call of ("
7418                << ACS.getInstruction()->getCalledOperand()->getName()
7419                << ").\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] for which the argument "
7420                   "privatization is not compatible.\n";
7421       });
7422       return false;
7423     };
7424 
7425     // Helper to check if the associated argument is used at the given abstract
7426     // call site in a way that is incompatible with the privatization assumed
7427     // here.
7428     auto IsCompatiblePrivArgOfOtherCallSite = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) {
7429       if (ACS.isDirectCall())
7430         return IsCompatiblePrivArgOfCallback(*ACS.getInstruction());
7431       if (ACS.isCallbackCall())
7432         return IsCompatiblePrivArgOfDirectCS(ACS);
7433       return false;
7434     };
7435 
7436     if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(IsCompatiblePrivArgOfOtherCallSite, *this, true,
7437                                 UsedAssumedInformation))
7438       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
7439 
7440     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
7441   }
7442 
7443   /// Given a type to private \p PrivType, collect the constituates (which are
7444   /// used) in \p ReplacementTypes.
7445   static void
7446   identifyReplacementTypes(Type *PrivType,
7447                            SmallVectorImpl<Type *> &ReplacementTypes) {
7448     // TODO: For now we expand the privatization type to the fullest which can
7449     //       lead to dead arguments that need to be removed later.
7450     assert(PrivType && "Expected privatizable type!");
7451 
7452     // Traverse the type, extract constituate types on the outermost level.
7453     if (auto *PrivStructType = dyn_cast<StructType>(PrivType)) {
7454       for (unsigned u = 0, e = PrivStructType->getNumElements(); u < e; u++)
7455         ReplacementTypes.push_back(PrivStructType->getElementType(u));
7456     } else if (auto *PrivArrayType = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PrivType)) {
7457       ReplacementTypes.append(PrivArrayType->getNumElements(),
7458                               PrivArrayType->getElementType());
7459     } else {
7460       ReplacementTypes.push_back(PrivType);
7461     }
7462   }
7463 
7464   /// Initialize \p Base according to the type \p PrivType at position \p IP.
7465   /// The values needed are taken from the arguments of \p F starting at
7466   /// position \p ArgNo.
7467   static void createInitialization(Type *PrivType, Value &Base, Function &F,
7468                                    unsigned ArgNo, BasicBlock::iterator IP) {
7469     assert(PrivType && "Expected privatizable type!");
7470 
7471     IRBuilder<NoFolder> IRB(IP->getParent(), IP);
7472     const DataLayout &DL = F.getDataLayout();
7473 
7474     // Traverse the type, build GEPs and stores.
7475     if (auto *PrivStructType = dyn_cast<StructType>(PrivType)) {
7476       const StructLayout *PrivStructLayout = DL.getStructLayout(PrivStructType);
7477       for (unsigned u = 0, e = PrivStructType->getNumElements(); u < e; u++) {
7478         Value *Ptr =
7479             constructPointer(&Base, PrivStructLayout->getElementOffset(u), IRB);
7480         new StoreInst(F.getArg(ArgNo + u), Ptr, IP);
7481       }
7482     } else if (auto *PrivArrayType = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PrivType)) {
7483       Type *PointeeTy = PrivArrayType->getElementType();
7484       uint64_t PointeeTySize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(PointeeTy);
7485       for (unsigned u = 0, e = PrivArrayType->getNumElements(); u < e; u++) {
7486         Value *Ptr = constructPointer(&Base, u * PointeeTySize, IRB);
7487         new StoreInst(F.getArg(ArgNo + u), Ptr, IP);
7488       }
7489     } else {
7490       new StoreInst(F.getArg(ArgNo), &Base, IP);
7491     }
7492   }
7493 
7494   /// Extract values from \p Base according to the type \p PrivType at the
7495   /// call position \p ACS. The values are appended to \p ReplacementValues.
7496   void createReplacementValues(Align Alignment, Type *PrivType,
7497                                AbstractCallSite ACS, Value *Base,
7498                                SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &ReplacementValues) {
7499     assert(Base && "Expected base value!");
7500     assert(PrivType && "Expected privatizable type!");
7501     Instruction *IP = ACS.getInstruction();
7502 
7503     IRBuilder<NoFolder> IRB(IP);
7504     const DataLayout &DL = IP->getDataLayout();
7505 
7506     // Traverse the type, build GEPs and loads.
7507     if (auto *PrivStructType = dyn_cast<StructType>(PrivType)) {
7508       const StructLayout *PrivStructLayout = DL.getStructLayout(PrivStructType);
7509       for (unsigned u = 0, e = PrivStructType->getNumElements(); u < e; u++) {
7510         Type *PointeeTy = PrivStructType->getElementType(u);
7511         Value *Ptr =
7512             constructPointer(Base, PrivStructLayout->getElementOffset(u), IRB);
7513         LoadInst *L = new LoadInst(PointeeTy, Ptr, "", IP->getIterator());
7514         L->setAlignment(Alignment);
7515         ReplacementValues.push_back(L);
7516       }
7517     } else if (auto *PrivArrayType = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PrivType)) {
7518       Type *PointeeTy = PrivArrayType->getElementType();
7519       uint64_t PointeeTySize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(PointeeTy);
7520       for (unsigned u = 0, e = PrivArrayType->getNumElements(); u < e; u++) {
7521         Value *Ptr = constructPointer(Base, u * PointeeTySize, IRB);
7522         LoadInst *L = new LoadInst(PointeeTy, Ptr, "", IP->getIterator());
7523         L->setAlignment(Alignment);
7524         ReplacementValues.push_back(L);
7525       }
7526     } else {
7527       LoadInst *L = new LoadInst(PrivType, Base, "", IP->getIterator());
7528       L->setAlignment(Alignment);
7529       ReplacementValues.push_back(L);
7530     }
7531   }
7532 
7533   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...)
7534   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
7535     if (!PrivatizableType)
7536       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
7537     assert(*PrivatizableType && "Expected privatizable type!");
7538 
7539     // Collect all tail calls in the function as we cannot allow new allocas to
7540     // escape into tail recursion.
7541     // TODO: Be smarter about new allocas escaping into tail calls.
7542     SmallVector<CallInst *, 16> TailCalls;
7543     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
7544     if (!A.checkForAllInstructions(
7545             [&](Instruction &I) {
7546               CallInst &CI = cast<CallInst>(I);
7547               if (CI.isTailCall())
7548                 TailCalls.push_back(&CI);
7549               return true;
7550             },
7551             *this, {Instruction::Call}, UsedAssumedInformation))
7552       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
7553 
7554     Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument();
7555     // Query AAAlign attribute for alignment of associated argument to
7556     // determine the best alignment of loads.
7557     const auto *AlignAA =
7558         A.getAAFor<AAAlign>(*this, IRPosition::value(*Arg), DepClassTy::NONE);
7559 
7560     // Callback to repair the associated function. A new alloca is placed at the
7561     // beginning and initialized with the values passed through arguments. The
7562     // new alloca replaces the use of the old pointer argument.
7563     Attributor::ArgumentReplacementInfo::CalleeRepairCBTy FnRepairCB =
7564         [=](const Attributor::ArgumentReplacementInfo &ARI,
7565             Function &ReplacementFn, Function::arg_iterator ArgIt) {
7566           BasicBlock &EntryBB = ReplacementFn.getEntryBlock();
7567           BasicBlock::iterator IP = EntryBB.getFirstInsertionPt();
7568           const DataLayout &DL = IP->getDataLayout();
7569           unsigned AS = DL.getAllocaAddrSpace();
7570           Instruction *AI = new AllocaInst(*PrivatizableType, AS,
7571                                            Arg->getName() + ".priv", IP);
7572           createInitialization(*PrivatizableType, *AI, ReplacementFn,
7573                                ArgIt->getArgNo(), IP);
7574 
7575           if (AI->getType() != Arg->getType())
7576             AI = BitCastInst::CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast(
7577                 AI, Arg->getType(), "", IP);
7578           Arg->replaceAllUsesWith(AI);
7579 
7580           for (CallInst *CI : TailCalls)
7581             CI->setTailCall(false);
7582         };
7583 
7584     // Callback to repair a call site of the associated function. The elements
7585     // of the privatizable type are loaded prior to the call and passed to the
7586     // new function version.
7587     Attributor::ArgumentReplacementInfo::ACSRepairCBTy ACSRepairCB =
7588         [=](const Attributor::ArgumentReplacementInfo &ARI,
7589             AbstractCallSite ACS, SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &NewArgOperands) {
7590           // When no alignment is specified for the load instruction,
7591           // natural alignment is assumed.
7592           createReplacementValues(
7593               AlignAA ? AlignAA->getAssumedAlign() : Align(0),
7594               *PrivatizableType, ACS,
7595               ACS.getCallArgOperand(ARI.getReplacedArg().getArgNo()),
7596               NewArgOperands);
7597         };
7598 
7599     // Collect the types that will replace the privatizable type in the function
7600     // signature.
7601     SmallVector<Type *, 16> ReplacementTypes;
7602     identifyReplacementTypes(*PrivatizableType, ReplacementTypes);
7603 
7604     // Register a rewrite of the argument.
7605     if (A.registerFunctionSignatureRewrite(*Arg, ReplacementTypes,
7606                                            std::move(FnRepairCB),
7607                                            std::move(ACSRepairCB)))
7608       return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
7609     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
7610   }
7611 
7612   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
7613   void trackStatistics() const override {
7614     STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(privatizable_ptr);
7615   }
7616 };
7617 
7618 struct AAPrivatizablePtrFloating : public AAPrivatizablePtrImpl {
7619   AAPrivatizablePtrFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
7620       : AAPrivatizablePtrImpl(IRP, A) {}
7621 
7622   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
7623   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
7624     // TODO: We can privatize more than arguments.
7625     indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
7626   }
7627 
7628   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
7629     llvm_unreachable("AAPrivatizablePtr(Floating|Returned|CallSiteReturned)::"
7630                      "updateImpl will not be called");
7631   }
7632 
7633   /// See AAPrivatizablePtrImpl::identifyPrivatizableType(...)
7634   std::optional<Type *> identifyPrivatizableType(Attributor &A) override {
7635     Value *Obj = getUnderlyingObject(&getAssociatedValue());
7636     if (!Obj) {
7637       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] No underlying object found!\n");
7638       return nullptr;
7639     }
7640 
7641     if (auto *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Obj))
7642       if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AI->getArraySize()))
7643         if (CI->isOne())
7644           return AI->getAllocatedType();
7645     if (auto *Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(Obj)) {
7646       auto *PrivArgAA = A.getAAFor<AAPrivatizablePtr>(
7647           *this, IRPosition::argument(*Arg), DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
7648       if (PrivArgAA && PrivArgAA->isAssumedPrivatizablePtr())
7649         return PrivArgAA->getPrivatizableType();
7650     }
7651 
7652     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Underlying object neither valid "
7653                          "alloca nor privatizable argument: "
7654                       << *Obj << "!\n");
7655     return nullptr;
7656   }
7657 
7658   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
7659   void trackStatistics() const override {
7660     STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(privatizable_ptr);
7661   }
7662 };
7663 
7664 struct AAPrivatizablePtrCallSiteArgument final
7665     : public AAPrivatizablePtrFloating {
7666   AAPrivatizablePtrCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
7667       : AAPrivatizablePtrFloating(IRP, A) {}
7668 
7669   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
7670   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
7671     if (A.hasAttr(getIRPosition(), Attribute::ByVal))
7672       indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
7673   }
7674 
7675   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
7676   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
7677     PrivatizableType = identifyPrivatizableType(A);
7678     if (!PrivatizableType)
7679       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
7680     if (!*PrivatizableType)
7681       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
7682 
7683     const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition();
7684     bool IsKnownNoCapture;
7685     bool IsAssumedNoCapture = AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoCapture>(
7686         A, this, IRP, DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnownNoCapture);
7687     if (!IsAssumedNoCapture) {
7688       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] pointer might be captured!\n");
7689       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
7690     }
7691 
7692     bool IsKnownNoAlias;
7693     if (!AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoAlias>(
7694             A, this, IRP, DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnownNoAlias)) {
7695       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] pointer might alias!\n");
7696       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
7697     }
7698 
7699     bool IsKnown;
7700     if (!AA::isAssumedReadOnly(A, IRP, *this, IsKnown)) {
7701       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] pointer is written!\n");
7702       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
7703     }
7704 
7705     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
7706   }
7707 
7708   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
7709   void trackStatistics() const override {
7710     STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(privatizable_ptr);
7711   }
7712 };
7713 
7714 struct AAPrivatizablePtrCallSiteReturned final
7715     : public AAPrivatizablePtrFloating {
7716   AAPrivatizablePtrCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
7717       : AAPrivatizablePtrFloating(IRP, A) {}
7718 
7719   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
7720   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
7721     // TODO: We can privatize more than arguments.
7722     indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
7723   }
7724 
7725   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
7726   void trackStatistics() const override {
7727     STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(privatizable_ptr);
7728   }
7729 };
7730 
7731 struct AAPrivatizablePtrReturned final : public AAPrivatizablePtrFloating {
7732   AAPrivatizablePtrReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
7733       : AAPrivatizablePtrFloating(IRP, A) {}
7734 
7735   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
7736   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
7737     // TODO: We can privatize more than arguments.
7738     indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
7739   }
7740 
7741   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
7742   void trackStatistics() const override {
7743     STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(privatizable_ptr);
7744   }
7745 };
7746 } // namespace
7747 
7748 /// -------------------- Memory Behavior Attributes ----------------------------
7749 /// Includes read-none, read-only, and write-only.
7750 /// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7751 namespace {
7752 struct AAMemoryBehaviorImpl : public AAMemoryBehavior {
7753   AAMemoryBehaviorImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
7754       : AAMemoryBehavior(IRP, A) {}
7755 
7756   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
7757   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
7758     intersectAssumedBits(BEST_STATE);
7759     getKnownStateFromValue(A, getIRPosition(), getState());
7760     AAMemoryBehavior::initialize(A);
7761   }
7762 
7763   /// Return the memory behavior information encoded in the IR for \p IRP.
7764   static void getKnownStateFromValue(Attributor &A, const IRPosition &IRP,
7765                                      BitIntegerState &State,
7766                                      bool IgnoreSubsumingPositions = false) {
7767     SmallVector<Attribute, 2> Attrs;
7768     A.getAttrs(IRP, AttrKinds, Attrs, IgnoreSubsumingPositions);
7769     for (const Attribute &Attr : Attrs) {
7770       switch (Attr.getKindAsEnum()) {
7771       case Attribute::ReadNone:
7772         State.addKnownBits(NO_ACCESSES);
7773         break;
7774       case Attribute::ReadOnly:
7775         State.addKnownBits(NO_WRITES);
7776         break;
7777       case Attribute::WriteOnly:
7778         State.addKnownBits(NO_READS);
7779         break;
7780       default:
7781         llvm_unreachable("Unexpected attribute!");
7782       }
7783     }
7784 
7785     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&IRP.getAnchorValue())) {
7786       if (!I->mayReadFromMemory())
7787         State.addKnownBits(NO_READS);
7788       if (!I->mayWriteToMemory())
7789         State.addKnownBits(NO_WRITES);
7790     }
7791   }
7792 
7793   /// See AbstractAttribute::getDeducedAttributes(...).
7794   void getDeducedAttributes(Attributor &A, LLVMContext &Ctx,
7795                             SmallVectorImpl<Attribute> &Attrs) const override {
7796     assert(Attrs.size() == 0);
7797     if (isAssumedReadNone())
7798       Attrs.push_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::ReadNone));
7799     else if (isAssumedReadOnly())
7800       Attrs.push_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::ReadOnly));
7801     else if (isAssumedWriteOnly())
7802       Attrs.push_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::WriteOnly));
7803     assert(Attrs.size() <= 1);
7804   }
7805 
7806   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
7807   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
7808     const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition();
7809 
7810     if (A.hasAttr(IRP, Attribute::ReadNone,
7811                   /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true))
7812       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
7813 
7814     // Check if we would improve the existing attributes first.
7815     SmallVector<Attribute, 4> DeducedAttrs;
7816     getDeducedAttributes(A, IRP.getAnchorValue().getContext(), DeducedAttrs);
7817     if (llvm::all_of(DeducedAttrs, [&](const Attribute &Attr) {
7818           return A.hasAttr(IRP, Attr.getKindAsEnum(),
7819                            /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true);
7820         }))
7821       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
7822 
7823     // Clear existing attributes.
7824     A.removeAttrs(IRP, AttrKinds);
7825     // Clear conflicting writable attribute.
7826     if (isAssumedReadOnly())
7827       A.removeAttrs(IRP, Attribute::Writable);
7828 
7829     // Use the generic manifest method.
7830     return IRAttribute::manifest(A);
7831   }
7832 
7833   /// See AbstractState::getAsStr().
7834   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
7835     if (isAssumedReadNone())
7836       return "readnone";
7837     if (isAssumedReadOnly())
7838       return "readonly";
7839     if (isAssumedWriteOnly())
7840       return "writeonly";
7841     return "may-read/write";
7842   }
7843 
7844   /// The set of IR attributes AAMemoryBehavior deals with.
7845   static const Attribute::AttrKind AttrKinds[3];
7846 };
7847 
7848 const Attribute::AttrKind AAMemoryBehaviorImpl::AttrKinds[] = {
7849     Attribute::ReadNone, Attribute::ReadOnly, Attribute::WriteOnly};
7850 
7851 /// Memory behavior attribute for a floating value.
7852 struct AAMemoryBehaviorFloating : AAMemoryBehaviorImpl {
7853   AAMemoryBehaviorFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
7854       : AAMemoryBehaviorImpl(IRP, A) {}
7855 
7856   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
7857   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override;
7858 
7859   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
7860   void trackStatistics() const override {
7861     if (isAssumedReadNone())
7862       STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(readnone)
7863     else if (isAssumedReadOnly())
7864       STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(readonly)
7865     else if (isAssumedWriteOnly())
7866       STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(writeonly)
7867   }
7868 
7869 private:
7870   /// Return true if users of \p UserI might access the underlying
7871   /// variable/location described by \p U and should therefore be analyzed.
7872   bool followUsersOfUseIn(Attributor &A, const Use &U,
7873                           const Instruction *UserI);
7874 
7875   /// Update the state according to the effect of use \p U in \p UserI.
7876   void analyzeUseIn(Attributor &A, const Use &U, const Instruction *UserI);
7877 };
7878 
7879 /// Memory behavior attribute for function argument.
7880 struct AAMemoryBehaviorArgument : AAMemoryBehaviorFloating {
7881   AAMemoryBehaviorArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
7882       : AAMemoryBehaviorFloating(IRP, A) {}
7883 
7884   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
7885   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
7886     intersectAssumedBits(BEST_STATE);
7887     const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition();
7888     // TODO: Make IgnoreSubsumingPositions a property of an IRAttribute so we
7889     // can query it when we use has/getAttr. That would allow us to reuse the
7890     // initialize of the base class here.
7891     bool HasByVal = A.hasAttr(IRP, {Attribute::ByVal},
7892                               /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true);
7893     getKnownStateFromValue(A, IRP, getState(),
7894                            /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ HasByVal);
7895   }
7896 
7897   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
7898     // TODO: Pointer arguments are not supported on vectors of pointers yet.
7899     if (!getAssociatedValue().getType()->isPointerTy())
7900       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
7901 
7902     // TODO: From readattrs.ll: "inalloca parameters are always
7903     //                           considered written"
7904     if (A.hasAttr(getIRPosition(),
7905                   {Attribute::InAlloca, Attribute::Preallocated})) {
7906       removeKnownBits(NO_WRITES);
7907       removeAssumedBits(NO_WRITES);
7908     }
7909     A.removeAttrs(getIRPosition(), AttrKinds);
7910     return AAMemoryBehaviorFloating::manifest(A);
7911   }
7912 
7913   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
7914   void trackStatistics() const override {
7915     if (isAssumedReadNone())
7916       STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(readnone)
7917     else if (isAssumedReadOnly())
7918       STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(readonly)
7919     else if (isAssumedWriteOnly())
7920       STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(writeonly)
7921   }
7922 };
7923 
7924 struct AAMemoryBehaviorCallSiteArgument final : AAMemoryBehaviorArgument {
7925   AAMemoryBehaviorCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
7926       : AAMemoryBehaviorArgument(IRP, A) {}
7927 
7928   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
7929   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
7930     // If we don't have an associated attribute this is either a variadic call
7931     // or an indirect call, either way, nothing to do here.
7932     Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument();
7933     if (!Arg) {
7934       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
7935       return;
7936     }
7937     if (Arg->hasByValAttr()) {
7938       addKnownBits(NO_WRITES);
7939       removeKnownBits(NO_READS);
7940       removeAssumedBits(NO_READS);
7941     }
7942     AAMemoryBehaviorArgument::initialize(A);
7943     if (getAssociatedFunction()->isDeclaration())
7944       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
7945   }
7946 
7947   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
7948   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
7949     // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide
7950     //       call site specific liveness liveness information and then it makes
7951     //       sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of
7952     //       redirecting requests to the callee argument.
7953     Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument();
7954     const IRPosition &ArgPos = IRPosition::argument(*Arg);
7955     auto *ArgAA =
7956         A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, ArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
7957     if (!ArgAA)
7958       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
7959     return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), ArgAA->getState());
7960   }
7961 
7962   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
7963   void trackStatistics() const override {
7964     if (isAssumedReadNone())
7965       STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(readnone)
7966     else if (isAssumedReadOnly())
7967       STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(readonly)
7968     else if (isAssumedWriteOnly())
7969       STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(writeonly)
7970   }
7971 };
7972 
7973 /// Memory behavior attribute for a call site return position.
7974 struct AAMemoryBehaviorCallSiteReturned final : AAMemoryBehaviorFloating {
7975   AAMemoryBehaviorCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
7976       : AAMemoryBehaviorFloating(IRP, A) {}
7977 
7978   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
7979   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
7980     AAMemoryBehaviorImpl::initialize(A);
7981   }
7982   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
7983   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
7984     // We do not annotate returned values.
7985     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
7986   }
7987 
7988   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
7989   void trackStatistics() const override {}
7990 };
7991 
7992 /// An AA to represent the memory behavior function attributes.
7993 struct AAMemoryBehaviorFunction final : public AAMemoryBehaviorImpl {
7994   AAMemoryBehaviorFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
7995       : AAMemoryBehaviorImpl(IRP, A) {}
7996 
7997   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(Attributor &A).
7998   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override;
7999 
8000   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
8001   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
8002     // TODO: It would be better to merge this with AAMemoryLocation, so that
8003     // we could determine read/write per location. This would also have the
8004     // benefit of only one place trying to manifest the memory attribute.
8005     Function &F = cast<Function>(getAnchorValue());
8006     MemoryEffects ME = MemoryEffects::unknown();
8007     if (isAssumedReadNone())
8008       ME = MemoryEffects::none();
8009     else if (isAssumedReadOnly())
8010       ME = MemoryEffects::readOnly();
8011     else if (isAssumedWriteOnly())
8012       ME = MemoryEffects::writeOnly();
8013 
8014     A.removeAttrs(getIRPosition(), AttrKinds);
8015     // Clear conflicting writable attribute.
8016     if (ME.onlyReadsMemory())
8017       for (Argument &Arg : F.args())
8018         A.removeAttrs(IRPosition::argument(Arg), Attribute::Writable);
8019     return A.manifestAttrs(getIRPosition(),
8020                            Attribute::getWithMemoryEffects(F.getContext(), ME));
8021   }
8022 
8023   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
8024   void trackStatistics() const override {
8025     if (isAssumedReadNone())
8026       STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(readnone)
8027     else if (isAssumedReadOnly())
8028       STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(readonly)
8029     else if (isAssumedWriteOnly())
8030       STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(writeonly)
8031   }
8032 };
8033 
8034 /// AAMemoryBehavior attribute for call sites.
8035 struct AAMemoryBehaviorCallSite final
8036     : AACalleeToCallSite<AAMemoryBehavior, AAMemoryBehaviorImpl> {
8037   AAMemoryBehaviorCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
8038       : AACalleeToCallSite<AAMemoryBehavior, AAMemoryBehaviorImpl>(IRP, A) {}
8039 
8040   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
8041   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
8042     // TODO: Deduplicate this with AAMemoryBehaviorFunction.
8043     CallBase &CB = cast<CallBase>(getAnchorValue());
8044     MemoryEffects ME = MemoryEffects::unknown();
8045     if (isAssumedReadNone())
8046       ME = MemoryEffects::none();
8047     else if (isAssumedReadOnly())
8048       ME = MemoryEffects::readOnly();
8049     else if (isAssumedWriteOnly())
8050       ME = MemoryEffects::writeOnly();
8051 
8052     A.removeAttrs(getIRPosition(), AttrKinds);
8053     // Clear conflicting writable attribute.
8054     if (ME.onlyReadsMemory())
8055       for (Use &U : CB.args())
8056         A.removeAttrs(IRPosition::callsite_argument(CB, U.getOperandNo()),
8057                       Attribute::Writable);
8058     return A.manifestAttrs(
8059         getIRPosition(), Attribute::getWithMemoryEffects(CB.getContext(), ME));
8060   }
8061 
8062   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
8063   void trackStatistics() const override {
8064     if (isAssumedReadNone())
8065       STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(readnone)
8066     else if (isAssumedReadOnly())
8067       STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(readonly)
8068     else if (isAssumedWriteOnly())
8069       STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(writeonly)
8070   }
8071 };
8072 
8073 ChangeStatus AAMemoryBehaviorFunction::updateImpl(Attributor &A) {
8074 
8075   // The current assumed state used to determine a change.
8076   auto AssumedState = getAssumed();
8077 
8078   auto CheckRWInst = [&](Instruction &I) {
8079     // If the instruction has an own memory behavior state, use it to restrict
8080     // the local state. No further analysis is required as the other memory
8081     // state is as optimistic as it gets.
8082     if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&I)) {
8083       const auto *MemBehaviorAA = A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(
8084           *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB), DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
8085       if (MemBehaviorAA) {
8086         intersectAssumedBits(MemBehaviorAA->getAssumed());
8087         return !isAtFixpoint();
8088       }
8089     }
8090 
8091     // Remove access kind modifiers if necessary.
8092     if (I.mayReadFromMemory())
8093       removeAssumedBits(NO_READS);
8094     if (I.mayWriteToMemory())
8095       removeAssumedBits(NO_WRITES);
8096     return !isAtFixpoint();
8097   };
8098 
8099   bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
8100   if (!A.checkForAllReadWriteInstructions(CheckRWInst, *this,
8101                                           UsedAssumedInformation))
8102     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
8103 
8104   return (AssumedState != getAssumed()) ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED
8105                                         : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
8106 }
8107 
8108 ChangeStatus AAMemoryBehaviorFloating::updateImpl(Attributor &A) {
8109 
8110   const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition();
8111   const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function_scope(IRP);
8112   AAMemoryBehavior::StateType &S = getState();
8113 
8114   // First, check the function scope. We take the known information and we avoid
8115   // work if the assumed information implies the current assumed information for
8116   // this attribute. This is a valid for all but byval arguments.
8117   Argument *Arg = IRP.getAssociatedArgument();
8118   AAMemoryBehavior::base_t FnMemAssumedState =
8119       AAMemoryBehavior::StateType::getWorstState();
8120   if (!Arg || !Arg->hasByValAttr()) {
8121     const auto *FnMemAA =
8122         A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
8123     if (FnMemAA) {
8124       FnMemAssumedState = FnMemAA->getAssumed();
8125       S.addKnownBits(FnMemAA->getKnown());
8126       if ((S.getAssumed() & FnMemAA->getAssumed()) == S.getAssumed())
8127         return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
8128     }
8129   }
8130 
8131   // The current assumed state used to determine a change.
8132   auto AssumedState = S.getAssumed();
8133 
8134   // Make sure the value is not captured (except through "return"), if
8135   // it is, any information derived would be irrelevant anyway as we cannot
8136   // check the potential aliases introduced by the capture. However, no need
8137   // to fall back to anythign less optimistic than the function state.
8138   bool IsKnownNoCapture;
8139   const AANoCapture *ArgNoCaptureAA = nullptr;
8140   bool IsAssumedNoCapture = AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoCapture>(
8141       A, this, IRP, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnownNoCapture, false,
8142       &ArgNoCaptureAA);
8143 
8144   if (!IsAssumedNoCapture &&
8145       (!ArgNoCaptureAA || !ArgNoCaptureAA->isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned())) {
8146     S.intersectAssumedBits(FnMemAssumedState);
8147     return (AssumedState != getAssumed()) ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED
8148                                           : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
8149   }
8150 
8151   // Visit and expand uses until all are analyzed or a fixpoint is reached.
8152   auto UsePred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) -> bool {
8153     Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
8154     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryBehavior] Use: " << *U << " in " << *UserI
8155                       << " \n");
8156 
8157     // Droppable users, e.g., llvm::assume does not actually perform any action.
8158     if (UserI->isDroppable())
8159       return true;
8160 
8161     // Check if the users of UserI should also be visited.
8162     Follow = followUsersOfUseIn(A, U, UserI);
8163 
8164     // If UserI might touch memory we analyze the use in detail.
8165     if (UserI->mayReadOrWriteMemory())
8166       analyzeUseIn(A, U, UserI);
8167 
8168     return !isAtFixpoint();
8169   };
8170 
8171   if (!A.checkForAllUses(UsePred, *this, getAssociatedValue()))
8172     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
8173 
8174   return (AssumedState != getAssumed()) ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED
8175                                         : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
8176 }
8177 
8178 bool AAMemoryBehaviorFloating::followUsersOfUseIn(Attributor &A, const Use &U,
8179                                                   const Instruction *UserI) {
8180   // The loaded value is unrelated to the pointer argument, no need to
8181   // follow the users of the load.
8182   if (isa<LoadInst>(UserI) || isa<ReturnInst>(UserI))
8183     return false;
8184 
8185   // By default we follow all uses assuming UserI might leak information on U,
8186   // we have special handling for call sites operands though.
8187   const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(UserI);
8188   if (!CB || !CB->isArgOperand(&U))
8189     return true;
8190 
8191   // If the use is a call argument known not to be captured, the users of
8192   // the call do not need to be visited because they have to be unrelated to
8193   // the input. Note that this check is not trivial even though we disallow
8194   // general capturing of the underlying argument. The reason is that the
8195   // call might the argument "through return", which we allow and for which we
8196   // need to check call users.
8197   if (U.get()->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
8198     unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(&U);
8199     bool IsKnownNoCapture;
8200     return !AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoCapture>(
8201         A, this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo),
8202         DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnownNoCapture);
8203   }
8204 
8205   return true;
8206 }
8207 
8208 void AAMemoryBehaviorFloating::analyzeUseIn(Attributor &A, const Use &U,
8209                                             const Instruction *UserI) {
8210   assert(UserI->mayReadOrWriteMemory());
8211 
8212   switch (UserI->getOpcode()) {
8213   default:
8214     // TODO: Handle all atomics and other side-effect operations we know of.
8215     break;
8216   case Instruction::Load:
8217     // Loads cause the NO_READS property to disappear.
8218     removeAssumedBits(NO_READS);
8219     return;
8220 
8221   case Instruction::Store:
8222     // Stores cause the NO_WRITES property to disappear if the use is the
8223     // pointer operand. Note that while capturing was taken care of somewhere
8224     // else we need to deal with stores of the value that is not looked through.
8225     if (cast<StoreInst>(UserI)->getPointerOperand() == U.get())
8226       removeAssumedBits(NO_WRITES);
8227     else
8228       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
8229     return;
8230 
8231   case Instruction::Call:
8232   case Instruction::CallBr:
8233   case Instruction::Invoke: {
8234     // For call sites we look at the argument memory behavior attribute (this
8235     // could be recursive!) in order to restrict our own state.
8236     const auto *CB = cast<CallBase>(UserI);
8237 
8238     // Give up on operand bundles.
8239     if (CB->isBundleOperand(&U)) {
8240       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
8241       return;
8242     }
8243 
8244     // Calling a function does read the function pointer, maybe write it if the
8245     // function is self-modifying.
8246     if (CB->isCallee(&U)) {
8247       removeAssumedBits(NO_READS);
8248       break;
8249     }
8250 
8251     // Adjust the possible access behavior based on the information on the
8252     // argument.
8253     IRPosition Pos;
8254     if (U.get()->getType()->isPointerTy())
8255       Pos = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, CB->getArgOperandNo(&U));
8256     else
8257       Pos = IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB);
8258     const auto *MemBehaviorAA =
8259         A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, Pos, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
8260     if (!MemBehaviorAA)
8261       break;
8262     // "assumed" has at most the same bits as the MemBehaviorAA assumed
8263     // and at least "known".
8264     intersectAssumedBits(MemBehaviorAA->getAssumed());
8265     return;
8266   }
8267   };
8268 
8269   // Generally, look at the "may-properties" and adjust the assumed state if we
8270   // did not trigger special handling before.
8271   if (UserI->mayReadFromMemory())
8272     removeAssumedBits(NO_READS);
8273   if (UserI->mayWriteToMemory())
8274     removeAssumedBits(NO_WRITES);
8275 }
8276 } // namespace
8277 
8278 /// -------------------- Memory Locations Attributes ---------------------------
8279 /// Includes read-none, argmemonly, inaccessiblememonly,
8280 /// inaccessiblememorargmemonly
8281 /// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8282 
8283 std::string AAMemoryLocation::getMemoryLocationsAsStr(
8284     AAMemoryLocation::MemoryLocationsKind MLK) {
8285   if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_LOCATIONS))
8286     return "all memory";
8287   if (MLK == AAMemoryLocation::NO_LOCATIONS)
8288     return "no memory";
8289   std::string S = "memory:";
8290   if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_LOCAL_MEM))
8291     S += "stack,";
8292   if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_CONST_MEM))
8293     S += "constant,";
8294   if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_GLOBAL_INTERNAL_MEM))
8295     S += "internal global,";
8296   if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_GLOBAL_EXTERNAL_MEM))
8297     S += "external global,";
8298   if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_ARGUMENT_MEM))
8299     S += "argument,";
8300   if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_INACCESSIBLE_MEM))
8301     S += "inaccessible,";
8302   if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_MALLOCED_MEM))
8303     S += "malloced,";
8304   if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_UNKOWN_MEM))
8305     S += "unknown,";
8306   S.pop_back();
8307   return S;
8308 }
8309 
8310 namespace {
8311 struct AAMemoryLocationImpl : public AAMemoryLocation {
8312 
8313   AAMemoryLocationImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
8314       : AAMemoryLocation(IRP, A), Allocator(A.Allocator) {
8315     AccessKind2Accesses.fill(nullptr);
8316   }
8317 
8318   ~AAMemoryLocationImpl() {
8319     // The AccessSets are allocated via a BumpPtrAllocator, we call
8320     // the destructor manually.
8321     for (AccessSet *AS : AccessKind2Accesses)
8322       if (AS)
8323         AS->~AccessSet();
8324   }
8325 
8326   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
8327   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
8328     intersectAssumedBits(BEST_STATE);
8329     getKnownStateFromValue(A, getIRPosition(), getState());
8330     AAMemoryLocation::initialize(A);
8331   }
8332 
8333   /// Return the memory behavior information encoded in the IR for \p IRP.
8334   static void getKnownStateFromValue(Attributor &A, const IRPosition &IRP,
8335                                      BitIntegerState &State,
8336                                      bool IgnoreSubsumingPositions = false) {
8337     // For internal functions we ignore `argmemonly` and
8338     // `inaccessiblememorargmemonly` as we might break it via interprocedural
8339     // constant propagation. It is unclear if this is the best way but it is
8340     // unlikely this will cause real performance problems. If we are deriving
8341     // attributes for the anchor function we even remove the attribute in
8342     // addition to ignoring it.
8343     // TODO: A better way to handle this would be to add ~NO_GLOBAL_MEM /
8344     // MemoryEffects::Other as a possible location.
8345     bool UseArgMemOnly = true;
8346     Function *AnchorFn = IRP.getAnchorScope();
8347     if (AnchorFn && A.isRunOn(*AnchorFn))
8348       UseArgMemOnly = !AnchorFn->hasLocalLinkage();
8349 
8350     SmallVector<Attribute, 2> Attrs;
8351     A.getAttrs(IRP, {Attribute::Memory}, Attrs, IgnoreSubsumingPositions);
8352     for (const Attribute &Attr : Attrs) {
8353       // TODO: We can map MemoryEffects to Attributor locations more precisely.
8354       MemoryEffects ME = Attr.getMemoryEffects();
8355       if (ME.doesNotAccessMemory()) {
8356         State.addKnownBits(NO_LOCAL_MEM | NO_CONST_MEM);
8357         continue;
8358       }
8359       if (ME.onlyAccessesInaccessibleMem()) {
8360         State.addKnownBits(inverseLocation(NO_INACCESSIBLE_MEM, true, true));
8361         continue;
8362       }
8363       if (ME.onlyAccessesArgPointees()) {
8364         if (UseArgMemOnly)
8365           State.addKnownBits(inverseLocation(NO_ARGUMENT_MEM, true, true));
8366         else {
8367           // Remove location information, only keep read/write info.
8368           ME = MemoryEffects(ME.getModRef());
8369           A.manifestAttrs(IRP,
8370                           Attribute::getWithMemoryEffects(
8371                               IRP.getAnchorValue().getContext(), ME),
8372                           /*ForceReplace*/ true);
8373         }
8374         continue;
8375       }
8376       if (ME.onlyAccessesInaccessibleOrArgMem()) {
8377         if (UseArgMemOnly)
8378           State.addKnownBits(inverseLocation(
8379               NO_INACCESSIBLE_MEM | NO_ARGUMENT_MEM, true, true));
8380         else {
8381           // Remove location information, only keep read/write info.
8382           ME = MemoryEffects(ME.getModRef());
8383           A.manifestAttrs(IRP,
8384                           Attribute::getWithMemoryEffects(
8385                               IRP.getAnchorValue().getContext(), ME),
8386                           /*ForceReplace*/ true);
8387         }
8388         continue;
8389       }
8390     }
8391   }
8392 
8393   /// See AbstractAttribute::getDeducedAttributes(...).
8394   void getDeducedAttributes(Attributor &A, LLVMContext &Ctx,
8395                             SmallVectorImpl<Attribute> &Attrs) const override {
8396     // TODO: We can map Attributor locations to MemoryEffects more precisely.
8397     assert(Attrs.size() == 0);
8398     if (getIRPosition().getPositionKind() == IRPosition::IRP_FUNCTION) {
8399       if (isAssumedReadNone())
8400         Attrs.push_back(
8401             Attribute::getWithMemoryEffects(Ctx, MemoryEffects::none()));
8402       else if (isAssumedInaccessibleMemOnly())
8403         Attrs.push_back(Attribute::getWithMemoryEffects(
8404             Ctx, MemoryEffects::inaccessibleMemOnly()));
8405       else if (isAssumedArgMemOnly())
8406         Attrs.push_back(
8407             Attribute::getWithMemoryEffects(Ctx, MemoryEffects::argMemOnly()));
8408       else if (isAssumedInaccessibleOrArgMemOnly())
8409         Attrs.push_back(Attribute::getWithMemoryEffects(
8410             Ctx, MemoryEffects::inaccessibleOrArgMemOnly()));
8411     }
8412     assert(Attrs.size() <= 1);
8413   }
8414 
8415   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
8416   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
8417     // TODO: If AAMemoryLocation and AAMemoryBehavior are merged, we could
8418     // provide per-location modref information here.
8419     const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition();
8420 
8421     SmallVector<Attribute, 1> DeducedAttrs;
8422     getDeducedAttributes(A, IRP.getAnchorValue().getContext(), DeducedAttrs);
8423     if (DeducedAttrs.size() != 1)
8424       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
8425     MemoryEffects ME = DeducedAttrs[0].getMemoryEffects();
8426 
8427     return A.manifestAttrs(IRP, Attribute::getWithMemoryEffects(
8428                                     IRP.getAnchorValue().getContext(), ME));
8429   }
8430 
8431   /// See AAMemoryLocation::checkForAllAccessesToMemoryKind(...).
8432   bool checkForAllAccessesToMemoryKind(
8433       function_ref<bool(const Instruction *, const Value *, AccessKind,
8434                         MemoryLocationsKind)>
8435           Pred,
8436       MemoryLocationsKind RequestedMLK) const override {
8437     if (!isValidState())
8438       return false;
8439 
8440     MemoryLocationsKind AssumedMLK = getAssumedNotAccessedLocation();
8441     if (AssumedMLK == NO_LOCATIONS)
8442       return true;
8443 
8444     unsigned Idx = 0;
8445     for (MemoryLocationsKind CurMLK = 1; CurMLK < NO_LOCATIONS;
8446          CurMLK *= 2, ++Idx) {
8447       if (CurMLK & RequestedMLK)
8448         continue;
8449 
8450       if (const AccessSet *Accesses = AccessKind2Accesses[Idx])
8451         for (const AccessInfo &AI : *Accesses)
8452           if (!Pred(AI.I, AI.Ptr, AI.Kind, CurMLK))
8453             return false;
8454     }
8455 
8456     return true;
8457   }
8458 
8459   ChangeStatus indicatePessimisticFixpoint() override {
8460     // If we give up and indicate a pessimistic fixpoint this instruction will
8461     // become an access for all potential access kinds:
8462     // TODO: Add pointers for argmemonly and globals to improve the results of
8463     //       checkForAllAccessesToMemoryKind.
8464     bool Changed = false;
8465     MemoryLocationsKind KnownMLK = getKnown();
8466     Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&getAssociatedValue());
8467     for (MemoryLocationsKind CurMLK = 1; CurMLK < NO_LOCATIONS; CurMLK *= 2)
8468       if (!(CurMLK & KnownMLK))
8469         updateStateAndAccessesMap(getState(), CurMLK, I, nullptr, Changed,
8470                                   getAccessKindFromInst(I));
8471     return AAMemoryLocation::indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
8472   }
8473 
8474 protected:
8475   /// Helper struct to tie together an instruction that has a read or write
8476   /// effect with the pointer it accesses (if any).
8477   struct AccessInfo {
8478 
8479     /// The instruction that caused the access.
8480     const Instruction *I;
8481 
8482     /// The base pointer that is accessed, or null if unknown.
8483     const Value *Ptr;
8484 
8485     /// The kind of access (read/write/read+write).
8486     AccessKind Kind;
8487 
8488     bool operator==(const AccessInfo &RHS) const {
8489       return I == RHS.I && Ptr == RHS.Ptr && Kind == RHS.Kind;
8490     }
8491     bool operator()(const AccessInfo &LHS, const AccessInfo &RHS) const {
8492       if (LHS.I != RHS.I)
8493         return LHS.I < RHS.I;
8494       if (LHS.Ptr != RHS.Ptr)
8495         return LHS.Ptr < RHS.Ptr;
8496       if (LHS.Kind != RHS.Kind)
8497         return LHS.Kind < RHS.Kind;
8498       return false;
8499     }
8500   };
8501 
8502   /// Mapping from *single* memory location kinds, e.g., LOCAL_MEM with the
8503   /// value of NO_LOCAL_MEM, to the accesses encountered for this memory kind.
8504   using AccessSet = SmallSet<AccessInfo, 2, AccessInfo>;
8505   std::array<AccessSet *, llvm::CTLog2<VALID_STATE>()> AccessKind2Accesses;
8506 
8507   /// Categorize the pointer arguments of CB that might access memory in
8508   /// AccessedLoc and update the state and access map accordingly.
8509   void
8510   categorizeArgumentPointerLocations(Attributor &A, CallBase &CB,
8511                                      AAMemoryLocation::StateType &AccessedLocs,
8512                                      bool &Changed);
8513 
8514   /// Return the kind(s) of location that may be accessed by \p V.
8515   AAMemoryLocation::MemoryLocationsKind
8516   categorizeAccessedLocations(Attributor &A, Instruction &I, bool &Changed);
8517 
8518   /// Return the access kind as determined by \p I.
8519   AccessKind getAccessKindFromInst(const Instruction *I) {
8520     AccessKind AK = READ_WRITE;
8521     if (I) {
8522       AK = I->mayReadFromMemory() ? READ : NONE;
8523       AK = AccessKind(AK | (I->mayWriteToMemory() ? WRITE : NONE));
8524     }
8525     return AK;
8526   }
8527 
8528   /// Update the state \p State and the AccessKind2Accesses given that \p I is
8529   /// an access of kind \p AK to a \p MLK memory location with the access
8530   /// pointer \p Ptr.
8531   void updateStateAndAccessesMap(AAMemoryLocation::StateType &State,
8532                                  MemoryLocationsKind MLK, const Instruction *I,
8533                                  const Value *Ptr, bool &Changed,
8534                                  AccessKind AK = READ_WRITE) {
8535 
8536     assert(isPowerOf2_32(MLK) && "Expected a single location set!");
8537     auto *&Accesses = AccessKind2Accesses[llvm::Log2_32(MLK)];
8538     if (!Accesses)
8539       Accesses = new (Allocator) AccessSet();
8540     Changed |= Accesses->insert(AccessInfo{I, Ptr, AK}).second;
8541     if (MLK == NO_UNKOWN_MEM)
8542       MLK = NO_LOCATIONS;
8543     State.removeAssumedBits(MLK);
8544   }
8545 
8546   /// Determine the underlying locations kinds for \p Ptr, e.g., globals or
8547   /// arguments, and update the state and access map accordingly.
8548   void categorizePtrValue(Attributor &A, const Instruction &I, const Value &Ptr,
8549                           AAMemoryLocation::StateType &State, bool &Changed,
8550                           unsigned AccessAS = 0);
8551 
8552   /// Used to allocate access sets.
8553   BumpPtrAllocator &Allocator;
8554 };
8555 
8556 void AAMemoryLocationImpl::categorizePtrValue(
8557     Attributor &A, const Instruction &I, const Value &Ptr,
8558     AAMemoryLocation::StateType &State, bool &Changed, unsigned AccessAS) {
8559   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Categorize pointer locations for "
8560                     << Ptr << " ["
8561                     << getMemoryLocationsAsStr(State.getAssumed()) << "]\n");
8562 
8563   auto Pred = [&](Value &Obj) {
8564     unsigned ObjectAS = Obj.getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
8565     // TODO: recognize the TBAA used for constant accesses.
8566     MemoryLocationsKind MLK = NO_LOCATIONS;
8567 
8568     // Filter accesses to constant (GPU) memory if we have an AS at the access
8569     // site or the object is known to actually have the associated AS.
8570     if ((AccessAS == (unsigned)AA::GPUAddressSpace::Constant ||
8571          (ObjectAS == (unsigned)AA::GPUAddressSpace::Constant &&
8572           isIdentifiedObject(&Obj))) &&
8573         AA::isGPU(*I.getModule()))
8574       return true;
8575 
8576     if (isa<UndefValue>(&Obj))
8577       return true;
8578     if (isa<Argument>(&Obj)) {
8579       // TODO: For now we do not treat byval arguments as local copies performed
8580       // on the call edge, though, we should. To make that happen we need to
8581       // teach various passes, e.g., DSE, about the copy effect of a byval. That
8582       // would also allow us to mark functions only accessing byval arguments as
8583       // readnone again, arguably their accesses have no effect outside of the
8584       // function, like accesses to allocas.
8585       MLK = NO_ARGUMENT_MEM;
8586     } else if (auto *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(&Obj)) {
8587       // Reading constant memory is not treated as a read "effect" by the
8588       // function attr pass so we won't neither. Constants defined by TBAA are
8589       // similar. (We know we do not write it because it is constant.)
8590       if (auto *GVar = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GV))
8591         if (GVar->isConstant())
8592           return true;
8593 
8594       if (GV->hasLocalLinkage())
8595         MLK = NO_GLOBAL_INTERNAL_MEM;
8596       else
8597         MLK = NO_GLOBAL_EXTERNAL_MEM;
8598     } else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(&Obj) &&
8599                (!NullPointerIsDefined(getAssociatedFunction(), AccessAS) ||
8600                 !NullPointerIsDefined(getAssociatedFunction(), ObjectAS))) {
8601       return true;
8602     } else if (isa<AllocaInst>(&Obj)) {
8603       MLK = NO_LOCAL_MEM;
8604     } else if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&Obj)) {
8605       bool IsKnownNoAlias;
8606       if (AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoAlias>(
8607               A, this, IRPosition::callsite_returned(*CB), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL,
8608               IsKnownNoAlias))
8609         MLK = NO_MALLOCED_MEM;
8610       else
8611         MLK = NO_UNKOWN_MEM;
8612     } else {
8613       MLK = NO_UNKOWN_MEM;
8614     }
8615 
8616     assert(MLK != NO_LOCATIONS && "No location specified!");
8617     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Ptr value can be categorized: "
8618                       << Obj << " -> " << getMemoryLocationsAsStr(MLK) << "\n");
8619     updateStateAndAccessesMap(State, MLK, &I, &Obj, Changed,
8620                               getAccessKindFromInst(&I));
8621 
8622     return true;
8623   };
8624 
8625   const auto *AA = A.getAAFor<AAUnderlyingObjects>(
8626       *this, IRPosition::value(Ptr), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
8627   if (!AA || !AA->forallUnderlyingObjects(Pred, AA::Intraprocedural)) {
8628     LLVM_DEBUG(
8629         dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Pointer locations not categorized\n");
8630     updateStateAndAccessesMap(State, NO_UNKOWN_MEM, &I, nullptr, Changed,
8631                               getAccessKindFromInst(&I));
8632     return;
8633   }
8634 
8635   LLVM_DEBUG(
8636       dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Accessed locations with pointer locations: "
8637              << getMemoryLocationsAsStr(State.getAssumed()) << "\n");
8638 }
8639 
8640 void AAMemoryLocationImpl::categorizeArgumentPointerLocations(
8641     Attributor &A, CallBase &CB, AAMemoryLocation::StateType &AccessedLocs,
8642     bool &Changed) {
8643   for (unsigned ArgNo = 0, E = CB.arg_size(); ArgNo < E; ++ArgNo) {
8644 
8645     // Skip non-pointer arguments.
8646     const Value *ArgOp = CB.getArgOperand(ArgNo);
8647     if (!ArgOp->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy())
8648       continue;
8649 
8650     // Skip readnone arguments.
8651     const IRPosition &ArgOpIRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(CB, ArgNo);
8652     const auto *ArgOpMemLocationAA =
8653         A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, ArgOpIRP, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
8654 
8655     if (ArgOpMemLocationAA && ArgOpMemLocationAA->isAssumedReadNone())
8656       continue;
8657 
8658     // Categorize potentially accessed pointer arguments as if there was an
8659     // access instruction with them as pointer.
8660     categorizePtrValue(A, CB, *ArgOp, AccessedLocs, Changed);
8661   }
8662 }
8663 
8664 AAMemoryLocation::MemoryLocationsKind
8665 AAMemoryLocationImpl::categorizeAccessedLocations(Attributor &A, Instruction &I,
8666                                                   bool &Changed) {
8667   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Categorize accessed locations for "
8668                     << I << "\n");
8669 
8670   AAMemoryLocation::StateType AccessedLocs;
8671   AccessedLocs.intersectAssumedBits(NO_LOCATIONS);
8672 
8673   if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&I)) {
8674 
8675     // First check if we assume any memory is access is visible.
8676     const auto *CBMemLocationAA = A.getAAFor<AAMemoryLocation>(
8677         *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
8678     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Categorize call site: " << I
8679                       << " [" << CBMemLocationAA << "]\n");
8680     if (!CBMemLocationAA) {
8681       updateStateAndAccessesMap(AccessedLocs, NO_UNKOWN_MEM, &I, nullptr,
8682                                 Changed, getAccessKindFromInst(&I));
8683       return NO_UNKOWN_MEM;
8684     }
8685 
8686     if (CBMemLocationAA->isAssumedReadNone())
8687       return NO_LOCATIONS;
8688 
8689     if (CBMemLocationAA->isAssumedInaccessibleMemOnly()) {
8690       updateStateAndAccessesMap(AccessedLocs, NO_INACCESSIBLE_MEM, &I, nullptr,
8691                                 Changed, getAccessKindFromInst(&I));
8692       return AccessedLocs.getAssumed();
8693     }
8694 
8695     uint32_t CBAssumedNotAccessedLocs =
8696         CBMemLocationAA->getAssumedNotAccessedLocation();
8697 
8698     // Set the argmemonly and global bit as we handle them separately below.
8699     uint32_t CBAssumedNotAccessedLocsNoArgMem =
8700         CBAssumedNotAccessedLocs | NO_ARGUMENT_MEM | NO_GLOBAL_MEM;
8701 
8702     for (MemoryLocationsKind CurMLK = 1; CurMLK < NO_LOCATIONS; CurMLK *= 2) {
8703       if (CBAssumedNotAccessedLocsNoArgMem & CurMLK)
8704         continue;
8705       updateStateAndAccessesMap(AccessedLocs, CurMLK, &I, nullptr, Changed,
8706                                 getAccessKindFromInst(&I));
8707     }
8708 
8709     // Now handle global memory if it might be accessed. This is slightly tricky
8710     // as NO_GLOBAL_MEM has multiple bits set.
8711     bool HasGlobalAccesses = ((~CBAssumedNotAccessedLocs) & NO_GLOBAL_MEM);
8712     if (HasGlobalAccesses) {
8713       auto AccessPred = [&](const Instruction *, const Value *Ptr,
8714                             AccessKind Kind, MemoryLocationsKind MLK) {
8715         updateStateAndAccessesMap(AccessedLocs, MLK, &I, Ptr, Changed,
8716                                   getAccessKindFromInst(&I));
8717         return true;
8718       };
8719       if (!CBMemLocationAA->checkForAllAccessesToMemoryKind(
8720               AccessPred, inverseLocation(NO_GLOBAL_MEM, false, false)))
8721         return AccessedLocs.getWorstState();
8722     }
8723 
8724     LLVM_DEBUG(
8725         dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Accessed state before argument handling: "
8726                << getMemoryLocationsAsStr(AccessedLocs.getAssumed()) << "\n");
8727 
8728     // Now handle argument memory if it might be accessed.
8729     bool HasArgAccesses = ((~CBAssumedNotAccessedLocs) & NO_ARGUMENT_MEM);
8730     if (HasArgAccesses)
8731       categorizeArgumentPointerLocations(A, *CB, AccessedLocs, Changed);
8732 
8733     LLVM_DEBUG(
8734         dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Accessed state after argument handling: "
8735                << getMemoryLocationsAsStr(AccessedLocs.getAssumed()) << "\n");
8736 
8737     return AccessedLocs.getAssumed();
8738   }
8739 
8740   if (const Value *Ptr = getPointerOperand(&I, /* AllowVolatile */ true)) {
8741     LLVM_DEBUG(
8742         dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Categorize memory access with pointer: "
8743                << I << " [" << *Ptr << "]\n");
8744     categorizePtrValue(A, I, *Ptr, AccessedLocs, Changed,
8745                        Ptr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace());
8746     return AccessedLocs.getAssumed();
8747   }
8748 
8749   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Failed to categorize instruction: "
8750                     << I << "\n");
8751   updateStateAndAccessesMap(AccessedLocs, NO_UNKOWN_MEM, &I, nullptr, Changed,
8752                             getAccessKindFromInst(&I));
8753   return AccessedLocs.getAssumed();
8754 }
8755 
8756 /// An AA to represent the memory behavior function attributes.
8757 struct AAMemoryLocationFunction final : public AAMemoryLocationImpl {
8758   AAMemoryLocationFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
8759       : AAMemoryLocationImpl(IRP, A) {}
8760 
8761   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(Attributor &A).
8762   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
8763 
8764     const auto *MemBehaviorAA =
8765         A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE);
8766     if (MemBehaviorAA && MemBehaviorAA->isAssumedReadNone()) {
8767       if (MemBehaviorAA->isKnownReadNone())
8768         return indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
8769       assert(isAssumedReadNone() &&
8770              "AAMemoryLocation was not read-none but AAMemoryBehavior was!");
8771       A.recordDependence(*MemBehaviorAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
8772       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
8773     }
8774 
8775     // The current assumed state used to determine a change.
8776     auto AssumedState = getAssumed();
8777     bool Changed = false;
8778 
8779     auto CheckRWInst = [&](Instruction &I) {
8780       MemoryLocationsKind MLK = categorizeAccessedLocations(A, I, Changed);
8781       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Accessed locations for " << I
8782                         << ": " << getMemoryLocationsAsStr(MLK) << "\n");
8783       removeAssumedBits(inverseLocation(MLK, false, false));
8784       // Stop once only the valid bit set in the *not assumed location*, thus
8785       // once we don't actually exclude any memory locations in the state.
8786       return getAssumedNotAccessedLocation() != VALID_STATE;
8787     };
8788 
8789     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
8790     if (!A.checkForAllReadWriteInstructions(CheckRWInst, *this,
8791                                             UsedAssumedInformation))
8792       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
8793 
8794     Changed |= AssumedState != getAssumed();
8795     return Changed ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
8796   }
8797 
8798   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
8799   void trackStatistics() const override {
8800     if (isAssumedReadNone())
8801       STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(readnone)
8802     else if (isAssumedArgMemOnly())
8803       STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(argmemonly)
8804     else if (isAssumedInaccessibleMemOnly())
8805       STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(inaccessiblememonly)
8806     else if (isAssumedInaccessibleOrArgMemOnly())
8807       STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(inaccessiblememorargmemonly)
8808   }
8809 };
8810 
8811 /// AAMemoryLocation attribute for call sites.
8812 struct AAMemoryLocationCallSite final : AAMemoryLocationImpl {
8813   AAMemoryLocationCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
8814       : AAMemoryLocationImpl(IRP, A) {}
8815 
8816   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
8817   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
8818     // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide
8819     //       call site specific liveness liveness information and then it makes
8820     //       sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of
8821     //       redirecting requests to the callee argument.
8822     Function *F = getAssociatedFunction();
8823     const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F);
8824     auto *FnAA =
8825         A.getAAFor<AAMemoryLocation>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
8826     if (!FnAA)
8827       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
8828     bool Changed = false;
8829     auto AccessPred = [&](const Instruction *I, const Value *Ptr,
8830                           AccessKind Kind, MemoryLocationsKind MLK) {
8831       updateStateAndAccessesMap(getState(), MLK, I, Ptr, Changed,
8832                                 getAccessKindFromInst(I));
8833       return true;
8834     };
8835     if (!FnAA->checkForAllAccessesToMemoryKind(AccessPred, ALL_LOCATIONS))
8836       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
8837     return Changed ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
8838   }
8839 
8840   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
8841   void trackStatistics() const override {
8842     if (isAssumedReadNone())
8843       STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(readnone)
8844   }
8845 };
8846 } // namespace
8847 
8848 /// ------------------ denormal-fp-math Attribute -------------------------
8849 
8850 namespace {
8851 struct AADenormalFPMathImpl : public AADenormalFPMath {
8852   AADenormalFPMathImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
8853       : AADenormalFPMath(IRP, A) {}
8854 
8855   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
8856     std::string Str("AADenormalFPMath[");
8857     raw_string_ostream OS(Str);
8858 
8859     DenormalState Known = getKnown();
8860     if (Known.Mode.isValid())
8861       OS << "denormal-fp-math=" << Known.Mode;
8862     else
8863       OS << "invalid";
8864 
8865     if (Known.ModeF32.isValid())
8866       OS << " denormal-fp-math-f32=" << Known.ModeF32;
8867     OS << ']';
8868     return Str;
8869   }
8870 };
8871 
8872 struct AADenormalFPMathFunction final : AADenormalFPMathImpl {
8873   AADenormalFPMathFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
8874       : AADenormalFPMathImpl(IRP, A) {}
8875 
8876   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
8877     const Function *F = getAnchorScope();
8878     DenormalMode Mode = F->getDenormalModeRaw();
8879     DenormalMode ModeF32 = F->getDenormalModeF32Raw();
8880 
8881     // TODO: Handling this here prevents handling the case where a callee has a
8882     // fixed denormal-fp-math with dynamic denormal-fp-math-f32, but called from
8883     // a function with a fully fixed mode.
8884     if (ModeF32 == DenormalMode::getInvalid())
8885       ModeF32 = Mode;
8886     Known = DenormalState{Mode, ModeF32};
8887     if (isModeFixed())
8888       indicateFixpoint();
8889   }
8890 
8891   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
8892     ChangeStatus Change = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
8893 
8894     auto CheckCallSite = [=, &Change, &A](AbstractCallSite CS) {
8895       Function *Caller = CS.getInstruction()->getFunction();
8896       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AADenormalFPMath] Call " << Caller->getName()
8897                         << "->" << getAssociatedFunction()->getName() << '\n');
8898 
8899       const auto *CallerInfo = A.getAAFor<AADenormalFPMath>(
8900           *this, IRPosition::function(*Caller), DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
8901       if (!CallerInfo)
8902         return false;
8903 
8904       Change = Change | clampStateAndIndicateChange(this->getState(),
8905                                                     CallerInfo->getState());
8906       return true;
8907     };
8908 
8909     bool AllCallSitesKnown = true;
8910     if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(CheckCallSite, *this, true, AllCallSitesKnown))
8911       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
8912 
8913     if (Change == ChangeStatus::CHANGED && isModeFixed())
8914       indicateFixpoint();
8915     return Change;
8916   }
8917 
8918   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
8919     LLVMContext &Ctx = getAssociatedFunction()->getContext();
8920 
8921     SmallVector<Attribute, 2> AttrToAdd;
8922     SmallVector<StringRef, 2> AttrToRemove;
8923     if (Known.Mode == DenormalMode::getDefault()) {
8924       AttrToRemove.push_back("denormal-fp-math");
8925     } else {
8926       AttrToAdd.push_back(
8927           Attribute::get(Ctx, "denormal-fp-math", Known.Mode.str()));
8928     }
8929 
8930     if (Known.ModeF32 != Known.Mode) {
8931       AttrToAdd.push_back(
8932           Attribute::get(Ctx, "denormal-fp-math-f32", Known.ModeF32.str()));
8933     } else {
8934       AttrToRemove.push_back("denormal-fp-math-f32");
8935     }
8936 
8937     auto &IRP = getIRPosition();
8938 
8939     // TODO: There should be a combined add and remove API.
8940     return A.removeAttrs(IRP, AttrToRemove) |
8941            A.manifestAttrs(IRP, AttrToAdd, /*ForceReplace=*/true);
8942   }
8943 
8944   void trackStatistics() const override {
8945     STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(denormal_fp_math)
8946   }
8947 };
8948 } // namespace
8949 
8950 /// ------------------ Value Constant Range Attribute -------------------------
8951 
8952 namespace {
8953 struct AAValueConstantRangeImpl : AAValueConstantRange {
8954   using StateType = IntegerRangeState;
8955   AAValueConstantRangeImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
8956       : AAValueConstantRange(IRP, A) {}
8957 
8958   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..).
8959   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
8960     if (A.hasSimplificationCallback(getIRPosition())) {
8961       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
8962       return;
8963     }
8964 
8965     // Intersect a range given by SCEV.
8966     intersectKnown(getConstantRangeFromSCEV(A, getCtxI()));
8967 
8968     // Intersect a range given by LVI.
8969     intersectKnown(getConstantRangeFromLVI(A, getCtxI()));
8970   }
8971 
8972   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
8973   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
8974     std::string Str;
8975     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Str);
8976     OS << "range(" << getBitWidth() << ")<";
8977     getKnown().print(OS);
8978     OS << " / ";
8979     getAssumed().print(OS);
8980     OS << ">";
8981     return Str;
8982   }
8983 
8984   /// Helper function to get a SCEV expr for the associated value at program
8985   /// point \p I.
8986   const SCEV *getSCEV(Attributor &A, const Instruction *I = nullptr) const {
8987     if (!getAnchorScope())
8988       return nullptr;
8989 
8990     ScalarEvolution *SE =
8991         A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>(
8992             *getAnchorScope());
8993 
8994     LoopInfo *LI = A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<LoopAnalysis>(
8995         *getAnchorScope());
8996 
8997     if (!SE || !LI)
8998       return nullptr;
8999 
9000     const SCEV *S = SE->getSCEV(&getAssociatedValue());
9001     if (!I)
9002       return S;
9003 
9004     return SE->getSCEVAtScope(S, LI->getLoopFor(I->getParent()));
9005   }
9006 
9007   /// Helper function to get a range from SCEV for the associated value at
9008   /// program point \p I.
9009   ConstantRange getConstantRangeFromSCEV(Attributor &A,
9010                                          const Instruction *I = nullptr) const {
9011     if (!getAnchorScope())
9012       return getWorstState(getBitWidth());
9013 
9014     ScalarEvolution *SE =
9015         A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>(
9016             *getAnchorScope());
9017 
9018     const SCEV *S = getSCEV(A, I);
9019     if (!SE || !S)
9020       return getWorstState(getBitWidth());
9021 
9022     return SE->getUnsignedRange(S);
9023   }
9024 
9025   /// Helper function to get a range from LVI for the associated value at
9026   /// program point \p I.
9027   ConstantRange
9028   getConstantRangeFromLVI(Attributor &A,
9029                           const Instruction *CtxI = nullptr) const {
9030     if (!getAnchorScope())
9031       return getWorstState(getBitWidth());
9032 
9033     LazyValueInfo *LVI =
9034         A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<LazyValueAnalysis>(
9035             *getAnchorScope());
9036 
9037     if (!LVI || !CtxI)
9038       return getWorstState(getBitWidth());
9039     return LVI->getConstantRange(&getAssociatedValue(),
9040                                  const_cast<Instruction *>(CtxI),
9041                                  /*UndefAllowed*/ false);
9042   }
9043 
9044   /// Return true if \p CtxI is valid for querying outside analyses.
9045   /// This basically makes sure we do not ask intra-procedural analysis
9046   /// about a context in the wrong function or a context that violates
9047   /// dominance assumptions they might have. The \p AllowAACtxI flag indicates
9048   /// if the original context of this AA is OK or should be considered invalid.
9049   bool isValidCtxInstructionForOutsideAnalysis(Attributor &A,
9050                                                const Instruction *CtxI,
9051                                                bool AllowAACtxI) const {
9052     if (!CtxI || (!AllowAACtxI && CtxI == getCtxI()))
9053       return false;
9054 
9055     // Our context might be in a different function, neither intra-procedural
9056     // analysis (ScalarEvolution nor LazyValueInfo) can handle that.
9057     if (!AA::isValidInScope(getAssociatedValue(), CtxI->getFunction()))
9058       return false;
9059 
9060     // If the context is not dominated by the value there are paths to the
9061     // context that do not define the value. This cannot be handled by
9062     // LazyValueInfo so we need to bail.
9063     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&getAssociatedValue())) {
9064       InformationCache &InfoCache = A.getInfoCache();
9065       const DominatorTree *DT =
9066           InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(
9067               *I->getFunction());
9068       return DT && DT->dominates(I, CtxI);
9069     }
9070 
9071     return true;
9072   }
9073 
9074   /// See AAValueConstantRange::getKnownConstantRange(..).
9075   ConstantRange
9076   getKnownConstantRange(Attributor &A,
9077                         const Instruction *CtxI = nullptr) const override {
9078     if (!isValidCtxInstructionForOutsideAnalysis(A, CtxI,
9079                                                  /* AllowAACtxI */ false))
9080       return getKnown();
9081 
9082     ConstantRange LVIR = getConstantRangeFromLVI(A, CtxI);
9083     ConstantRange SCEVR = getConstantRangeFromSCEV(A, CtxI);
9084     return getKnown().intersectWith(SCEVR).intersectWith(LVIR);
9085   }
9086 
9087   /// See AAValueConstantRange::getAssumedConstantRange(..).
9088   ConstantRange
9089   getAssumedConstantRange(Attributor &A,
9090                           const Instruction *CtxI = nullptr) const override {
9091     // TODO: Make SCEV use Attributor assumption.
9092     //       We may be able to bound a variable range via assumptions in
9093     //       Attributor. ex.) If x is assumed to be in [1, 3] and y is known to
9094     //       evolve to x^2 + x, then we can say that y is in [2, 12].
9095     if (!isValidCtxInstructionForOutsideAnalysis(A, CtxI,
9096                                                  /* AllowAACtxI */ false))
9097       return getAssumed();
9098 
9099     ConstantRange LVIR = getConstantRangeFromLVI(A, CtxI);
9100     ConstantRange SCEVR = getConstantRangeFromSCEV(A, CtxI);
9101     return getAssumed().intersectWith(SCEVR).intersectWith(LVIR);
9102   }
9103 
9104   /// Helper function to create MDNode for range metadata.
9105   static MDNode *
9106   getMDNodeForConstantRange(Type *Ty, LLVMContext &Ctx,
9107                             const ConstantRange &AssumedConstantRange) {
9108     Metadata *LowAndHigh[] = {ConstantAsMetadata::get(ConstantInt::get(
9109                                   Ty, AssumedConstantRange.getLower())),
9110                               ConstantAsMetadata::get(ConstantInt::get(
9111                                   Ty, AssumedConstantRange.getUpper()))};
9112     return MDNode::get(Ctx, LowAndHigh);
9113   }
9114 
9115   /// Return true if \p Assumed is included in \p KnownRanges.
9116   static bool isBetterRange(const ConstantRange &Assumed, MDNode *KnownRanges) {
9117 
9118     if (Assumed.isFullSet())
9119       return false;
9120 
9121     if (!KnownRanges)
9122       return true;
9123 
9124     // If multiple ranges are annotated in IR, we give up to annotate assumed
9125     // range for now.
9126 
9127     // TODO:  If there exists a known range which containts assumed range, we
9128     // can say assumed range is better.
9129     if (KnownRanges->getNumOperands() > 2)
9130       return false;
9131 
9132     ConstantInt *Lower =
9133         mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(KnownRanges->getOperand(0));
9134     ConstantInt *Upper =
9135         mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(KnownRanges->getOperand(1));
9136 
9137     ConstantRange Known(Lower->getValue(), Upper->getValue());
9138     return Known.contains(Assumed) && Known != Assumed;
9139   }
9140 
9141   /// Helper function to set range metadata.
9142   static bool
9143   setRangeMetadataIfisBetterRange(Instruction *I,
9144                                   const ConstantRange &AssumedConstantRange) {
9145     auto *OldRangeMD = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range);
9146     if (isBetterRange(AssumedConstantRange, OldRangeMD)) {
9147       if (!AssumedConstantRange.isEmptySet()) {
9148         I->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range,
9149                        getMDNodeForConstantRange(I->getType(), I->getContext(),
9150                                                  AssumedConstantRange));
9151         return true;
9152       }
9153     }
9154     return false;
9155   }
9156 
9157   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest()
9158   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
9159     ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
9160     ConstantRange AssumedConstantRange = getAssumedConstantRange(A);
9161     assert(!AssumedConstantRange.isFullSet() && "Invalid state");
9162 
9163     auto &V = getAssociatedValue();
9164     if (!AssumedConstantRange.isEmptySet() &&
9165         !AssumedConstantRange.isSingleElement()) {
9166       if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V)) {
9167         assert(I == getCtxI() && "Should not annotate an instruction which is "
9168                                  "not the context instruction");
9169         if (isa<CallInst>(I) || isa<LoadInst>(I))
9170           if (setRangeMetadataIfisBetterRange(I, AssumedConstantRange))
9171             Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
9172       }
9173     }
9174 
9175     return Changed;
9176   }
9177 };
9178 
9179 struct AAValueConstantRangeArgument final
9180     : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<
9181           AAValueConstantRange, AAValueConstantRangeImpl, IntegerRangeState,
9182           true /* BridgeCallBaseContext */> {
9183   using Base = AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<
9184       AAValueConstantRange, AAValueConstantRangeImpl, IntegerRangeState,
9185       true /* BridgeCallBaseContext */>;
9186   AAValueConstantRangeArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
9187       : Base(IRP, A) {}
9188 
9189   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
9190   void trackStatistics() const override {
9191     STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(value_range)
9192   }
9193 };
9194 
9195 struct AAValueConstantRangeReturned
9196     : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AAValueConstantRange,
9197                                    AAValueConstantRangeImpl,
9198                                    AAValueConstantRangeImpl::StateType,
9199                                    /* PropogateCallBaseContext */ true> {
9200   using Base =
9201       AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AAValueConstantRange,
9202                                    AAValueConstantRangeImpl,
9203                                    AAValueConstantRangeImpl::StateType,
9204                                    /* PropogateCallBaseContext */ true>;
9205   AAValueConstantRangeReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
9206       : Base(IRP, A) {}
9207 
9208   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
9209   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
9210     if (!A.isFunctionIPOAmendable(*getAssociatedFunction()))
9211       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9212   }
9213 
9214   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
9215   void trackStatistics() const override {
9216     STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(value_range)
9217   }
9218 };
9219 
9220 struct AAValueConstantRangeFloating : AAValueConstantRangeImpl {
9221   AAValueConstantRangeFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
9222       : AAValueConstantRangeImpl(IRP, A) {}
9223 
9224   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
9225   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
9226     AAValueConstantRangeImpl::initialize(A);
9227     if (isAtFixpoint())
9228       return;
9229 
9230     Value &V = getAssociatedValue();
9231 
9232     if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(&V)) {
9233       unionAssumed(ConstantRange(C->getValue()));
9234       indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
9235       return;
9236     }
9237 
9238     if (isa<UndefValue>(&V)) {
9239       // Collapse the undef state to 0.
9240       unionAssumed(ConstantRange(APInt(getBitWidth(), 0)));
9241       indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
9242       return;
9243     }
9244 
9245     if (isa<CallBase>(&V))
9246       return;
9247 
9248     if (isa<BinaryOperator>(&V) || isa<CmpInst>(&V) || isa<CastInst>(&V))
9249       return;
9250 
9251     // If it is a load instruction with range metadata, use it.
9252     if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(&V))
9253       if (auto *RangeMD = LI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) {
9254         intersectKnown(getConstantRangeFromMetadata(*RangeMD));
9255         return;
9256       }
9257 
9258     // We can work with PHI and select instruction as we traverse their operands
9259     // during update.
9260     if (isa<SelectInst>(V) || isa<PHINode>(V))
9261       return;
9262 
9263     // Otherwise we give up.
9264     indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9265 
9266     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAValueConstantRange] We give up: "
9267                       << getAssociatedValue() << "\n");
9268   }
9269 
9270   bool calculateBinaryOperator(
9271       Attributor &A, BinaryOperator *BinOp, IntegerRangeState &T,
9272       const Instruction *CtxI,
9273       SmallVectorImpl<const AAValueConstantRange *> &QuerriedAAs) {
9274     Value *LHS = BinOp->getOperand(0);
9275     Value *RHS = BinOp->getOperand(1);
9276 
9277     // Simplify the operands first.
9278     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
9279     const auto &SimplifiedLHS = A.getAssumedSimplified(
9280         IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()), *this,
9281         UsedAssumedInformation, AA::Interprocedural);
9282     if (!SimplifiedLHS.has_value())
9283       return true;
9284     if (!*SimplifiedLHS)
9285       return false;
9286     LHS = *SimplifiedLHS;
9287 
9288     const auto &SimplifiedRHS = A.getAssumedSimplified(
9289         IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()), *this,
9290         UsedAssumedInformation, AA::Interprocedural);
9291     if (!SimplifiedRHS.has_value())
9292       return true;
9293     if (!*SimplifiedRHS)
9294       return false;
9295     RHS = *SimplifiedRHS;
9296 
9297     // TODO: Allow non integers as well.
9298     if (!LHS->getType()->isIntegerTy() || !RHS->getType()->isIntegerTy())
9299       return false;
9300 
9301     auto *LHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>(
9302         *this, IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()),
9303         DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
9304     if (!LHSAA)
9305       return false;
9306     QuerriedAAs.push_back(LHSAA);
9307     auto LHSAARange = LHSAA->getAssumedConstantRange(A, CtxI);
9308 
9309     auto *RHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>(
9310         *this, IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()),
9311         DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
9312     if (!RHSAA)
9313       return false;
9314     QuerriedAAs.push_back(RHSAA);
9315     auto RHSAARange = RHSAA->getAssumedConstantRange(A, CtxI);
9316 
9317     auto AssumedRange = LHSAARange.binaryOp(BinOp->getOpcode(), RHSAARange);
9318 
9319     T.unionAssumed(AssumedRange);
9320 
9321     // TODO: Track a known state too.
9322 
9323     return T.isValidState();
9324   }
9325 
9326   bool calculateCastInst(
9327       Attributor &A, CastInst *CastI, IntegerRangeState &T,
9328       const Instruction *CtxI,
9329       SmallVectorImpl<const AAValueConstantRange *> &QuerriedAAs) {
9330     assert(CastI->getNumOperands() == 1 && "Expected cast to be unary!");
9331     // TODO: Allow non integers as well.
9332     Value *OpV = CastI->getOperand(0);
9333 
9334     // Simplify the operand first.
9335     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
9336     const auto &SimplifiedOpV = A.getAssumedSimplified(
9337         IRPosition::value(*OpV, getCallBaseContext()), *this,
9338         UsedAssumedInformation, AA::Interprocedural);
9339     if (!SimplifiedOpV.has_value())
9340       return true;
9341     if (!*SimplifiedOpV)
9342       return false;
9343     OpV = *SimplifiedOpV;
9344 
9345     if (!OpV->getType()->isIntegerTy())
9346       return false;
9347 
9348     auto *OpAA = A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>(
9349         *this, IRPosition::value(*OpV, getCallBaseContext()),
9350         DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
9351     if (!OpAA)
9352       return false;
9353     QuerriedAAs.push_back(OpAA);
9354     T.unionAssumed(OpAA->getAssumed().castOp(CastI->getOpcode(),
9355                                              getState().getBitWidth()));
9356     return T.isValidState();
9357   }
9358 
9359   bool
9360   calculateCmpInst(Attributor &A, CmpInst *CmpI, IntegerRangeState &T,
9361                    const Instruction *CtxI,
9362                    SmallVectorImpl<const AAValueConstantRange *> &QuerriedAAs) {
9363     Value *LHS = CmpI->getOperand(0);
9364     Value *RHS = CmpI->getOperand(1);
9365 
9366     // Simplify the operands first.
9367     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
9368     const auto &SimplifiedLHS = A.getAssumedSimplified(
9369         IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()), *this,
9370         UsedAssumedInformation, AA::Interprocedural);
9371     if (!SimplifiedLHS.has_value())
9372       return true;
9373     if (!*SimplifiedLHS)
9374       return false;
9375     LHS = *SimplifiedLHS;
9376 
9377     const auto &SimplifiedRHS = A.getAssumedSimplified(
9378         IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()), *this,
9379         UsedAssumedInformation, AA::Interprocedural);
9380     if (!SimplifiedRHS.has_value())
9381       return true;
9382     if (!*SimplifiedRHS)
9383       return false;
9384     RHS = *SimplifiedRHS;
9385 
9386     // TODO: Allow non integers as well.
9387     if (!LHS->getType()->isIntegerTy() || !RHS->getType()->isIntegerTy())
9388       return false;
9389 
9390     auto *LHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>(
9391         *this, IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()),
9392         DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
9393     if (!LHSAA)
9394       return false;
9395     QuerriedAAs.push_back(LHSAA);
9396     auto *RHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>(
9397         *this, IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()),
9398         DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
9399     if (!RHSAA)
9400       return false;
9401     QuerriedAAs.push_back(RHSAA);
9402     auto LHSAARange = LHSAA->getAssumedConstantRange(A, CtxI);
9403     auto RHSAARange = RHSAA->getAssumedConstantRange(A, CtxI);
9404 
9405     // If one of them is empty set, we can't decide.
9406     if (LHSAARange.isEmptySet() || RHSAARange.isEmptySet())
9407       return true;
9408 
9409     bool MustTrue = false, MustFalse = false;
9410 
9411     auto AllowedRegion =
9412         ConstantRange::makeAllowedICmpRegion(CmpI->getPredicate(), RHSAARange);
9413 
9414     if (AllowedRegion.intersectWith(LHSAARange).isEmptySet())
9415       MustFalse = true;
9416 
9417     if (LHSAARange.icmp(CmpI->getPredicate(), RHSAARange))
9418       MustTrue = true;
9419 
9420     assert((!MustTrue || !MustFalse) &&
9421            "Either MustTrue or MustFalse should be false!");
9422 
9423     if (MustTrue)
9424       T.unionAssumed(ConstantRange(APInt(/* numBits */ 1, /* val */ 1)));
9425     else if (MustFalse)
9426       T.unionAssumed(ConstantRange(APInt(/* numBits */ 1, /* val */ 0)));
9427     else
9428       T.unionAssumed(ConstantRange(/* BitWidth */ 1, /* isFullSet */ true));
9429 
9430     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAValueConstantRange] " << *CmpI << " after "
9431                       << (MustTrue ? "true" : (MustFalse ? "false" : "unknown"))
9432                       << ": " << T << "\n\t" << *LHSAA << "\t<op>\n\t"
9433                       << *RHSAA);
9434 
9435     // TODO: Track a known state too.
9436     return T.isValidState();
9437   }
9438 
9439   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
9440   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
9441 
9442     IntegerRangeState T(getBitWidth());
9443     auto VisitValueCB = [&](Value &V, const Instruction *CtxI) -> bool {
9444       Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V);
9445       if (!I || isa<CallBase>(I)) {
9446 
9447         // Simplify the operand first.
9448         bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
9449         const auto &SimplifiedOpV = A.getAssumedSimplified(
9450             IRPosition::value(V, getCallBaseContext()), *this,
9451             UsedAssumedInformation, AA::Interprocedural);
9452         if (!SimplifiedOpV.has_value())
9453           return true;
9454         if (!*SimplifiedOpV)
9455           return false;
9456         Value *VPtr = *SimplifiedOpV;
9457 
9458         // If the value is not instruction, we query AA to Attributor.
9459         const auto *AA = A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>(
9460             *this, IRPosition::value(*VPtr, getCallBaseContext()),
9461             DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
9462 
9463         // Clamp operator is not used to utilize a program point CtxI.
9464         if (AA)
9465           T.unionAssumed(AA->getAssumedConstantRange(A, CtxI));
9466         else
9467           return false;
9468 
9469         return T.isValidState();
9470       }
9471 
9472       SmallVector<const AAValueConstantRange *, 4> QuerriedAAs;
9473       if (auto *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I)) {
9474         if (!calculateBinaryOperator(A, BinOp, T, CtxI, QuerriedAAs))
9475           return false;
9476       } else if (auto *CmpI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) {
9477         if (!calculateCmpInst(A, CmpI, T, CtxI, QuerriedAAs))
9478           return false;
9479       } else if (auto *CastI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I)) {
9480         if (!calculateCastInst(A, CastI, T, CtxI, QuerriedAAs))
9481           return false;
9482       } else {
9483         // Give up with other instructions.
9484         // TODO: Add other instructions
9485 
9486         T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9487         return false;
9488       }
9489 
9490       // Catch circular reasoning in a pessimistic way for now.
9491       // TODO: Check how the range evolves and if we stripped anything, see also
9492       //       AADereferenceable or AAAlign for similar situations.
9493       for (const AAValueConstantRange *QueriedAA : QuerriedAAs) {
9494         if (QueriedAA != this)
9495           continue;
9496         // If we are in a stady state we do not need to worry.
9497         if (T.getAssumed() == getState().getAssumed())
9498           continue;
9499         T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9500       }
9501 
9502       return T.isValidState();
9503     };
9504 
9505     if (!VisitValueCB(getAssociatedValue(), getCtxI()))
9506       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9507 
9508     // Ensure that long def-use chains can't cause circular reasoning either by
9509     // introducing a cutoff below.
9510     if (clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), T) == ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED)
9511       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
9512     if (++NumChanges > MaxNumChanges) {
9513       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAValueConstantRange] performed " << NumChanges
9514                         << " but only " << MaxNumChanges
9515                         << " are allowed to avoid cyclic reasoning.");
9516       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9517     }
9518     return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
9519   }
9520 
9521   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
9522   void trackStatistics() const override {
9523     STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(value_range)
9524   }
9525 
9526   /// Tracker to bail after too many widening steps of the constant range.
9527   int NumChanges = 0;
9528 
9529   /// Upper bound for the number of allowed changes (=widening steps) for the
9530   /// constant range before we give up.
9531   static constexpr int MaxNumChanges = 5;
9532 };
9533 
9534 struct AAValueConstantRangeFunction : AAValueConstantRangeImpl {
9535   AAValueConstantRangeFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
9536       : AAValueConstantRangeImpl(IRP, A) {}
9537 
9538   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
9539   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
9540     llvm_unreachable("AAValueConstantRange(Function|CallSite)::updateImpl will "
9541                      "not be called");
9542   }
9543 
9544   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
9545   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(value_range) }
9546 };
9547 
9548 struct AAValueConstantRangeCallSite : AAValueConstantRangeFunction {
9549   AAValueConstantRangeCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
9550       : AAValueConstantRangeFunction(IRP, A) {}
9551 
9552   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
9553   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(value_range) }
9554 };
9555 
9556 struct AAValueConstantRangeCallSiteReturned
9557     : AACalleeToCallSite<AAValueConstantRange, AAValueConstantRangeImpl,
9558                          AAValueConstantRangeImpl::StateType,
9559                          /* IntroduceCallBaseContext */ true> {
9560   AAValueConstantRangeCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
9561       : AACalleeToCallSite<AAValueConstantRange, AAValueConstantRangeImpl,
9562                            AAValueConstantRangeImpl::StateType,
9563                            /* IntroduceCallBaseContext */ true>(IRP, A) {}
9564 
9565   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
9566   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
9567     // If it is a load instruction with range metadata, use the metadata.
9568     if (CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(&getAssociatedValue()))
9569       if (auto *RangeMD = CI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range))
9570         intersectKnown(getConstantRangeFromMetadata(*RangeMD));
9571 
9572     AAValueConstantRangeImpl::initialize(A);
9573   }
9574 
9575   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
9576   void trackStatistics() const override {
9577     STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(value_range)
9578   }
9579 };
9580 struct AAValueConstantRangeCallSiteArgument : AAValueConstantRangeFloating {
9581   AAValueConstantRangeCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
9582       : AAValueConstantRangeFloating(IRP, A) {}
9583 
9584   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest()
9585   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
9586     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
9587   }
9588 
9589   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
9590   void trackStatistics() const override {
9591     STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(value_range)
9592   }
9593 };
9594 } // namespace
9595 
9596 /// ------------------ Potential Values Attribute -------------------------
9597 
9598 namespace {
9599 struct AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl : AAPotentialConstantValues {
9600   using StateType = PotentialConstantIntValuesState;
9601 
9602   AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
9603       : AAPotentialConstantValues(IRP, A) {}
9604 
9605   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..).
9606   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
9607     if (A.hasSimplificationCallback(getIRPosition()))
9608       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9609     else
9610       AAPotentialConstantValues::initialize(A);
9611   }
9612 
9613   bool fillSetWithConstantValues(Attributor &A, const IRPosition &IRP, SetTy &S,
9614                                  bool &ContainsUndef, bool ForSelf) {
9615     SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> Values;
9616     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
9617     if (!A.getAssumedSimplifiedValues(IRP, *this, Values, AA::Interprocedural,
9618                                       UsedAssumedInformation)) {
9619       // Avoid recursion when the caller is computing constant values for this
9620       // IRP itself.
9621       if (ForSelf)
9622         return false;
9623       if (!IRP.getAssociatedType()->isIntegerTy())
9624         return false;
9625       auto *PotentialValuesAA = A.getAAFor<AAPotentialConstantValues>(
9626           *this, IRP, DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
9627       if (!PotentialValuesAA || !PotentialValuesAA->getState().isValidState())
9628         return false;
9629       ContainsUndef = PotentialValuesAA->getState().undefIsContained();
9630       S = PotentialValuesAA->getState().getAssumedSet();
9631       return true;
9632     }
9633 
9634     // Copy all the constant values, except UndefValue. ContainsUndef is true
9635     // iff Values contains only UndefValue instances. If there are other known
9636     // constants, then UndefValue is dropped.
9637     ContainsUndef = false;
9638     for (auto &It : Values) {
9639       if (isa<UndefValue>(It.getValue())) {
9640         ContainsUndef = true;
9641         continue;
9642       }
9643       auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(It.getValue());
9644       if (!CI)
9645         return false;
9646       S.insert(CI->getValue());
9647     }
9648     ContainsUndef &= S.empty();
9649 
9650     return true;
9651   }
9652 
9653   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
9654   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
9655     std::string Str;
9656     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Str);
9657     OS << getState();
9658     return Str;
9659   }
9660 
9661   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
9662   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
9663     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9664   }
9665 };
9666 
9667 struct AAPotentialConstantValuesArgument final
9668     : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AAPotentialConstantValues,
9669                                       AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl,
9670                                       PotentialConstantIntValuesState> {
9671   using Base = AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AAPotentialConstantValues,
9672                                                AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl,
9673                                                PotentialConstantIntValuesState>;
9674   AAPotentialConstantValuesArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
9675       : Base(IRP, A) {}
9676 
9677   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
9678   void trackStatistics() const override {
9679     STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(potential_values)
9680   }
9681 };
9682 
9683 struct AAPotentialConstantValuesReturned
9684     : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AAPotentialConstantValues,
9685                                    AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl> {
9686   using Base = AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AAPotentialConstantValues,
9687                                             AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl>;
9688   AAPotentialConstantValuesReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
9689       : Base(IRP, A) {}
9690 
9691   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
9692     if (!A.isFunctionIPOAmendable(*getAssociatedFunction()))
9693       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9694     Base::initialize(A);
9695   }
9696 
9697   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
9698   void trackStatistics() const override {
9699     STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(potential_values)
9700   }
9701 };
9702 
9703 struct AAPotentialConstantValuesFloating : AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl {
9704   AAPotentialConstantValuesFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
9705       : AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl(IRP, A) {}
9706 
9707   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..).
9708   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
9709     AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl::initialize(A);
9710     if (isAtFixpoint())
9711       return;
9712 
9713     Value &V = getAssociatedValue();
9714 
9715     if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(&V)) {
9716       unionAssumed(C->getValue());
9717       indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
9718       return;
9719     }
9720 
9721     if (isa<UndefValue>(&V)) {
9722       unionAssumedWithUndef();
9723       indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
9724       return;
9725     }
9726 
9727     if (isa<BinaryOperator>(&V) || isa<ICmpInst>(&V) || isa<CastInst>(&V))
9728       return;
9729 
9730     if (isa<SelectInst>(V) || isa<PHINode>(V) || isa<LoadInst>(V))
9731       return;
9732 
9733     indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9734 
9735     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPotentialConstantValues] We give up: "
9736                       << getAssociatedValue() << "\n");
9737   }
9738 
9739   static bool calculateICmpInst(const ICmpInst *ICI, const APInt &LHS,
9740                                 const APInt &RHS) {
9741     return ICmpInst::compare(LHS, RHS, ICI->getPredicate());
9742   }
9743 
9744   static APInt calculateCastInst(const CastInst *CI, const APInt &Src,
9745                                  uint32_t ResultBitWidth) {
9746     Instruction::CastOps CastOp = CI->getOpcode();
9747     switch (CastOp) {
9748     default:
9749       llvm_unreachable("unsupported or not integer cast");
9750     case Instruction::Trunc:
9751       return Src.trunc(ResultBitWidth);
9752     case Instruction::SExt:
9753       return Src.sext(ResultBitWidth);
9754     case Instruction::ZExt:
9755       return Src.zext(ResultBitWidth);
9756     case Instruction::BitCast:
9757       return Src;
9758     }
9759   }
9760 
9761   static APInt calculateBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *BinOp,
9762                                        const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS,
9763                                        bool &SkipOperation, bool &Unsupported) {
9764     Instruction::BinaryOps BinOpcode = BinOp->getOpcode();
9765     // Unsupported is set to true when the binary operator is not supported.
9766     // SkipOperation is set to true when UB occur with the given operand pair
9767     // (LHS, RHS).
9768     // TODO: we should look at nsw and nuw keywords to handle operations
9769     //       that create poison or undef value.
9770     switch (BinOpcode) {
9771     default:
9772       Unsupported = true;
9773       return LHS;
9774     case Instruction::Add:
9775       return LHS + RHS;
9776     case Instruction::Sub:
9777       return LHS - RHS;
9778     case Instruction::Mul:
9779       return LHS * RHS;
9780     case Instruction::UDiv:
9781       if (RHS.isZero()) {
9782         SkipOperation = true;
9783         return LHS;
9784       }
9785       return LHS.udiv(RHS);
9786     case Instruction::SDiv:
9787       if (RHS.isZero()) {
9788         SkipOperation = true;
9789         return LHS;
9790       }
9791       return LHS.sdiv(RHS);
9792     case Instruction::URem:
9793       if (RHS.isZero()) {
9794         SkipOperation = true;
9795         return LHS;
9796       }
9797       return LHS.urem(RHS);
9798     case Instruction::SRem:
9799       if (RHS.isZero()) {
9800         SkipOperation = true;
9801         return LHS;
9802       }
9803       return LHS.srem(RHS);
9804     case Instruction::Shl:
9805       return LHS.shl(RHS);
9806     case Instruction::LShr:
9807       return LHS.lshr(RHS);
9808     case Instruction::AShr:
9809       return LHS.ashr(RHS);
9810     case Instruction::And:
9811       return LHS & RHS;
9812     case Instruction::Or:
9813       return LHS | RHS;
9814     case Instruction::Xor:
9815       return LHS ^ RHS;
9816     }
9817   }
9818 
9819   bool calculateBinaryOperatorAndTakeUnion(const BinaryOperator *BinOp,
9820                                            const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) {
9821     bool SkipOperation = false;
9822     bool Unsupported = false;
9823     APInt Result =
9824         calculateBinaryOperator(BinOp, LHS, RHS, SkipOperation, Unsupported);
9825     if (Unsupported)
9826       return false;
9827     // If SkipOperation is true, we can ignore this operand pair (L, R).
9828     if (!SkipOperation)
9829       unionAssumed(Result);
9830     return isValidState();
9831   }
9832 
9833   ChangeStatus updateWithICmpInst(Attributor &A, ICmpInst *ICI) {
9834     auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed();
9835     Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0);
9836     Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1);
9837 
9838     bool LHSContainsUndef = false, RHSContainsUndef = false;
9839     SetTy LHSAAPVS, RHSAAPVS;
9840     if (!fillSetWithConstantValues(A, IRPosition::value(*LHS), LHSAAPVS,
9841                                    LHSContainsUndef, /* ForSelf */ false) ||
9842         !fillSetWithConstantValues(A, IRPosition::value(*RHS), RHSAAPVS,
9843                                    RHSContainsUndef, /* ForSelf */ false))
9844       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9845 
9846     // TODO: make use of undef flag to limit potential values aggressively.
9847     bool MaybeTrue = false, MaybeFalse = false;
9848     const APInt Zero(RHS->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth(), 0);
9849     if (LHSContainsUndef && RHSContainsUndef) {
9850       // The result of any comparison between undefs can be soundly replaced
9851       // with undef.
9852       unionAssumedWithUndef();
9853     } else if (LHSContainsUndef) {
9854       for (const APInt &R : RHSAAPVS) {
9855         bool CmpResult = calculateICmpInst(ICI, Zero, R);
9856         MaybeTrue |= CmpResult;
9857         MaybeFalse |= !CmpResult;
9858         if (MaybeTrue & MaybeFalse)
9859           return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9860       }
9861     } else if (RHSContainsUndef) {
9862       for (const APInt &L : LHSAAPVS) {
9863         bool CmpResult = calculateICmpInst(ICI, L, Zero);
9864         MaybeTrue |= CmpResult;
9865         MaybeFalse |= !CmpResult;
9866         if (MaybeTrue & MaybeFalse)
9867           return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9868       }
9869     } else {
9870       for (const APInt &L : LHSAAPVS) {
9871         for (const APInt &R : RHSAAPVS) {
9872           bool CmpResult = calculateICmpInst(ICI, L, R);
9873           MaybeTrue |= CmpResult;
9874           MaybeFalse |= !CmpResult;
9875           if (MaybeTrue & MaybeFalse)
9876             return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9877         }
9878       }
9879     }
9880     if (MaybeTrue)
9881       unionAssumed(APInt(/* numBits */ 1, /* val */ 1));
9882     if (MaybeFalse)
9883       unionAssumed(APInt(/* numBits */ 1, /* val */ 0));
9884     return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED
9885                                          : ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
9886   }
9887 
9888   ChangeStatus updateWithSelectInst(Attributor &A, SelectInst *SI) {
9889     auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed();
9890     Value *LHS = SI->getTrueValue();
9891     Value *RHS = SI->getFalseValue();
9892 
9893     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
9894     std::optional<Constant *> C = A.getAssumedConstant(
9895         *SI->getCondition(), *this, UsedAssumedInformation);
9896 
9897     // Check if we only need one operand.
9898     bool OnlyLeft = false, OnlyRight = false;
9899     if (C && *C && (*C)->isOneValue())
9900       OnlyLeft = true;
9901     else if (C && *C && (*C)->isZeroValue())
9902       OnlyRight = true;
9903 
9904     bool LHSContainsUndef = false, RHSContainsUndef = false;
9905     SetTy LHSAAPVS, RHSAAPVS;
9906     if (!OnlyRight &&
9907         !fillSetWithConstantValues(A, IRPosition::value(*LHS), LHSAAPVS,
9908                                    LHSContainsUndef, /* ForSelf */ false))
9909       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9910 
9911     if (!OnlyLeft &&
9912         !fillSetWithConstantValues(A, IRPosition::value(*RHS), RHSAAPVS,
9913                                    RHSContainsUndef, /* ForSelf */ false))
9914       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9915 
9916     if (OnlyLeft || OnlyRight) {
9917       // select (true/false), lhs, rhs
9918       auto *OpAA = OnlyLeft ? &LHSAAPVS : &RHSAAPVS;
9919       auto Undef = OnlyLeft ? LHSContainsUndef : RHSContainsUndef;
9920 
9921       if (Undef)
9922         unionAssumedWithUndef();
9923       else {
9924         for (const auto &It : *OpAA)
9925           unionAssumed(It);
9926       }
9927 
9928     } else if (LHSContainsUndef && RHSContainsUndef) {
9929       // select i1 *, undef , undef => undef
9930       unionAssumedWithUndef();
9931     } else {
9932       for (const auto &It : LHSAAPVS)
9933         unionAssumed(It);
9934       for (const auto &It : RHSAAPVS)
9935         unionAssumed(It);
9936     }
9937     return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED
9938                                          : ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
9939   }
9940 
9941   ChangeStatus updateWithCastInst(Attributor &A, CastInst *CI) {
9942     auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed();
9943     if (!CI->isIntegerCast())
9944       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9945     assert(CI->getNumOperands() == 1 && "Expected cast to be unary!");
9946     uint32_t ResultBitWidth = CI->getDestTy()->getIntegerBitWidth();
9947     Value *Src = CI->getOperand(0);
9948 
9949     bool SrcContainsUndef = false;
9950     SetTy SrcPVS;
9951     if (!fillSetWithConstantValues(A, IRPosition::value(*Src), SrcPVS,
9952                                    SrcContainsUndef, /* ForSelf */ false))
9953       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9954 
9955     if (SrcContainsUndef)
9956       unionAssumedWithUndef();
9957     else {
9958       for (const APInt &S : SrcPVS) {
9959         APInt T = calculateCastInst(CI, S, ResultBitWidth);
9960         unionAssumed(T);
9961       }
9962     }
9963     return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED
9964                                          : ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
9965   }
9966 
9967   ChangeStatus updateWithBinaryOperator(Attributor &A, BinaryOperator *BinOp) {
9968     auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed();
9969     Value *LHS = BinOp->getOperand(0);
9970     Value *RHS = BinOp->getOperand(1);
9971 
9972     bool LHSContainsUndef = false, RHSContainsUndef = false;
9973     SetTy LHSAAPVS, RHSAAPVS;
9974     if (!fillSetWithConstantValues(A, IRPosition::value(*LHS), LHSAAPVS,
9975                                    LHSContainsUndef, /* ForSelf */ false) ||
9976         !fillSetWithConstantValues(A, IRPosition::value(*RHS), RHSAAPVS,
9977                                    RHSContainsUndef, /* ForSelf */ false))
9978       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9979 
9980     const APInt Zero = APInt(LHS->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth(), 0);
9981 
9982     // TODO: make use of undef flag to limit potential values aggressively.
9983     if (LHSContainsUndef && RHSContainsUndef) {
9984       if (!calculateBinaryOperatorAndTakeUnion(BinOp, Zero, Zero))
9985         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9986     } else if (LHSContainsUndef) {
9987       for (const APInt &R : RHSAAPVS) {
9988         if (!calculateBinaryOperatorAndTakeUnion(BinOp, Zero, R))
9989           return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9990       }
9991     } else if (RHSContainsUndef) {
9992       for (const APInt &L : LHSAAPVS) {
9993         if (!calculateBinaryOperatorAndTakeUnion(BinOp, L, Zero))
9994           return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
9995       }
9996     } else {
9997       for (const APInt &L : LHSAAPVS) {
9998         for (const APInt &R : RHSAAPVS) {
9999           if (!calculateBinaryOperatorAndTakeUnion(BinOp, L, R))
10000             return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
10001         }
10002       }
10003     }
10004     return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED
10005                                          : ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
10006   }
10007 
10008   ChangeStatus updateWithInstruction(Attributor &A, Instruction *Inst) {
10009     auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed();
10010     SetTy Incoming;
10011     bool ContainsUndef;
10012     if (!fillSetWithConstantValues(A, IRPosition::value(*Inst), Incoming,
10013                                    ContainsUndef, /* ForSelf */ true))
10014       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
10015     if (ContainsUndef) {
10016       unionAssumedWithUndef();
10017     } else {
10018       for (const auto &It : Incoming)
10019         unionAssumed(It);
10020     }
10021     return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED
10022                                          : ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
10023   }
10024 
10025   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
10026   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
10027     Value &V = getAssociatedValue();
10028     Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V);
10029 
10030     if (auto *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I))
10031       return updateWithICmpInst(A, ICI);
10032 
10033     if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(I))
10034       return updateWithSelectInst(A, SI);
10035 
10036     if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I))
10037       return updateWithCastInst(A, CI);
10038 
10039     if (auto *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I))
10040       return updateWithBinaryOperator(A, BinOp);
10041 
10042     if (isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<LoadInst>(I))
10043       return updateWithInstruction(A, I);
10044 
10045     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
10046   }
10047 
10048   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
10049   void trackStatistics() const override {
10050     STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(potential_values)
10051   }
10052 };
10053 
10054 struct AAPotentialConstantValuesFunction : AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl {
10055   AAPotentialConstantValuesFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
10056       : AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl(IRP, A) {}
10057 
10058   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
10059   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
10060     llvm_unreachable(
10061         "AAPotentialConstantValues(Function|CallSite)::updateImpl will "
10062         "not be called");
10063   }
10064 
10065   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
10066   void trackStatistics() const override {
10067     STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(potential_values)
10068   }
10069 };
10070 
10071 struct AAPotentialConstantValuesCallSite : AAPotentialConstantValuesFunction {
10072   AAPotentialConstantValuesCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
10073       : AAPotentialConstantValuesFunction(IRP, A) {}
10074 
10075   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
10076   void trackStatistics() const override {
10077     STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(potential_values)
10078   }
10079 };
10080 
10081 struct AAPotentialConstantValuesCallSiteReturned
10082     : AACalleeToCallSite<AAPotentialConstantValues,
10083                          AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl> {
10084   AAPotentialConstantValuesCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP,
10085                                             Attributor &A)
10086       : AACalleeToCallSite<AAPotentialConstantValues,
10087                            AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl>(IRP, A) {}
10088 
10089   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
10090   void trackStatistics() const override {
10091     STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(potential_values)
10092   }
10093 };
10094 
10095 struct AAPotentialConstantValuesCallSiteArgument
10096     : AAPotentialConstantValuesFloating {
10097   AAPotentialConstantValuesCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP,
10098                                             Attributor &A)
10099       : AAPotentialConstantValuesFloating(IRP, A) {}
10100 
10101   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..).
10102   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
10103     AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl::initialize(A);
10104     if (isAtFixpoint())
10105       return;
10106 
10107     Value &V = getAssociatedValue();
10108 
10109     if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(&V)) {
10110       unionAssumed(C->getValue());
10111       indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
10112       return;
10113     }
10114 
10115     if (isa<UndefValue>(&V)) {
10116       unionAssumedWithUndef();
10117       indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
10118       return;
10119     }
10120   }
10121 
10122   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
10123   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
10124     Value &V = getAssociatedValue();
10125     auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed();
10126     auto *AA = A.getAAFor<AAPotentialConstantValues>(
10127         *this, IRPosition::value(V), DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
10128     if (!AA)
10129       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
10130     const auto &S = AA->getAssumed();
10131     unionAssumed(S);
10132     return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED
10133                                          : ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
10134   }
10135 
10136   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
10137   void trackStatistics() const override {
10138     STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(potential_values)
10139   }
10140 };
10141 } // namespace
10142 
10143 /// ------------------------ NoUndef Attribute ---------------------------------
10144 bool AANoUndef::isImpliedByIR(Attributor &A, const IRPosition &IRP,
10145                               Attribute::AttrKind ImpliedAttributeKind,
10146                               bool IgnoreSubsumingPositions) {
10147   assert(ImpliedAttributeKind == Attribute::NoUndef &&
10148          "Unexpected attribute kind");
10149   if (A.hasAttr(IRP, {Attribute::NoUndef}, IgnoreSubsumingPositions,
10150                 Attribute::NoUndef))
10151     return true;
10152 
10153   Value &Val = IRP.getAssociatedValue();
10154   if (IRP.getPositionKind() != IRPosition::IRP_RETURNED &&
10155       isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoison(&Val)) {
10156     LLVMContext &Ctx = Val.getContext();
10157     A.manifestAttrs(IRP, Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::NoUndef));
10158     return true;
10159   }
10160 
10161   return false;
10162 }
10163 
10164 namespace {
10165 struct AANoUndefImpl : AANoUndef {
10166   AANoUndefImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoUndef(IRP, A) {}
10167 
10168   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
10169   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
10170     Value &V = getAssociatedValue();
10171     if (isa<UndefValue>(V))
10172       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
10173     assert(!isImpliedByIR(A, getIRPosition(), Attribute::NoUndef));
10174   }
10175 
10176   /// See followUsesInMBEC
10177   bool followUseInMBEC(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I,
10178                        AANoUndef::StateType &State) {
10179     const Value *UseV = U->get();
10180     const DominatorTree *DT = nullptr;
10181     AssumptionCache *AC = nullptr;
10182     InformationCache &InfoCache = A.getInfoCache();
10183     if (Function *F = getAnchorScope()) {
10184       DT = InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(*F);
10185       AC = InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<AssumptionAnalysis>(*F);
10186     }
10187     State.setKnown(isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoison(UseV, AC, I, DT));
10188     bool TrackUse = false;
10189     // Track use for instructions which must produce undef or poison bits when
10190     // at least one operand contains such bits.
10191     if (isa<CastInst>(*I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(*I))
10192       TrackUse = true;
10193     return TrackUse;
10194   }
10195 
10196   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
10197   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
10198     return getAssumed() ? "noundef" : "may-undef-or-poison";
10199   }
10200 
10201   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
10202     // We don't manifest noundef attribute for dead positions because the
10203     // associated values with dead positions would be replaced with undef
10204     // values.
10205     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
10206     if (A.isAssumedDead(getIRPosition(), nullptr, nullptr,
10207                         UsedAssumedInformation))
10208       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
10209     // A position whose simplified value does not have any value is
10210     // considered to be dead. We don't manifest noundef in such positions for
10211     // the same reason above.
10212     if (!A.getAssumedSimplified(getIRPosition(), *this, UsedAssumedInformation,
10213                                 AA::Interprocedural)
10214              .has_value())
10215       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
10216     return AANoUndef::manifest(A);
10217   }
10218 };
10219 
10220 struct AANoUndefFloating : public AANoUndefImpl {
10221   AANoUndefFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
10222       : AANoUndefImpl(IRP, A) {}
10223 
10224   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
10225   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
10226     AANoUndefImpl::initialize(A);
10227     if (!getState().isAtFixpoint() && getAnchorScope() &&
10228         !getAnchorScope()->isDeclaration())
10229       if (Instruction *CtxI = getCtxI())
10230         followUsesInMBEC(*this, A, getState(), *CtxI);
10231   }
10232 
10233   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
10234   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
10235     auto VisitValueCB = [&](const IRPosition &IRP) -> bool {
10236       bool IsKnownNoUndef;
10237       return AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoUndef>(
10238           A, this, IRP, DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnownNoUndef);
10239     };
10240 
10241     bool Stripped;
10242     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
10243     Value *AssociatedValue = &getAssociatedValue();
10244     SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> Values;
10245     if (!A.getAssumedSimplifiedValues(getIRPosition(), *this, Values,
10246                                       AA::AnyScope, UsedAssumedInformation))
10247       Stripped = false;
10248     else
10249       Stripped =
10250           Values.size() != 1 || Values.front().getValue() != AssociatedValue;
10251 
10252     if (!Stripped) {
10253       // If we haven't stripped anything we might still be able to use a
10254       // different AA, but only if the IRP changes. Effectively when we
10255       // interpret this not as a call site value but as a floating/argument
10256       // value.
10257       const IRPosition AVIRP = IRPosition::value(*AssociatedValue);
10258       if (AVIRP == getIRPosition() || !VisitValueCB(AVIRP))
10259         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
10260       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
10261     }
10262 
10263     for (const auto &VAC : Values)
10264       if (!VisitValueCB(IRPosition::value(*VAC.getValue())))
10265         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
10266 
10267     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
10268   }
10269 
10270   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
10271   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(noundef) }
10272 };
10273 
10274 struct AANoUndefReturned final
10275     : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AANoUndef, AANoUndefImpl> {
10276   AANoUndefReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
10277       : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AANoUndef, AANoUndefImpl>(IRP, A) {}
10278 
10279   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
10280   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(noundef) }
10281 };
10282 
10283 struct AANoUndefArgument final
10284     : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANoUndef, AANoUndefImpl> {
10285   AANoUndefArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
10286       : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANoUndef, AANoUndefImpl>(IRP, A) {}
10287 
10288   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
10289   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(noundef) }
10290 };
10291 
10292 struct AANoUndefCallSiteArgument final : AANoUndefFloating {
10293   AANoUndefCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
10294       : AANoUndefFloating(IRP, A) {}
10295 
10296   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
10297   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(noundef) }
10298 };
10299 
10300 struct AANoUndefCallSiteReturned final
10301     : AACalleeToCallSite<AANoUndef, AANoUndefImpl> {
10302   AANoUndefCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
10303       : AACalleeToCallSite<AANoUndef, AANoUndefImpl>(IRP, A) {}
10304 
10305   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
10306   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(noundef) }
10307 };
10308 
10309 /// ------------------------ NoFPClass Attribute -------------------------------
10310 
10311 struct AANoFPClassImpl : AANoFPClass {
10312   AANoFPClassImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoFPClass(IRP, A) {}
10313 
10314   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
10315     const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition();
10316 
10317     Value &V = IRP.getAssociatedValue();
10318     if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) {
10319       indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
10320       return;
10321     }
10322 
10323     SmallVector<Attribute> Attrs;
10324     A.getAttrs(getIRPosition(), {Attribute::NoFPClass}, Attrs, false);
10325     for (const auto &Attr : Attrs) {
10326       addKnownBits(Attr.getNoFPClass());
10327     }
10328 
10329     const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout();
10330     if (getPositionKind() != IRPosition::IRP_RETURNED) {
10331       KnownFPClass KnownFPClass = computeKnownFPClass(&V, DL);
10332       addKnownBits(~KnownFPClass.KnownFPClasses);
10333     }
10334 
10335     if (Instruction *CtxI = getCtxI())
10336       followUsesInMBEC(*this, A, getState(), *CtxI);
10337   }
10338 
10339   /// See followUsesInMBEC
10340   bool followUseInMBEC(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I,
10341                        AANoFPClass::StateType &State) {
10342     // TODO: Determine what instructions can be looked through.
10343     auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(I);
10344     if (!CB)
10345       return false;
10346 
10347     if (!CB->isArgOperand(U))
10348       return false;
10349 
10350     unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(U);
10351     IRPosition IRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo);
10352     if (auto *NoFPAA = A.getAAFor<AANoFPClass>(*this, IRP, DepClassTy::NONE))
10353       State.addKnownBits(NoFPAA->getState().getKnown());
10354     return false;
10355   }
10356 
10357   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
10358     std::string Result = "nofpclass";
10359     raw_string_ostream OS(Result);
10360     OS << getKnownNoFPClass() << '/' << getAssumedNoFPClass();
10361     return Result;
10362   }
10363 
10364   void getDeducedAttributes(Attributor &A, LLVMContext &Ctx,
10365                             SmallVectorImpl<Attribute> &Attrs) const override {
10366     Attrs.emplace_back(Attribute::getWithNoFPClass(Ctx, getAssumedNoFPClass()));
10367   }
10368 };
10369 
10370 struct AANoFPClassFloating : public AANoFPClassImpl {
10371   AANoFPClassFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
10372       : AANoFPClassImpl(IRP, A) {}
10373 
10374   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
10375   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
10376     SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> Values;
10377     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
10378     if (!A.getAssumedSimplifiedValues(getIRPosition(), *this, Values,
10379                                       AA::AnyScope, UsedAssumedInformation)) {
10380       Values.push_back({getAssociatedValue(), getCtxI()});
10381     }
10382 
10383     StateType T;
10384     auto VisitValueCB = [&](Value &V, const Instruction *CtxI) -> bool {
10385       const auto *AA = A.getAAFor<AANoFPClass>(*this, IRPosition::value(V),
10386                                                DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
10387       if (!AA || this == AA) {
10388         T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
10389       } else {
10390         const AANoFPClass::StateType &S =
10391             static_cast<const AANoFPClass::StateType &>(AA->getState());
10392         T ^= S;
10393       }
10394       return T.isValidState();
10395     };
10396 
10397     for (const auto &VAC : Values)
10398       if (!VisitValueCB(*VAC.getValue(), VAC.getCtxI()))
10399         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
10400 
10401     return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), T);
10402   }
10403 
10404   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
10405   void trackStatistics() const override {
10406     STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(nofpclass)
10407   }
10408 };
10409 
10410 struct AANoFPClassReturned final
10411     : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AANoFPClass, AANoFPClassImpl,
10412                                    AANoFPClassImpl::StateType, false,
10413                                    Attribute::None, false> {
10414   AANoFPClassReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
10415       : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AANoFPClass, AANoFPClassImpl,
10416                                      AANoFPClassImpl::StateType, false,
10417                                      Attribute::None, false>(IRP, A) {}
10418 
10419   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
10420   void trackStatistics() const override {
10421     STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(nofpclass)
10422   }
10423 };
10424 
10425 struct AANoFPClassArgument final
10426     : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANoFPClass, AANoFPClassImpl> {
10427   AANoFPClassArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
10428       : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANoFPClass, AANoFPClassImpl>(IRP, A) {}
10429 
10430   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
10431   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(nofpclass) }
10432 };
10433 
10434 struct AANoFPClassCallSiteArgument final : AANoFPClassFloating {
10435   AANoFPClassCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
10436       : AANoFPClassFloating(IRP, A) {}
10437 
10438   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
10439   void trackStatistics() const override {
10440     STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(nofpclass)
10441   }
10442 };
10443 
10444 struct AANoFPClassCallSiteReturned final
10445     : AACalleeToCallSite<AANoFPClass, AANoFPClassImpl> {
10446   AANoFPClassCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
10447       : AACalleeToCallSite<AANoFPClass, AANoFPClassImpl>(IRP, A) {}
10448 
10449   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
10450   void trackStatistics() const override {
10451     STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(nofpclass)
10452   }
10453 };
10454 
10455 struct AACallEdgesImpl : public AACallEdges {
10456   AACallEdgesImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AACallEdges(IRP, A) {}
10457 
10458   const SetVector<Function *> &getOptimisticEdges() const override {
10459     return CalledFunctions;
10460   }
10461 
10462   bool hasUnknownCallee() const override { return HasUnknownCallee; }
10463 
10464   bool hasNonAsmUnknownCallee() const override {
10465     return HasUnknownCalleeNonAsm;
10466   }
10467 
10468   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
10469     return "CallEdges[" + std::to_string(HasUnknownCallee) + "," +
10470            std::to_string(CalledFunctions.size()) + "]";
10471   }
10472 
10473   void trackStatistics() const override {}
10474 
10475 protected:
10476   void addCalledFunction(Function *Fn, ChangeStatus &Change) {
10477     if (CalledFunctions.insert(Fn)) {
10478       Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
10479       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AACallEdges] New call edge: " << Fn->getName()
10480                         << "\n");
10481     }
10482   }
10483 
10484   void setHasUnknownCallee(bool NonAsm, ChangeStatus &Change) {
10485     if (!HasUnknownCallee)
10486       Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
10487     if (NonAsm && !HasUnknownCalleeNonAsm)
10488       Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
10489     HasUnknownCalleeNonAsm |= NonAsm;
10490     HasUnknownCallee = true;
10491   }
10492 
10493 private:
10494   /// Optimistic set of functions that might be called by this position.
10495   SetVector<Function *> CalledFunctions;
10496 
10497   /// Is there any call with a unknown callee.
10498   bool HasUnknownCallee = false;
10499 
10500   /// Is there any call with a unknown callee, excluding any inline asm.
10501   bool HasUnknownCalleeNonAsm = false;
10502 };
10503 
10504 struct AACallEdgesCallSite : public AACallEdgesImpl {
10505   AACallEdgesCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
10506       : AACallEdgesImpl(IRP, A) {}
10507   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
10508   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
10509     ChangeStatus Change = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
10510 
10511     auto VisitValue = [&](Value &V, const Instruction *CtxI) -> bool {
10512       if (Function *Fn = dyn_cast<Function>(&V)) {
10513         addCalledFunction(Fn, Change);
10514       } else {
10515         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AACallEdges] Unrecognized value: " << V << "\n");
10516         setHasUnknownCallee(true, Change);
10517       }
10518 
10519       // Explore all values.
10520       return true;
10521     };
10522 
10523     SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> Values;
10524     // Process any value that we might call.
10525     auto ProcessCalledOperand = [&](Value *V, Instruction *CtxI) {
10526       if (isa<Constant>(V)) {
10527         VisitValue(*V, CtxI);
10528         return;
10529       }
10530 
10531       bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
10532       Values.clear();
10533       if (!A.getAssumedSimplifiedValues(IRPosition::value(*V), *this, Values,
10534                                         AA::AnyScope, UsedAssumedInformation)) {
10535         Values.push_back({*V, CtxI});
10536       }
10537       for (auto &VAC : Values)
10538         VisitValue(*VAC.getValue(), VAC.getCtxI());
10539     };
10540 
10541     CallBase *CB = cast<CallBase>(getCtxI());
10542 
10543     if (auto *IA = dyn_cast<InlineAsm>(CB->getCalledOperand())) {
10544       if (IA->hasSideEffects() &&
10545           !hasAssumption(*CB->getCaller(), "ompx_no_call_asm") &&
10546           !hasAssumption(*CB, "ompx_no_call_asm")) {
10547         setHasUnknownCallee(false, Change);
10548       }
10549       return Change;
10550     }
10551 
10552     if (CB->isIndirectCall())
10553       if (auto *IndirectCallAA = A.getAAFor<AAIndirectCallInfo>(
10554               *this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL))
10555         if (IndirectCallAA->foreachCallee(
10556                 [&](Function *Fn) { return VisitValue(*Fn, CB); }))
10557           return Change;
10558 
10559     // The most simple case.
10560     ProcessCalledOperand(CB->getCalledOperand(), CB);
10561 
10562     // Process callback functions.
10563     SmallVector<const Use *, 4u> CallbackUses;
10564     AbstractCallSite::getCallbackUses(*CB, CallbackUses);
10565     for (const Use *U : CallbackUses)
10566       ProcessCalledOperand(U->get(), CB);
10567 
10568     return Change;
10569   }
10570 };
10571 
10572 struct AACallEdgesFunction : public AACallEdgesImpl {
10573   AACallEdgesFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
10574       : AACallEdgesImpl(IRP, A) {}
10575 
10576   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
10577   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
10578     ChangeStatus Change = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
10579 
10580     auto ProcessCallInst = [&](Instruction &Inst) {
10581       CallBase &CB = cast<CallBase>(Inst);
10582 
10583       auto *CBEdges = A.getAAFor<AACallEdges>(
10584           *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(CB), DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
10585       if (!CBEdges)
10586         return false;
10587       if (CBEdges->hasNonAsmUnknownCallee())
10588         setHasUnknownCallee(true, Change);
10589       if (CBEdges->hasUnknownCallee())
10590         setHasUnknownCallee(false, Change);
10591 
10592       for (Function *F : CBEdges->getOptimisticEdges())
10593         addCalledFunction(F, Change);
10594 
10595       return true;
10596     };
10597 
10598     // Visit all callable instructions.
10599     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
10600     if (!A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(ProcessCallInst, *this,
10601                                            UsedAssumedInformation,
10602                                            /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true)) {
10603       // If we haven't looked at all call like instructions, assume that there
10604       // are unknown callees.
10605       setHasUnknownCallee(true, Change);
10606     }
10607 
10608     return Change;
10609   }
10610 };
10611 
10612 /// -------------------AAInterFnReachability Attribute--------------------------
10613 
10614 struct AAInterFnReachabilityFunction
10615     : public CachedReachabilityAA<AAInterFnReachability, Function> {
10616   using Base = CachedReachabilityAA<AAInterFnReachability, Function>;
10617   AAInterFnReachabilityFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
10618       : Base(IRP, A) {}
10619 
10620   bool instructionCanReach(
10621       Attributor &A, const Instruction &From, const Function &To,
10622       const AA::InstExclusionSetTy *ExclusionSet) const override {
10623     assert(From.getFunction() == getAnchorScope() && "Queried the wrong AA!");
10624     auto *NonConstThis = const_cast<AAInterFnReachabilityFunction *>(this);
10625 
10626     RQITy StackRQI(A, From, To, ExclusionSet, false);
10627     typename RQITy::Reachable Result;
10628     if (!NonConstThis->checkQueryCache(A, StackRQI, Result))
10629       return NonConstThis->isReachableImpl(A, StackRQI,
10630                                            /*IsTemporaryRQI=*/true);
10631     return Result == RQITy::Reachable::Yes;
10632   }
10633 
10634   bool isReachableImpl(Attributor &A, RQITy &RQI,
10635                        bool IsTemporaryRQI) override {
10636     const Instruction *EntryI =
10637         &RQI.From->getFunction()->getEntryBlock().front();
10638     if (EntryI != RQI.From &&
10639         !instructionCanReach(A, *EntryI, *RQI.To, nullptr))
10640       return rememberResult(A, RQITy::Reachable::No, RQI, false,
10641                             IsTemporaryRQI);
10642 
10643     auto CheckReachableCallBase = [&](CallBase *CB) {
10644       auto *CBEdges = A.getAAFor<AACallEdges>(
10645           *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
10646       if (!CBEdges || !CBEdges->getState().isValidState())
10647         return false;
10648       // TODO Check To backwards in this case.
10649       if (CBEdges->hasUnknownCallee())
10650         return false;
10651 
10652       for (Function *Fn : CBEdges->getOptimisticEdges()) {
10653         if (Fn == RQI.To)
10654           return false;
10655 
10656         if (Fn->isDeclaration()) {
10657           if (Fn->hasFnAttribute(Attribute::NoCallback))
10658             continue;
10659           // TODO Check To backwards in this case.
10660           return false;
10661         }
10662 
10663         if (Fn == getAnchorScope()) {
10664           if (EntryI == RQI.From)
10665             continue;
10666           return false;
10667         }
10668 
10669         const AAInterFnReachability *InterFnReachability =
10670             A.getAAFor<AAInterFnReachability>(*this, IRPosition::function(*Fn),
10671                                               DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
10672 
10673         const Instruction &FnFirstInst = Fn->getEntryBlock().front();
10674         if (!InterFnReachability ||
10675             InterFnReachability->instructionCanReach(A, FnFirstInst, *RQI.To,
10676                                                      RQI.ExclusionSet))
10677           return false;
10678       }
10679       return true;
10680     };
10681 
10682     const auto *IntraFnReachability = A.getAAFor<AAIntraFnReachability>(
10683         *this, IRPosition::function(*RQI.From->getFunction()),
10684         DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
10685 
10686     // Determine call like instructions that we can reach from the inst.
10687     auto CheckCallBase = [&](Instruction &CBInst) {
10688       // There are usually less nodes in the call graph, check inter function
10689       // reachability first.
10690       if (CheckReachableCallBase(cast<CallBase>(&CBInst)))
10691         return true;
10692       return IntraFnReachability && !IntraFnReachability->isAssumedReachable(
10693                                         A, *RQI.From, CBInst, RQI.ExclusionSet);
10694     };
10695 
10696     bool UsedExclusionSet = /* conservative */ true;
10697     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
10698     if (!A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(CheckCallBase, *this,
10699                                            UsedAssumedInformation,
10700                                            /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true))
10701       return rememberResult(A, RQITy::Reachable::Yes, RQI, UsedExclusionSet,
10702                             IsTemporaryRQI);
10703 
10704     return rememberResult(A, RQITy::Reachable::No, RQI, UsedExclusionSet,
10705                           IsTemporaryRQI);
10706   }
10707 
10708   void trackStatistics() const override {}
10709 };
10710 } // namespace
10711 
10712 template <typename AAType>
10713 static std::optional<Constant *>
10714 askForAssumedConstant(Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA,
10715                       const IRPosition &IRP, Type &Ty) {
10716   if (!Ty.isIntegerTy())
10717     return nullptr;
10718 
10719   // This will also pass the call base context.
10720   const auto *AA = A.getAAFor<AAType>(QueryingAA, IRP, DepClassTy::NONE);
10721   if (!AA)
10722     return nullptr;
10723 
10724   std::optional<Constant *> COpt = AA->getAssumedConstant(A);
10725 
10726   if (!COpt.has_value()) {
10727     A.recordDependence(*AA, QueryingAA, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
10728     return std::nullopt;
10729   }
10730   if (auto *C = *COpt) {
10731     A.recordDependence(*AA, QueryingAA, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
10732     return C;
10733   }
10734   return nullptr;
10735 }
10736 
10737 Value *AAPotentialValues::getSingleValue(
10738     Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &AA, const IRPosition &IRP,
10739     SmallVectorImpl<AA::ValueAndContext> &Values) {
10740   Type &Ty = *IRP.getAssociatedType();
10741   std::optional<Value *> V;
10742   for (auto &It : Values) {
10743     V = AA::combineOptionalValuesInAAValueLatice(V, It.getValue(), &Ty);
10744     if (V.has_value() && !*V)
10745       break;
10746   }
10747   if (!V.has_value())
10748     return UndefValue::get(&Ty);
10749   return *V;
10750 }
10751 
10752 namespace {
10753 struct AAPotentialValuesImpl : AAPotentialValues {
10754   using StateType = PotentialLLVMValuesState;
10755 
10756   AAPotentialValuesImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
10757       : AAPotentialValues(IRP, A) {}
10758 
10759   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..).
10760   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
10761     if (A.hasSimplificationCallback(getIRPosition())) {
10762       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
10763       return;
10764     }
10765     Value *Stripped = getAssociatedValue().stripPointerCasts();
10766     if (isa<Constant>(Stripped) && !isa<ConstantExpr>(Stripped)) {
10767       addValue(A, getState(), *Stripped, getCtxI(), AA::AnyScope,
10768                getAnchorScope());
10769       indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
10770       return;
10771     }
10772     AAPotentialValues::initialize(A);
10773   }
10774 
10775   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
10776   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
10777     std::string Str;
10778     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Str);
10779     OS << getState();
10780     return Str;
10781   }
10782 
10783   template <typename AAType>
10784   static std::optional<Value *> askOtherAA(Attributor &A,
10785                                            const AbstractAttribute &AA,
10786                                            const IRPosition &IRP, Type &Ty) {
10787     if (isa<Constant>(IRP.getAssociatedValue()))
10788       return &IRP.getAssociatedValue();
10789     std::optional<Constant *> C = askForAssumedConstant<AAType>(A, AA, IRP, Ty);
10790     if (!C)
10791       return std::nullopt;
10792     if (*C)
10793       if (auto *CC = AA::getWithType(**C, Ty))
10794         return CC;
10795     return nullptr;
10796   }
10797 
10798   virtual void addValue(Attributor &A, StateType &State, Value &V,
10799                         const Instruction *CtxI, AA::ValueScope S,
10800                         Function *AnchorScope) const {
10801 
10802     IRPosition ValIRP = IRPosition::value(V);
10803     if (auto *CB = dyn_cast_or_null<CallBase>(CtxI)) {
10804       for (const auto &U : CB->args()) {
10805         if (U.get() != &V)
10806           continue;
10807         ValIRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, CB->getArgOperandNo(&U));
10808         break;
10809       }
10810     }
10811 
10812     Value *VPtr = &V;
10813     if (ValIRP.getAssociatedType()->isIntegerTy()) {
10814       Type &Ty = *getAssociatedType();
10815       std::optional<Value *> SimpleV =
10816           askOtherAA<AAValueConstantRange>(A, *this, ValIRP, Ty);
10817       if (SimpleV.has_value() && !*SimpleV) {
10818         auto *PotentialConstantsAA = A.getAAFor<AAPotentialConstantValues>(
10819             *this, ValIRP, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
10820         if (PotentialConstantsAA && PotentialConstantsAA->isValidState()) {
10821           for (const auto &It : PotentialConstantsAA->getAssumedSet())
10822             State.unionAssumed({{*ConstantInt::get(&Ty, It), nullptr}, S});
10823           if (PotentialConstantsAA->undefIsContained())
10824             State.unionAssumed({{*UndefValue::get(&Ty), nullptr}, S});
10825           return;
10826         }
10827       }
10828       if (!SimpleV.has_value())
10829         return;
10830 
10831       if (*SimpleV)
10832         VPtr = *SimpleV;
10833     }
10834 
10835     if (isa<ConstantInt>(VPtr))
10836       CtxI = nullptr;
10837     if (!AA::isValidInScope(*VPtr, AnchorScope))
10838       S = AA::ValueScope(S | AA::Interprocedural);
10839 
10840     State.unionAssumed({{*VPtr, CtxI}, S});
10841   }
10842 
10843   /// Helper struct to tie a value+context pair together with the scope for
10844   /// which this is the simplified version.
10845   struct ItemInfo {
10846     AA::ValueAndContext I;
10847     AA::ValueScope S;
10848 
10849     bool operator==(const ItemInfo &II) const {
10850       return II.I == I && II.S == S;
10851     };
10852     bool operator<(const ItemInfo &II) const {
10853       if (I == II.I)
10854         return S < II.S;
10855       return I < II.I;
10856     };
10857   };
10858 
10859   bool recurseForValue(Attributor &A, const IRPosition &IRP, AA::ValueScope S) {
10860     SmallMapVector<AA::ValueAndContext, int, 8> ValueScopeMap;
10861     for (auto CS : {AA::Intraprocedural, AA::Interprocedural}) {
10862       if (!(CS & S))
10863         continue;
10864 
10865       bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
10866       SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> Values;
10867       if (!A.getAssumedSimplifiedValues(IRP, this, Values, CS,
10868                                         UsedAssumedInformation))
10869         return false;
10870 
10871       for (auto &It : Values)
10872         ValueScopeMap[It] += CS;
10873     }
10874     for (auto &It : ValueScopeMap)
10875       addValue(A, getState(), *It.first.getValue(), It.first.getCtxI(),
10876                AA::ValueScope(It.second), getAnchorScope());
10877 
10878     return true;
10879   }
10880 
10881   void giveUpOnIntraprocedural(Attributor &A) {
10882     auto NewS = StateType::getBestState(getState());
10883     for (const auto &It : getAssumedSet()) {
10884       if (It.second == AA::Intraprocedural)
10885         continue;
10886       addValue(A, NewS, *It.first.getValue(), It.first.getCtxI(),
10887                AA::Interprocedural, getAnchorScope());
10888     }
10889     assert(!undefIsContained() && "Undef should be an explicit value!");
10890     addValue(A, NewS, getAssociatedValue(), getCtxI(), AA::Intraprocedural,
10891              getAnchorScope());
10892     getState() = NewS;
10893   }
10894 
10895   /// See AbstractState::indicatePessimisticFixpoint(...).
10896   ChangeStatus indicatePessimisticFixpoint() override {
10897     getState() = StateType::getBestState(getState());
10898     getState().unionAssumed({{getAssociatedValue(), getCtxI()}, AA::AnyScope});
10899     AAPotentialValues::indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
10900     return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
10901   }
10902 
10903   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
10904   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
10905     return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
10906   }
10907 
10908   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
10909   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
10910     SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> Values;
10911     for (AA::ValueScope S : {AA::Interprocedural, AA::Intraprocedural}) {
10912       Values.clear();
10913       if (!getAssumedSimplifiedValues(A, Values, S))
10914         continue;
10915       Value &OldV = getAssociatedValue();
10916       if (isa<UndefValue>(OldV))
10917         continue;
10918       Value *NewV = getSingleValue(A, *this, getIRPosition(), Values);
10919       if (!NewV || NewV == &OldV)
10920         continue;
10921       if (getCtxI() &&
10922           !AA::isValidAtPosition({*NewV, *getCtxI()}, A.getInfoCache()))
10923         continue;
10924       if (A.changeAfterManifest(getIRPosition(), *NewV))
10925         return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
10926     }
10927     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
10928   }
10929 
10930   bool getAssumedSimplifiedValues(
10931       Attributor &A, SmallVectorImpl<AA::ValueAndContext> &Values,
10932       AA::ValueScope S, bool RecurseForSelectAndPHI = false) const override {
10933     if (!isValidState())
10934       return false;
10935     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
10936     for (const auto &It : getAssumedSet())
10937       if (It.second & S) {
10938         if (RecurseForSelectAndPHI && (isa<PHINode>(It.first.getValue()) ||
10939                                        isa<SelectInst>(It.first.getValue()))) {
10940           if (A.getAssumedSimplifiedValues(
10941                   IRPosition::inst(*cast<Instruction>(It.first.getValue())),
10942                   this, Values, S, UsedAssumedInformation))
10943             continue;
10944         }
10945         Values.push_back(It.first);
10946       }
10947     assert(!undefIsContained() && "Undef should be an explicit value!");
10948     return true;
10949   }
10950 };
10951 
10952 struct AAPotentialValuesFloating : AAPotentialValuesImpl {
10953   AAPotentialValuesFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
10954       : AAPotentialValuesImpl(IRP, A) {}
10955 
10956   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
10957   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
10958     auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed();
10959 
10960     genericValueTraversal(A, &getAssociatedValue());
10961 
10962     return (AssumedBefore == getAssumed()) ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED
10963                                            : ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
10964   }
10965 
10966   /// Helper struct to remember which AAIsDead instances we actually used.
10967   struct LivenessInfo {
10968     const AAIsDead *LivenessAA = nullptr;
10969     bool AnyDead = false;
10970   };
10971 
10972   /// Check if \p Cmp is a comparison we can simplify.
10973   ///
10974   /// We handle multiple cases, one in which at least one operand is an
10975   /// (assumed) nullptr. If so, try to simplify it using AANonNull on the other
10976   /// operand. Return true if successful, in that case Worklist will be updated.
10977   bool handleCmp(Attributor &A, Value &Cmp, Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
10978                  CmpInst::Predicate Pred, ItemInfo II,
10979                  SmallVectorImpl<ItemInfo> &Worklist) {
10980 
10981     // Simplify the operands first.
10982     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
10983     SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> LHSValues, RHSValues;
10984     auto GetSimplifiedValues = [&](Value &V,
10985                                    SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> &Values) {
10986       if (!A.getAssumedSimplifiedValues(
10987               IRPosition::value(V, getCallBaseContext()), this, Values,
10988               AA::Intraprocedural, UsedAssumedInformation)) {
10989         Values.clear();
10990         Values.push_back(AA::ValueAndContext{V, II.I.getCtxI()});
10991       }
10992       return Values.empty();
10993     };
10994     if (GetSimplifiedValues(*LHS, LHSValues))
10995       return true;
10996     if (GetSimplifiedValues(*RHS, RHSValues))
10997       return true;
10998 
10999     LLVMContext &Ctx = LHS->getContext();
11000 
11001     InformationCache &InfoCache = A.getInfoCache();
11002     Instruction *CmpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&Cmp);
11003     Function *F = CmpI ? CmpI->getFunction() : nullptr;
11004     const auto *DT =
11005         F ? InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(*F)
11006           : nullptr;
11007     const auto *TLI =
11008         F ? A.getInfoCache().getTargetLibraryInfoForFunction(*F) : nullptr;
11009     auto *AC =
11010         F ? InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<AssumptionAnalysis>(*F)
11011           : nullptr;
11012 
11013     const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout();
11014     SimplifyQuery Q(DL, TLI, DT, AC, CmpI);
11015 
11016     auto CheckPair = [&](Value &LHSV, Value &RHSV) {
11017       if (isa<UndefValue>(LHSV) || isa<UndefValue>(RHSV)) {
11018         addValue(A, getState(), *UndefValue::get(Cmp.getType()),
11019                  /* CtxI */ nullptr, II.S, getAnchorScope());
11020         return true;
11021       }
11022 
11023       // Handle the trivial case first in which we don't even need to think
11024       // about null or non-null.
11025       if (&LHSV == &RHSV &&
11026           (CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred) || CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred))) {
11027         Constant *NewV = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(Ctx),
11028                                           CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred));
11029         addValue(A, getState(), *NewV, /* CtxI */ nullptr, II.S,
11030                  getAnchorScope());
11031         return true;
11032       }
11033 
11034       auto *TypedLHS = AA::getWithType(LHSV, *LHS->getType());
11035       auto *TypedRHS = AA::getWithType(RHSV, *RHS->getType());
11036       if (TypedLHS && TypedRHS) {
11037         Value *NewV = simplifyCmpInst(Pred, TypedLHS, TypedRHS, Q);
11038         if (NewV && NewV != &Cmp) {
11039           addValue(A, getState(), *NewV, /* CtxI */ nullptr, II.S,
11040                    getAnchorScope());
11041           return true;
11042         }
11043       }
11044 
11045       // From now on we only handle equalities (==, !=).
11046       if (!CmpInst::isEquality(Pred))
11047         return false;
11048 
11049       bool LHSIsNull = isa<ConstantPointerNull>(LHSV);
11050       bool RHSIsNull = isa<ConstantPointerNull>(RHSV);
11051       if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
11052         return false;
11053 
11054       // Left is the nullptr ==/!= non-nullptr case. We'll use AANonNull on the
11055       // non-nullptr operand and if we assume it's non-null we can conclude the
11056       // result of the comparison.
11057       assert((LHSIsNull || RHSIsNull) &&
11058              "Expected nullptr versus non-nullptr comparison at this point");
11059 
11060       // The index is the operand that we assume is not null.
11061       unsigned PtrIdx = LHSIsNull;
11062       bool IsKnownNonNull;
11063       bool IsAssumedNonNull = AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NonNull>(
11064           A, this, IRPosition::value(*(PtrIdx ? &RHSV : &LHSV)),
11065           DepClassTy::REQUIRED, IsKnownNonNull);
11066       if (!IsAssumedNonNull)
11067         return false;
11068 
11069       // The new value depends on the predicate, true for != and false for ==.
11070       Constant *NewV =
11071           ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(Ctx), Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_NE);
11072       addValue(A, getState(), *NewV, /* CtxI */ nullptr, II.S,
11073                getAnchorScope());
11074       return true;
11075     };
11076 
11077     for (auto &LHSValue : LHSValues)
11078       for (auto &RHSValue : RHSValues)
11079         if (!CheckPair(*LHSValue.getValue(), *RHSValue.getValue()))
11080           return false;
11081     return true;
11082   }
11083 
11084   bool handleSelectInst(Attributor &A, SelectInst &SI, ItemInfo II,
11085                         SmallVectorImpl<ItemInfo> &Worklist) {
11086     const Instruction *CtxI = II.I.getCtxI();
11087     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
11088 
11089     std::optional<Constant *> C =
11090         A.getAssumedConstant(*SI.getCondition(), *this, UsedAssumedInformation);
11091     bool NoValueYet = !C.has_value();
11092     if (NoValueYet || isa_and_nonnull<UndefValue>(*C))
11093       return true;
11094     if (auto *CI = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(*C)) {
11095       if (CI->isZero())
11096         Worklist.push_back({{*SI.getFalseValue(), CtxI}, II.S});
11097       else
11098         Worklist.push_back({{*SI.getTrueValue(), CtxI}, II.S});
11099     } else if (&SI == &getAssociatedValue()) {
11100       // We could not simplify the condition, assume both values.
11101       Worklist.push_back({{*SI.getTrueValue(), CtxI}, II.S});
11102       Worklist.push_back({{*SI.getFalseValue(), CtxI}, II.S});
11103     } else {
11104       std::optional<Value *> SimpleV = A.getAssumedSimplified(
11105           IRPosition::inst(SI), *this, UsedAssumedInformation, II.S);
11106       if (!SimpleV.has_value())
11107         return true;
11108       if (*SimpleV) {
11109         addValue(A, getState(), **SimpleV, CtxI, II.S, getAnchorScope());
11110         return true;
11111       }
11112       return false;
11113     }
11114     return true;
11115   }
11116 
11117   bool handleLoadInst(Attributor &A, LoadInst &LI, ItemInfo II,
11118                       SmallVectorImpl<ItemInfo> &Worklist) {
11119     SmallSetVector<Value *, 4> PotentialCopies;
11120     SmallSetVector<Instruction *, 4> PotentialValueOrigins;
11121     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
11122     if (!AA::getPotentiallyLoadedValues(A, LI, PotentialCopies,
11123                                         PotentialValueOrigins, *this,
11124                                         UsedAssumedInformation,
11125                                         /* OnlyExact */ true)) {
11126       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPotentialValues] Failed to get potentially "
11127                            "loaded values for load instruction "
11128                         << LI << "\n");
11129       return false;
11130     }
11131 
11132     // Do not simplify loads that are only used in llvm.assume if we cannot also
11133     // remove all stores that may feed into the load. The reason is that the
11134     // assume is probably worth something as long as the stores are around.
11135     InformationCache &InfoCache = A.getInfoCache();
11136     if (InfoCache.isOnlyUsedByAssume(LI)) {
11137       if (!llvm::all_of(PotentialValueOrigins, [&](Instruction *I) {
11138             if (!I || isa<AssumeInst>(I))
11139               return true;
11140             if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I))
11141               return A.isAssumedDead(SI->getOperandUse(0), this,
11142                                      /* LivenessAA */ nullptr,
11143                                      UsedAssumedInformation,
11144                                      /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ false);
11145             return A.isAssumedDead(*I, this, /* LivenessAA */ nullptr,
11146                                    UsedAssumedInformation,
11147                                    /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ false);
11148           })) {
11149         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPotentialValues] Load is onl used by assumes "
11150                              "and we cannot delete all the stores: "
11151                           << LI << "\n");
11152         return false;
11153       }
11154     }
11155 
11156     // Values have to be dynamically unique or we loose the fact that a
11157     // single llvm::Value might represent two runtime values (e.g.,
11158     // stack locations in different recursive calls).
11159     const Instruction *CtxI = II.I.getCtxI();
11160     bool ScopeIsLocal = (II.S & AA::Intraprocedural);
11161     bool AllLocal = ScopeIsLocal;
11162     bool DynamicallyUnique = llvm::all_of(PotentialCopies, [&](Value *PC) {
11163       AllLocal &= AA::isValidInScope(*PC, getAnchorScope());
11164       return AA::isDynamicallyUnique(A, *this, *PC);
11165     });
11166     if (!DynamicallyUnique) {
11167       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPotentialValues] Not all potentially loaded "
11168                            "values are dynamically unique: "
11169                         << LI << "\n");
11170       return false;
11171     }
11172 
11173     for (auto *PotentialCopy : PotentialCopies) {
11174       if (AllLocal) {
11175         Worklist.push_back({{*PotentialCopy, CtxI}, II.S});
11176       } else {
11177         Worklist.push_back({{*PotentialCopy, CtxI}, AA::Interprocedural});
11178       }
11179     }
11180     if (!AllLocal && ScopeIsLocal)
11181       addValue(A, getState(), LI, CtxI, AA::Intraprocedural, getAnchorScope());
11182     return true;
11183   }
11184 
11185   bool handlePHINode(
11186       Attributor &A, PHINode &PHI, ItemInfo II,
11187       SmallVectorImpl<ItemInfo> &Worklist,
11188       SmallMapVector<const Function *, LivenessInfo, 4> &LivenessAAs) {
11189     auto GetLivenessInfo = [&](const Function &F) -> LivenessInfo & {
11190       LivenessInfo &LI = LivenessAAs[&F];
11191       if (!LI.LivenessAA)
11192         LI.LivenessAA = A.getAAFor<AAIsDead>(*this, IRPosition::function(F),
11193                                              DepClassTy::NONE);
11194       return LI;
11195     };
11196 
11197     if (&PHI == &getAssociatedValue()) {
11198       LivenessInfo &LI = GetLivenessInfo(*PHI.getFunction());
11199       const auto *CI =
11200           A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<CycleAnalysis>(
11201               *PHI.getFunction());
11202 
11203       Cycle *C = nullptr;
11204       bool CyclePHI = mayBeInCycle(CI, &PHI, /* HeaderOnly */ true, &C);
11205       for (unsigned u = 0, e = PHI.getNumIncomingValues(); u < e; u++) {
11206         BasicBlock *IncomingBB = PHI.getIncomingBlock(u);
11207         if (LI.LivenessAA &&
11208             LI.LivenessAA->isEdgeDead(IncomingBB, PHI.getParent())) {
11209           LI.AnyDead = true;
11210           continue;
11211         }
11212         Value *V = PHI.getIncomingValue(u);
11213         if (V == &PHI)
11214           continue;
11215 
11216         // If the incoming value is not the PHI but an instruction in the same
11217         // cycle we might have multiple versions of it flying around.
11218         if (CyclePHI && isa<Instruction>(V) &&
11219             (!C || C->contains(cast<Instruction>(V)->getParent())))
11220           return false;
11221 
11222         Worklist.push_back({{*V, IncomingBB->getTerminator()}, II.S});
11223       }
11224       return true;
11225     }
11226 
11227     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
11228     std::optional<Value *> SimpleV = A.getAssumedSimplified(
11229         IRPosition::inst(PHI), *this, UsedAssumedInformation, II.S);
11230     if (!SimpleV.has_value())
11231       return true;
11232     if (!(*SimpleV))
11233       return false;
11234     addValue(A, getState(), **SimpleV, &PHI, II.S, getAnchorScope());
11235     return true;
11236   }
11237 
11238   /// Use the generic, non-optimistic InstSimplfy functionality if we managed to
11239   /// simplify any operand of the instruction \p I. Return true if successful,
11240   /// in that case Worklist will be updated.
11241   bool handleGenericInst(Attributor &A, Instruction &I, ItemInfo II,
11242                          SmallVectorImpl<ItemInfo> &Worklist) {
11243     bool SomeSimplified = false;
11244     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
11245 
11246     SmallVector<Value *, 8> NewOps(I.getNumOperands());
11247     int Idx = 0;
11248     for (Value *Op : I.operands()) {
11249       const auto &SimplifiedOp = A.getAssumedSimplified(
11250           IRPosition::value(*Op, getCallBaseContext()), *this,
11251           UsedAssumedInformation, AA::Intraprocedural);
11252       // If we are not sure about any operand we are not sure about the entire
11253       // instruction, we'll wait.
11254       if (!SimplifiedOp.has_value())
11255         return true;
11256 
11257       if (*SimplifiedOp)
11258         NewOps[Idx] = *SimplifiedOp;
11259       else
11260         NewOps[Idx] = Op;
11261 
11262       SomeSimplified |= (NewOps[Idx] != Op);
11263       ++Idx;
11264     }
11265 
11266     // We won't bother with the InstSimplify interface if we didn't simplify any
11267     // operand ourselves.
11268     if (!SomeSimplified)
11269       return false;
11270 
11271     InformationCache &InfoCache = A.getInfoCache();
11272     Function *F = I.getFunction();
11273     const auto *DT =
11274         InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(*F);
11275     const auto *TLI = A.getInfoCache().getTargetLibraryInfoForFunction(*F);
11276     auto *AC = InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<AssumptionAnalysis>(*F);
11277 
11278     const DataLayout &DL = I.getDataLayout();
11279     SimplifyQuery Q(DL, TLI, DT, AC, &I);
11280     Value *NewV = simplifyInstructionWithOperands(&I, NewOps, Q);
11281     if (!NewV || NewV == &I)
11282       return false;
11283 
11284     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Generic inst " << I << " assumed simplified to "
11285                       << *NewV << "\n");
11286     Worklist.push_back({{*NewV, II.I.getCtxI()}, II.S});
11287     return true;
11288   }
11289 
11290   bool simplifyInstruction(
11291       Attributor &A, Instruction &I, ItemInfo II,
11292       SmallVectorImpl<ItemInfo> &Worklist,
11293       SmallMapVector<const Function *, LivenessInfo, 4> &LivenessAAs) {
11294     if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(&I))
11295       return handleCmp(A, *CI, CI->getOperand(0), CI->getOperand(1),
11296                        CI->getPredicate(), II, Worklist);
11297 
11298     switch (I.getOpcode()) {
11299     case Instruction::Select:
11300       return handleSelectInst(A, cast<SelectInst>(I), II, Worklist);
11301     case Instruction::PHI:
11302       return handlePHINode(A, cast<PHINode>(I), II, Worklist, LivenessAAs);
11303     case Instruction::Load:
11304       return handleLoadInst(A, cast<LoadInst>(I), II, Worklist);
11305     default:
11306       return handleGenericInst(A, I, II, Worklist);
11307     };
11308     return false;
11309   }
11310 
11311   void genericValueTraversal(Attributor &A, Value *InitialV) {
11312     SmallMapVector<const Function *, LivenessInfo, 4> LivenessAAs;
11313 
11314     SmallSet<ItemInfo, 16> Visited;
11315     SmallVector<ItemInfo, 16> Worklist;
11316     Worklist.push_back({{*InitialV, getCtxI()}, AA::AnyScope});
11317 
11318     int Iteration = 0;
11319     do {
11320       ItemInfo II = Worklist.pop_back_val();
11321       Value *V = II.I.getValue();
11322       assert(V);
11323       const Instruction *CtxI = II.I.getCtxI();
11324       AA::ValueScope S = II.S;
11325 
11326       // Check if we should process the current value. To prevent endless
11327       // recursion keep a record of the values we followed!
11328       if (!Visited.insert(II).second)
11329         continue;
11330 
11331       // Make sure we limit the compile time for complex expressions.
11332       if (Iteration++ >= MaxPotentialValuesIterations) {
11333         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Generic value traversal reached iteration limit: "
11334                           << Iteration << "!\n");
11335         addValue(A, getState(), *V, CtxI, S, getAnchorScope());
11336         continue;
11337       }
11338 
11339       // Explicitly look through calls with a "returned" attribute if we do
11340       // not have a pointer as stripPointerCasts only works on them.
11341       Value *NewV = nullptr;
11342       if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
11343         NewV = AA::getWithType(*V->stripPointerCasts(), *V->getType());
11344       } else {
11345         if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(V))
11346           if (auto *Callee =
11347                   dyn_cast_if_present<Function>(CB->getCalledOperand())) {
11348             for (Argument &Arg : Callee->args())
11349               if (Arg.hasReturnedAttr()) {
11350                 NewV = CB->getArgOperand(Arg.getArgNo());
11351                 break;
11352               }
11353           }
11354       }
11355       if (NewV && NewV != V) {
11356         Worklist.push_back({{*NewV, CtxI}, S});
11357         continue;
11358       }
11359 
11360       if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
11361         if (simplifyInstruction(A, *I, II, Worklist, LivenessAAs))
11362           continue;
11363       }
11364 
11365       if (V != InitialV || isa<Argument>(V))
11366         if (recurseForValue(A, IRPosition::value(*V), II.S))
11367           continue;
11368 
11369       // If we haven't stripped anything we give up.
11370       if (V == InitialV && CtxI == getCtxI()) {
11371         indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
11372         return;
11373       }
11374 
11375       addValue(A, getState(), *V, CtxI, S, getAnchorScope());
11376     } while (!Worklist.empty());
11377 
11378     // If we actually used liveness information so we have to record a
11379     // dependence.
11380     for (auto &It : LivenessAAs)
11381       if (It.second.AnyDead)
11382         A.recordDependence(*It.second.LivenessAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
11383   }
11384 
11385   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
11386   void trackStatistics() const override {
11387     STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(potential_values)
11388   }
11389 };
11390 
11391 struct AAPotentialValuesArgument final : AAPotentialValuesImpl {
11392   using Base = AAPotentialValuesImpl;
11393   AAPotentialValuesArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
11394       : Base(IRP, A) {}
11395 
11396   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..).
11397   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
11398     auto &Arg = cast<Argument>(getAssociatedValue());
11399     if (Arg.hasPointeeInMemoryValueAttr())
11400       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
11401   }
11402 
11403   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
11404   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
11405     auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed();
11406 
11407     unsigned ArgNo = getCalleeArgNo();
11408 
11409     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
11410     SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> Values;
11411     auto CallSitePred = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) {
11412       const auto CSArgIRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(ACS, ArgNo);
11413       if (CSArgIRP.getPositionKind() == IRP_INVALID)
11414         return false;
11415 
11416       if (!A.getAssumedSimplifiedValues(CSArgIRP, this, Values,
11417                                         AA::Interprocedural,
11418                                         UsedAssumedInformation))
11419         return false;
11420 
11421       return isValidState();
11422     };
11423 
11424     if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(CallSitePred, *this,
11425                                 /* RequireAllCallSites */ true,
11426                                 UsedAssumedInformation))
11427       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
11428 
11429     Function *Fn = getAssociatedFunction();
11430     bool AnyNonLocal = false;
11431     for (auto &It : Values) {
11432       if (isa<Constant>(It.getValue())) {
11433         addValue(A, getState(), *It.getValue(), It.getCtxI(), AA::AnyScope,
11434                  getAnchorScope());
11435         continue;
11436       }
11437       if (!AA::isDynamicallyUnique(A, *this, *It.getValue()))
11438         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
11439 
11440       if (auto *Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(It.getValue()))
11441         if (Arg->getParent() == Fn) {
11442           addValue(A, getState(), *It.getValue(), It.getCtxI(), AA::AnyScope,
11443                    getAnchorScope());
11444           continue;
11445         }
11446       addValue(A, getState(), *It.getValue(), It.getCtxI(), AA::Interprocedural,
11447                getAnchorScope());
11448       AnyNonLocal = true;
11449     }
11450     assert(!undefIsContained() && "Undef should be an explicit value!");
11451     if (AnyNonLocal)
11452       giveUpOnIntraprocedural(A);
11453 
11454     return (AssumedBefore == getAssumed()) ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED
11455                                            : ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
11456   }
11457 
11458   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
11459   void trackStatistics() const override {
11460     STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(potential_values)
11461   }
11462 };
11463 
11464 struct AAPotentialValuesReturned : public AAPotentialValuesFloating {
11465   using Base = AAPotentialValuesFloating;
11466   AAPotentialValuesReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
11467       : Base(IRP, A) {}
11468 
11469   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..).
11470   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
11471     Function *F = getAssociatedFunction();
11472     if (!F || F->isDeclaration() || F->getReturnType()->isVoidTy()) {
11473       indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
11474       return;
11475     }
11476 
11477     for (Argument &Arg : F->args())
11478       if (Arg.hasReturnedAttr()) {
11479         addValue(A, getState(), Arg, nullptr, AA::AnyScope, F);
11480         ReturnedArg = &Arg;
11481         break;
11482       }
11483     if (!A.isFunctionIPOAmendable(*F) ||
11484         A.hasSimplificationCallback(getIRPosition())) {
11485       if (!ReturnedArg)
11486         indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
11487       else
11488         indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
11489     }
11490   }
11491 
11492   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
11493   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
11494     auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed();
11495     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
11496 
11497     SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> Values;
11498     Function *AnchorScope = getAnchorScope();
11499     auto HandleReturnedValue = [&](Value &V, Instruction *CtxI,
11500                                    bool AddValues) {
11501       for (AA::ValueScope S : {AA::Interprocedural, AA::Intraprocedural}) {
11502         Values.clear();
11503         if (!A.getAssumedSimplifiedValues(IRPosition::value(V), this, Values, S,
11504                                           UsedAssumedInformation,
11505                                           /* RecurseForSelectAndPHI */ true))
11506           return false;
11507         if (!AddValues)
11508           continue;
11509         for (const AA::ValueAndContext &VAC : Values)
11510           addValue(A, getState(), *VAC.getValue(),
11511                    VAC.getCtxI() ? VAC.getCtxI() : CtxI, S, AnchorScope);
11512       }
11513       return true;
11514     };
11515 
11516     if (ReturnedArg) {
11517       HandleReturnedValue(*ReturnedArg, nullptr, true);
11518     } else {
11519       auto RetInstPred = [&](Instruction &RetI) {
11520         bool AddValues = true;
11521         if (isa<PHINode>(RetI.getOperand(0)) ||
11522             isa<SelectInst>(RetI.getOperand(0))) {
11523           addValue(A, getState(), *RetI.getOperand(0), &RetI, AA::AnyScope,
11524                    AnchorScope);
11525           AddValues = false;
11526         }
11527         return HandleReturnedValue(*RetI.getOperand(0), &RetI, AddValues);
11528       };
11529 
11530       if (!A.checkForAllInstructions(RetInstPred, *this, {Instruction::Ret},
11531                                      UsedAssumedInformation,
11532                                      /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true))
11533         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
11534     }
11535 
11536     return (AssumedBefore == getAssumed()) ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED
11537                                            : ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
11538   }
11539 
11540   void addValue(Attributor &A, StateType &State, Value &V,
11541                 const Instruction *CtxI, AA::ValueScope S,
11542                 Function *AnchorScope) const override {
11543     Function *F = getAssociatedFunction();
11544     if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&V))
11545       if (CB->getCalledOperand() == F)
11546         return;
11547     Base::addValue(A, State, V, CtxI, S, AnchorScope);
11548   }
11549 
11550   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
11551     if (ReturnedArg)
11552       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
11553     SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> Values;
11554     if (!getAssumedSimplifiedValues(A, Values, AA::ValueScope::Intraprocedural,
11555                                     /* RecurseForSelectAndPHI */ true))
11556       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
11557     Value *NewVal = getSingleValue(A, *this, getIRPosition(), Values);
11558     if (!NewVal)
11559       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
11560 
11561     ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
11562     if (auto *Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(NewVal)) {
11563       STATS_DECLTRACK(UniqueReturnValue, FunctionReturn,
11564                       "Number of function with unique return");
11565       Changed |= A.manifestAttrs(
11566           IRPosition::argument(*Arg),
11567           {Attribute::get(Arg->getContext(), Attribute::Returned)});
11568       STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(returned);
11569     }
11570 
11571     auto RetInstPred = [&](Instruction &RetI) {
11572       Value *RetOp = RetI.getOperand(0);
11573       if (isa<UndefValue>(RetOp) || RetOp == NewVal)
11574         return true;
11575       if (AA::isValidAtPosition({*NewVal, RetI}, A.getInfoCache()))
11576         if (A.changeUseAfterManifest(RetI.getOperandUse(0), *NewVal))
11577           Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
11578       return true;
11579     };
11580     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
11581     (void)A.checkForAllInstructions(RetInstPred, *this, {Instruction::Ret},
11582                                     UsedAssumedInformation,
11583                                     /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true);
11584     return Changed;
11585   }
11586 
11587   ChangeStatus indicatePessimisticFixpoint() override {
11588     return AAPotentialValues::indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
11589   }
11590 
11591   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
11592   void trackStatistics() const override{
11593       STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(potential_values)}
11594 
11595   /// The argumented with an existing `returned` attribute.
11596   Argument *ReturnedArg = nullptr;
11597 };
11598 
11599 struct AAPotentialValuesFunction : AAPotentialValuesImpl {
11600   AAPotentialValuesFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
11601       : AAPotentialValuesImpl(IRP, A) {}
11602 
11603   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
11604   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
11605     llvm_unreachable("AAPotentialValues(Function|CallSite)::updateImpl will "
11606                      "not be called");
11607   }
11608 
11609   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
11610   void trackStatistics() const override {
11611     STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(potential_values)
11612   }
11613 };
11614 
11615 struct AAPotentialValuesCallSite : AAPotentialValuesFunction {
11616   AAPotentialValuesCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
11617       : AAPotentialValuesFunction(IRP, A) {}
11618 
11619   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
11620   void trackStatistics() const override {
11621     STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(potential_values)
11622   }
11623 };
11624 
11625 struct AAPotentialValuesCallSiteReturned : AAPotentialValuesImpl {
11626   AAPotentialValuesCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
11627       : AAPotentialValuesImpl(IRP, A) {}
11628 
11629   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
11630   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
11631     auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed();
11632 
11633     Function *Callee = getAssociatedFunction();
11634     if (!Callee)
11635       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
11636 
11637     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
11638     auto *CB = cast<CallBase>(getCtxI());
11639     if (CB->isMustTailCall() &&
11640         !A.isAssumedDead(IRPosition::inst(*CB), this, nullptr,
11641                          UsedAssumedInformation))
11642       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
11643 
11644     SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> Values;
11645     if (!A.getAssumedSimplifiedValues(IRPosition::returned(*Callee), this,
11646                                       Values, AA::Intraprocedural,
11647                                       UsedAssumedInformation))
11648       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
11649 
11650     Function *Caller = CB->getCaller();
11651 
11652     bool AnyNonLocal = false;
11653     for (auto &It : Values) {
11654       Value *V = It.getValue();
11655       std::optional<Value *> CallerV = A.translateArgumentToCallSiteContent(
11656           V, *CB, *this, UsedAssumedInformation);
11657       if (!CallerV.has_value()) {
11658         // Nothing to do as long as no value was determined.
11659         continue;
11660       }
11661       V = *CallerV ? *CallerV : V;
11662       if (AA::isDynamicallyUnique(A, *this, *V) &&
11663           AA::isValidInScope(*V, Caller)) {
11664         if (*CallerV) {
11665           SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> ArgValues;
11666           IRPosition IRP = IRPosition::value(*V);
11667           if (auto *Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(V))
11668             if (Arg->getParent() == CB->getCalledOperand())
11669               IRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, Arg->getArgNo());
11670           if (recurseForValue(A, IRP, AA::AnyScope))
11671             continue;
11672         }
11673         addValue(A, getState(), *V, CB, AA::AnyScope, getAnchorScope());
11674       } else {
11675         AnyNonLocal = true;
11676         break;
11677       }
11678     }
11679     if (AnyNonLocal) {
11680       Values.clear();
11681       if (!A.getAssumedSimplifiedValues(IRPosition::returned(*Callee), this,
11682                                         Values, AA::Interprocedural,
11683                                         UsedAssumedInformation))
11684         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
11685       AnyNonLocal = false;
11686       getState() = PotentialLLVMValuesState::getBestState();
11687       for (auto &It : Values) {
11688         Value *V = It.getValue();
11689         if (!AA::isDynamicallyUnique(A, *this, *V))
11690           return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
11691         if (AA::isValidInScope(*V, Caller)) {
11692           addValue(A, getState(), *V, CB, AA::AnyScope, getAnchorScope());
11693         } else {
11694           AnyNonLocal = true;
11695           addValue(A, getState(), *V, CB, AA::Interprocedural,
11696                    getAnchorScope());
11697         }
11698       }
11699       if (AnyNonLocal)
11700         giveUpOnIntraprocedural(A);
11701     }
11702     return (AssumedBefore == getAssumed()) ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED
11703                                            : ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
11704   }
11705 
11706   ChangeStatus indicatePessimisticFixpoint() override {
11707     return AAPotentialValues::indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
11708   }
11709 
11710   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
11711   void trackStatistics() const override {
11712     STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(potential_values)
11713   }
11714 };
11715 
11716 struct AAPotentialValuesCallSiteArgument : AAPotentialValuesFloating {
11717   AAPotentialValuesCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
11718       : AAPotentialValuesFloating(IRP, A) {}
11719 
11720   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
11721   void trackStatistics() const override {
11722     STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(potential_values)
11723   }
11724 };
11725 } // namespace
11726 
11727 /// ---------------------- Assumption Propagation ------------------------------
11728 namespace {
11729 struct AAAssumptionInfoImpl : public AAAssumptionInfo {
11730   AAAssumptionInfoImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A,
11731                        const DenseSet<StringRef> &Known)
11732       : AAAssumptionInfo(IRP, A, Known) {}
11733 
11734   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
11735   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
11736     // Don't manifest a universal set if it somehow made it here.
11737     if (getKnown().isUniversal())
11738       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
11739 
11740     const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition();
11741     SmallVector<StringRef, 0> Set(getAssumed().getSet().begin(),
11742                                   getAssumed().getSet().end());
11743     llvm::sort(Set);
11744     return A.manifestAttrs(IRP,
11745                            Attribute::get(IRP.getAnchorValue().getContext(),
11746                                           AssumptionAttrKey,
11747                                           llvm::join(Set, ",")),
11748                            /*ForceReplace=*/true);
11749   }
11750 
11751   bool hasAssumption(const StringRef Assumption) const override {
11752     return isValidState() && setContains(Assumption);
11753   }
11754 
11755   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr()
11756   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
11757     const SetContents &Known = getKnown();
11758     const SetContents &Assumed = getAssumed();
11759 
11760     SmallVector<StringRef, 0> Set(Known.getSet().begin(), Known.getSet().end());
11761     llvm::sort(Set);
11762     const std::string KnownStr = llvm::join(Set, ",");
11763 
11764     std::string AssumedStr = "Universal";
11765     if (!Assumed.isUniversal()) {
11766       Set.assign(Assumed.getSet().begin(), Assumed.getSet().end());
11767       AssumedStr = llvm::join(Set, ",");
11768     }
11769     return "Known [" + KnownStr + "]," + " Assumed [" + AssumedStr + "]";
11770   }
11771 };
11772 
11773 /// Propagates assumption information from parent functions to all of their
11774 /// successors. An assumption can be propagated if the containing function
11775 /// dominates the called function.
11776 ///
11777 /// We start with a "known" set of assumptions already valid for the associated
11778 /// function and an "assumed" set that initially contains all possible
11779 /// assumptions. The assumed set is inter-procedurally updated by narrowing its
11780 /// contents as concrete values are known. The concrete values are seeded by the
11781 /// first nodes that are either entries into the call graph, or contains no
11782 /// assumptions. Each node is updated as the intersection of the assumed state
11783 /// with all of its predecessors.
11784 struct AAAssumptionInfoFunction final : AAAssumptionInfoImpl {
11785   AAAssumptionInfoFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
11786       : AAAssumptionInfoImpl(IRP, A,
11787                              getAssumptions(*IRP.getAssociatedFunction())) {}
11788 
11789   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
11790   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
11791     bool Changed = false;
11792 
11793     auto CallSitePred = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) {
11794       const auto *AssumptionAA = A.getAAFor<AAAssumptionInfo>(
11795           *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*ACS.getInstruction()),
11796           DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
11797       if (!AssumptionAA)
11798         return false;
11799       // Get the set of assumptions shared by all of this function's callers.
11800       Changed |= getIntersection(AssumptionAA->getAssumed());
11801       return !getAssumed().empty() || !getKnown().empty();
11802     };
11803 
11804     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
11805     // Get the intersection of all assumptions held by this node's predecessors.
11806     // If we don't know all the call sites then this is either an entry into the
11807     // call graph or an empty node. This node is known to only contain its own
11808     // assumptions and can be propagated to its successors.
11809     if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(CallSitePred, *this, true,
11810                                 UsedAssumedInformation))
11811       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
11812 
11813     return Changed ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
11814   }
11815 
11816   void trackStatistics() const override {}
11817 };
11818 
11819 /// Assumption Info defined for call sites.
11820 struct AAAssumptionInfoCallSite final : AAAssumptionInfoImpl {
11821 
11822   AAAssumptionInfoCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
11823       : AAAssumptionInfoImpl(IRP, A, getInitialAssumptions(IRP)) {}
11824 
11825   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
11826   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
11827     const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*getAnchorScope());
11828     A.getAAFor<AAAssumptionInfo>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
11829   }
11830 
11831   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
11832   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
11833     const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*getAnchorScope());
11834     auto *AssumptionAA =
11835         A.getAAFor<AAAssumptionInfo>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
11836     if (!AssumptionAA)
11837       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
11838     bool Changed = getIntersection(AssumptionAA->getAssumed());
11839     return Changed ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
11840   }
11841 
11842   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
11843   void trackStatistics() const override {}
11844 
11845 private:
11846   /// Helper to initialized the known set as all the assumptions this call and
11847   /// the callee contain.
11848   DenseSet<StringRef> getInitialAssumptions(const IRPosition &IRP) {
11849     const CallBase &CB = cast<CallBase>(IRP.getAssociatedValue());
11850     auto Assumptions = getAssumptions(CB);
11851     if (const Function *F = CB.getCaller())
11852       set_union(Assumptions, getAssumptions(*F));
11853     if (Function *F = IRP.getAssociatedFunction())
11854       set_union(Assumptions, getAssumptions(*F));
11855     return Assumptions;
11856   }
11857 };
11858 } // namespace
11859 
11860 AACallGraphNode *AACallEdgeIterator::operator*() const {
11861   return static_cast<AACallGraphNode *>(const_cast<AACallEdges *>(
11862       A.getOrCreateAAFor<AACallEdges>(IRPosition::function(**I))));
11863 }
11864 
11865 void AttributorCallGraph::print() { llvm::WriteGraph(outs(), this); }
11866 
11867 /// ------------------------ UnderlyingObjects ---------------------------------
11868 
11869 namespace {
11870 struct AAUnderlyingObjectsImpl
11871     : StateWrapper<BooleanState, AAUnderlyingObjects> {
11872   using BaseTy = StateWrapper<BooleanState, AAUnderlyingObjects>;
11873   AAUnderlyingObjectsImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : BaseTy(IRP) {}
11874 
11875   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
11876   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
11877     return std::string("UnderlyingObjects ") +
11878            (isValidState()
11879                 ? (std::string("inter #") +
11880                    std::to_string(InterAssumedUnderlyingObjects.size()) +
11881                    " objs" + std::string(", intra #") +
11882                    std::to_string(IntraAssumedUnderlyingObjects.size()) +
11883                    " objs")
11884                 : "<invalid>");
11885   }
11886 
11887   /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics()
11888   void trackStatistics() const override {}
11889 
11890   /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...).
11891   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
11892     auto &Ptr = getAssociatedValue();
11893 
11894     auto DoUpdate = [&](SmallSetVector<Value *, 8> &UnderlyingObjects,
11895                         AA::ValueScope Scope) {
11896       bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
11897       SmallPtrSet<Value *, 8> SeenObjects;
11898       SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> Values;
11899 
11900       if (!A.getAssumedSimplifiedValues(IRPosition::value(Ptr), *this, Values,
11901                                         Scope, UsedAssumedInformation))
11902         return UnderlyingObjects.insert(&Ptr);
11903 
11904       bool Changed = false;
11905 
11906       for (unsigned I = 0; I < Values.size(); ++I) {
11907         auto &VAC = Values[I];
11908         auto *Obj = VAC.getValue();
11909         Value *UO = getUnderlyingObject(Obj);
11910         if (UO && UO != VAC.getValue() && SeenObjects.insert(UO).second) {
11911           const auto *OtherAA = A.getAAFor<AAUnderlyingObjects>(
11912               *this, IRPosition::value(*UO), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
11913           auto Pred = [&Values](Value &V) {
11914             Values.emplace_back(V, nullptr);
11915             return true;
11916           };
11917 
11918           if (!OtherAA || !OtherAA->forallUnderlyingObjects(Pred, Scope))
11919             llvm_unreachable(
11920                 "The forall call should not return false at this position");
11921 
11922           continue;
11923         }
11924 
11925         if (isa<SelectInst>(Obj)) {
11926           Changed |= handleIndirect(A, *Obj, UnderlyingObjects, Scope);
11927           continue;
11928         }
11929         if (auto *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Obj)) {
11930           // Explicitly look through PHIs as we do not care about dynamically
11931           // uniqueness.
11932           for (unsigned u = 0, e = PHI->getNumIncomingValues(); u < e; u++) {
11933             Changed |= handleIndirect(A, *PHI->getIncomingValue(u),
11934                                       UnderlyingObjects, Scope);
11935           }
11936           continue;
11937         }
11938 
11939         Changed |= UnderlyingObjects.insert(Obj);
11940       }
11941 
11942       return Changed;
11943     };
11944 
11945     bool Changed = false;
11946     Changed |= DoUpdate(IntraAssumedUnderlyingObjects, AA::Intraprocedural);
11947     Changed |= DoUpdate(InterAssumedUnderlyingObjects, AA::Interprocedural);
11948 
11949     return Changed ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
11950   }
11951 
11952   bool forallUnderlyingObjects(
11953       function_ref<bool(Value &)> Pred,
11954       AA::ValueScope Scope = AA::Interprocedural) const override {
11955     if (!isValidState())
11956       return Pred(getAssociatedValue());
11957 
11958     auto &AssumedUnderlyingObjects = Scope == AA::Intraprocedural
11959                                          ? IntraAssumedUnderlyingObjects
11960                                          : InterAssumedUnderlyingObjects;
11961     for (Value *Obj : AssumedUnderlyingObjects)
11962       if (!Pred(*Obj))
11963         return false;
11964 
11965     return true;
11966   }
11967 
11968 private:
11969   /// Handle the case where the value is not the actual underlying value, such
11970   /// as a phi node or a select instruction.
11971   bool handleIndirect(Attributor &A, Value &V,
11972                       SmallSetVector<Value *, 8> &UnderlyingObjects,
11973                       AA::ValueScope Scope) {
11974     bool Changed = false;
11975     const auto *AA = A.getAAFor<AAUnderlyingObjects>(
11976         *this, IRPosition::value(V), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
11977     auto Pred = [&](Value &V) {
11978       Changed |= UnderlyingObjects.insert(&V);
11979       return true;
11980     };
11981     if (!AA || !AA->forallUnderlyingObjects(Pred, Scope))
11982       llvm_unreachable(
11983           "The forall call should not return false at this position");
11984     return Changed;
11985   }
11986 
11987   /// All the underlying objects collected so far via intra procedural scope.
11988   SmallSetVector<Value *, 8> IntraAssumedUnderlyingObjects;
11989   /// All the underlying objects collected so far via inter procedural scope.
11990   SmallSetVector<Value *, 8> InterAssumedUnderlyingObjects;
11991 };
11992 
11993 struct AAUnderlyingObjectsFloating final : AAUnderlyingObjectsImpl {
11994   AAUnderlyingObjectsFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
11995       : AAUnderlyingObjectsImpl(IRP, A) {}
11996 };
11997 
11998 struct AAUnderlyingObjectsArgument final : AAUnderlyingObjectsImpl {
11999   AAUnderlyingObjectsArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12000       : AAUnderlyingObjectsImpl(IRP, A) {}
12001 };
12002 
12003 struct AAUnderlyingObjectsCallSite final : AAUnderlyingObjectsImpl {
12004   AAUnderlyingObjectsCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12005       : AAUnderlyingObjectsImpl(IRP, A) {}
12006 };
12007 
12008 struct AAUnderlyingObjectsCallSiteArgument final : AAUnderlyingObjectsImpl {
12009   AAUnderlyingObjectsCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12010       : AAUnderlyingObjectsImpl(IRP, A) {}
12011 };
12012 
12013 struct AAUnderlyingObjectsReturned final : AAUnderlyingObjectsImpl {
12014   AAUnderlyingObjectsReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12015       : AAUnderlyingObjectsImpl(IRP, A) {}
12016 };
12017 
12018 struct AAUnderlyingObjectsCallSiteReturned final : AAUnderlyingObjectsImpl {
12019   AAUnderlyingObjectsCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12020       : AAUnderlyingObjectsImpl(IRP, A) {}
12021 };
12022 
12023 struct AAUnderlyingObjectsFunction final : AAUnderlyingObjectsImpl {
12024   AAUnderlyingObjectsFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12025       : AAUnderlyingObjectsImpl(IRP, A) {}
12026 };
12027 } // namespace
12028 
12029 /// ------------------------ Global Value Info  -------------------------------
12030 namespace {
12031 struct AAGlobalValueInfoFloating : public AAGlobalValueInfo {
12032   AAGlobalValueInfoFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12033       : AAGlobalValueInfo(IRP, A) {}
12034 
12035   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
12036   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {}
12037 
12038   bool checkUse(Attributor &A, const Use &U, bool &Follow,
12039                 SmallVectorImpl<const Value *> &Worklist) {
12040     Instruction *UInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
12041     if (!UInst) {
12042       Follow = true;
12043       return true;
12044     }
12045 
12046     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAGlobalValueInfo] Check use: " << *U.get() << " in "
12047                       << *UInst << "\n");
12048 
12049     if (auto *Cmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(U.getUser())) {
12050       int Idx = &Cmp->getOperandUse(0) == &U;
12051       if (isa<Constant>(Cmp->getOperand(Idx)))
12052         return true;
12053       return U == &getAnchorValue();
12054     }
12055 
12056     // Explicitly catch return instructions.
12057     if (isa<ReturnInst>(UInst)) {
12058       auto CallSitePred = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) {
12059         Worklist.push_back(ACS.getInstruction());
12060         return true;
12061       };
12062       bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
12063       // TODO: We should traverse the uses or add a "non-call-site" CB.
12064       if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(CallSitePred, *UInst->getFunction(),
12065                                   /*RequireAllCallSites=*/true, this,
12066                                   UsedAssumedInformation))
12067         return false;
12068       return true;
12069     }
12070 
12071     // For now we only use special logic for call sites. However, the tracker
12072     // itself knows about a lot of other non-capturing cases already.
12073     auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(UInst);
12074     if (!CB)
12075       return false;
12076     // Direct calls are OK uses.
12077     if (CB->isCallee(&U))
12078       return true;
12079     // Non-argument uses are scary.
12080     if (!CB->isArgOperand(&U))
12081       return false;
12082     // TODO: Iterate callees.
12083     auto *Fn = dyn_cast<Function>(CB->getCalledOperand());
12084     if (!Fn || !A.isFunctionIPOAmendable(*Fn))
12085       return false;
12086 
12087     unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(&U);
12088     Worklist.push_back(Fn->getArg(ArgNo));
12089     return true;
12090   }
12091 
12092   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
12093     unsigned NumUsesBefore = Uses.size();
12094 
12095     SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 8> Visited;
12096     SmallVector<const Value *> Worklist;
12097     Worklist.push_back(&getAnchorValue());
12098 
12099     auto UsePred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) -> bool {
12100       Uses.insert(&U);
12101       switch (DetermineUseCaptureKind(U, nullptr)) {
12102       case UseCaptureKind::NO_CAPTURE:
12103         return checkUse(A, U, Follow, Worklist);
12104       case UseCaptureKind::MAY_CAPTURE:
12105         return checkUse(A, U, Follow, Worklist);
12106       case UseCaptureKind::PASSTHROUGH:
12107         Follow = true;
12108         return true;
12109       }
12110       return true;
12111     };
12112     auto EquivalentUseCB = [&](const Use &OldU, const Use &NewU) {
12113       Uses.insert(&OldU);
12114       return true;
12115     };
12116 
12117     while (!Worklist.empty()) {
12118       const Value *V = Worklist.pop_back_val();
12119       if (!Visited.insert(V).second)
12120         continue;
12121       if (!A.checkForAllUses(UsePred, *this, *V,
12122                              /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true,
12123                              DepClassTy::OPTIONAL,
12124                              /* IgnoreDroppableUses */ true, EquivalentUseCB)) {
12125         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
12126       }
12127     }
12128 
12129     return Uses.size() == NumUsesBefore ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED
12130                                         : ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
12131   }
12132 
12133   bool isPotentialUse(const Use &U) const override {
12134     return !isValidState() || Uses.contains(&U);
12135   }
12136 
12137   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
12138   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
12139     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
12140   }
12141 
12142   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
12143   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
12144     return "[" + std::to_string(Uses.size()) + " uses]";
12145   }
12146 
12147   void trackStatistics() const override {
12148     STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(GlobalValuesTracked);
12149   }
12150 
12151 private:
12152   /// Set of (transitive) uses of this GlobalValue.
12153   SmallPtrSet<const Use *, 8> Uses;
12154 };
12155 } // namespace
12156 
12157 /// ------------------------ Indirect Call Info  -------------------------------
12158 namespace {
12159 struct AAIndirectCallInfoCallSite : public AAIndirectCallInfo {
12160   AAIndirectCallInfoCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12161       : AAIndirectCallInfo(IRP, A) {}
12162 
12163   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
12164   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
12165     auto *MD = getCtxI()->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_callees);
12166     if (!MD && !A.isClosedWorldModule())
12167       return;
12168 
12169     if (MD) {
12170       for (const auto &Op : MD->operands())
12171         if (Function *Callee = mdconst::dyn_extract_or_null<Function>(Op))
12172           PotentialCallees.insert(Callee);
12173     } else if (A.isClosedWorldModule()) {
12174       ArrayRef<Function *> IndirectlyCallableFunctions =
12175           A.getInfoCache().getIndirectlyCallableFunctions(A);
12176       PotentialCallees.insert(IndirectlyCallableFunctions.begin(),
12177                               IndirectlyCallableFunctions.end());
12178     }
12179 
12180     if (PotentialCallees.empty())
12181       indicateOptimisticFixpoint();
12182   }
12183 
12184   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
12185     CallBase *CB = cast<CallBase>(getCtxI());
12186     const Use &CalleeUse = CB->getCalledOperandUse();
12187     Value *FP = CB->getCalledOperand();
12188 
12189     SmallSetVector<Function *, 4> AssumedCalleesNow;
12190     bool AllCalleesKnownNow = AllCalleesKnown;
12191 
12192     auto CheckPotentialCalleeUse = [&](Function &PotentialCallee,
12193                                        bool &UsedAssumedInformation) {
12194       const auto *GIAA = A.getAAFor<AAGlobalValueInfo>(
12195           *this, IRPosition::value(PotentialCallee), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL);
12196       if (!GIAA || GIAA->isPotentialUse(CalleeUse))
12197         return true;
12198       UsedAssumedInformation = !GIAA->isAtFixpoint();
12199       return false;
12200     };
12201 
12202     auto AddPotentialCallees = [&]() {
12203       for (auto *PotentialCallee : PotentialCallees) {
12204         bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
12205         if (CheckPotentialCalleeUse(*PotentialCallee, UsedAssumedInformation))
12206           AssumedCalleesNow.insert(PotentialCallee);
12207       }
12208     };
12209 
12210     // Use simplification to find potential callees, if !callees was present,
12211     // fallback to that set if necessary.
12212     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
12213     SmallVector<AA::ValueAndContext> Values;
12214     if (!A.getAssumedSimplifiedValues(IRPosition::value(*FP), this, Values,
12215                                       AA::ValueScope::AnyScope,
12216                                       UsedAssumedInformation)) {
12217       if (PotentialCallees.empty())
12218         return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
12219       AddPotentialCallees();
12220     }
12221 
12222     // Try to find a reason for \p Fn not to be a potential callee. If none was
12223     // found, add it to the assumed callees set.
12224     auto CheckPotentialCallee = [&](Function &Fn) {
12225       if (!PotentialCallees.empty() && !PotentialCallees.count(&Fn))
12226         return false;
12227 
12228       auto &CachedResult = FilterResults[&Fn];
12229       if (CachedResult.has_value())
12230         return CachedResult.value();
12231 
12232       bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
12233       if (!CheckPotentialCalleeUse(Fn, UsedAssumedInformation)) {
12234         if (!UsedAssumedInformation)
12235           CachedResult = false;
12236         return false;
12237       }
12238 
12239       int NumFnArgs = Fn.arg_size();
12240       int NumCBArgs = CB->arg_size();
12241 
12242       // Check if any excess argument (which we fill up with poison) is known to
12243       // be UB on undef.
12244       for (int I = NumCBArgs; I < NumFnArgs; ++I) {
12245         bool IsKnown = false;
12246         if (AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoUndef>(
12247                 A, this, IRPosition::argument(*Fn.getArg(I)),
12248                 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnown)) {
12249           if (IsKnown)
12250             CachedResult = false;
12251           return false;
12252         }
12253       }
12254 
12255       CachedResult = true;
12256       return true;
12257     };
12258 
12259     // Check simplification result, prune known UB callees, also restrict it to
12260     // the !callees set, if present.
12261     for (auto &VAC : Values) {
12262       if (isa<UndefValue>(VAC.getValue()))
12263         continue;
12264       if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(VAC.getValue()) &&
12265           VAC.getValue()->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace() == 0)
12266         continue;
12267       // TODO: Check for known UB, e.g., poison + noundef.
12268       if (auto *VACFn = dyn_cast<Function>(VAC.getValue())) {
12269         if (CheckPotentialCallee(*VACFn))
12270           AssumedCalleesNow.insert(VACFn);
12271         continue;
12272       }
12273       if (!PotentialCallees.empty()) {
12274         AddPotentialCallees();
12275         break;
12276       }
12277       AllCalleesKnownNow = false;
12278     }
12279 
12280     if (AssumedCalleesNow == AssumedCallees &&
12281         AllCalleesKnown == AllCalleesKnownNow)
12282       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
12283 
12284     std::swap(AssumedCallees, AssumedCalleesNow);
12285     AllCalleesKnown = AllCalleesKnownNow;
12286     return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
12287   }
12288 
12289   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
12290   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
12291     // If we can't specialize at all, give up now.
12292     if (!AllCalleesKnown && AssumedCallees.empty())
12293       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
12294 
12295     CallBase *CB = cast<CallBase>(getCtxI());
12296     bool UsedAssumedInformation = false;
12297     if (A.isAssumedDead(*CB, this, /*LivenessAA=*/nullptr,
12298                         UsedAssumedInformation))
12299       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
12300 
12301     ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
12302     Value *FP = CB->getCalledOperand();
12303     if (FP->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace())
12304       FP = new AddrSpaceCastInst(FP, PointerType::get(FP->getType(), 0),
12305                                  FP->getName() + ".as0", CB->getIterator());
12306 
12307     bool CBIsVoid = CB->getType()->isVoidTy();
12308     BasicBlock::iterator IP = CB->getIterator();
12309     FunctionType *CSFT = CB->getFunctionType();
12310     SmallVector<Value *> CSArgs(CB->arg_begin(), CB->arg_end());
12311 
12312     // If we know all callees and there are none, the call site is (effectively)
12313     // dead (or UB).
12314     if (AssumedCallees.empty()) {
12315       assert(AllCalleesKnown &&
12316              "Expected all callees to be known if there are none.");
12317       A.changeToUnreachableAfterManifest(CB);
12318       return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
12319     }
12320 
12321     // Special handling for the single callee case.
12322     if (AllCalleesKnown && AssumedCallees.size() == 1) {
12323       auto *NewCallee = AssumedCallees.front();
12324       if (isLegalToPromote(*CB, NewCallee)) {
12325         promoteCall(*CB, NewCallee, nullptr);
12326         return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
12327       }
12328       Instruction *NewCall =
12329           CallInst::Create(FunctionCallee(CSFT, NewCallee), CSArgs,
12330                            CB->getName(), CB->getIterator());
12331       if (!CBIsVoid)
12332         A.changeAfterManifest(IRPosition::callsite_returned(*CB), *NewCall);
12333       A.deleteAfterManifest(*CB);
12334       return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
12335     }
12336 
12337     // For each potential value we create a conditional
12338     //
12339     // ```
12340     // if (ptr == value) value(args);
12341     // else ...
12342     // ```
12343     //
12344     bool SpecializedForAnyCallees = false;
12345     bool SpecializedForAllCallees = AllCalleesKnown;
12346     ICmpInst *LastCmp = nullptr;
12347     SmallVector<Function *, 8> SkippedAssumedCallees;
12348     SmallVector<std::pair<CallInst *, Instruction *>> NewCalls;
12349     for (Function *NewCallee : AssumedCallees) {
12350       if (!A.shouldSpecializeCallSiteForCallee(*this, *CB, *NewCallee)) {
12351         SkippedAssumedCallees.push_back(NewCallee);
12352         SpecializedForAllCallees = false;
12353         continue;
12354       }
12355       SpecializedForAnyCallees = true;
12356 
12357       LastCmp = new ICmpInst(IP, llvm::CmpInst::ICMP_EQ, FP, NewCallee);
12358       Instruction *ThenTI =
12359           SplitBlockAndInsertIfThen(LastCmp, IP, /* Unreachable */ false);
12360       BasicBlock *CBBB = CB->getParent();
12361       A.registerManifestAddedBasicBlock(*ThenTI->getParent());
12362       A.registerManifestAddedBasicBlock(*IP->getParent());
12363       auto *SplitTI = cast<BranchInst>(LastCmp->getNextNode());
12364       BasicBlock *ElseBB;
12365       if (&*IP == CB) {
12366         ElseBB = BasicBlock::Create(ThenTI->getContext(), "",
12367                                     ThenTI->getFunction(), CBBB);
12368         A.registerManifestAddedBasicBlock(*ElseBB);
12369         IP = BranchInst::Create(CBBB, ElseBB)->getIterator();
12370         SplitTI->replaceUsesOfWith(CBBB, ElseBB);
12371       } else {
12372         ElseBB = IP->getParent();
12373         ThenTI->replaceUsesOfWith(ElseBB, CBBB);
12374       }
12375       CastInst *RetBC = nullptr;
12376       CallInst *NewCall = nullptr;
12377       if (isLegalToPromote(*CB, NewCallee)) {
12378         auto *CBClone = cast<CallBase>(CB->clone());
12379         CBClone->insertBefore(ThenTI);
12380         NewCall = &cast<CallInst>(promoteCall(*CBClone, NewCallee, &RetBC));
12381       } else {
12382         NewCall = CallInst::Create(FunctionCallee(CSFT, NewCallee), CSArgs,
12383                                    CB->getName(), ThenTI->getIterator());
12384       }
12385       NewCalls.push_back({NewCall, RetBC});
12386     }
12387 
12388     auto AttachCalleeMetadata = [&](CallBase &IndirectCB) {
12389       if (!AllCalleesKnown)
12390         return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
12391       MDBuilder MDB(IndirectCB.getContext());
12392       MDNode *Callees = MDB.createCallees(SkippedAssumedCallees);
12393       IndirectCB.setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_callees, Callees);
12394       return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
12395     };
12396 
12397     if (!SpecializedForAnyCallees)
12398       return AttachCalleeMetadata(*CB);
12399 
12400     // Check if we need the fallback indirect call still.
12401     if (SpecializedForAllCallees) {
12402       LastCmp->replaceAllUsesWith(ConstantInt::getTrue(LastCmp->getContext()));
12403       LastCmp->eraseFromParent();
12404       new UnreachableInst(IP->getContext(), IP);
12405       IP->eraseFromParent();
12406     } else {
12407       auto *CBClone = cast<CallInst>(CB->clone());
12408       CBClone->setName(CB->getName());
12409       CBClone->insertBefore(*IP->getParent(), IP);
12410       NewCalls.push_back({CBClone, nullptr});
12411       AttachCalleeMetadata(*CBClone);
12412     }
12413 
12414     // Check if we need a PHI to merge the results.
12415     if (!CBIsVoid) {
12416       auto *PHI = PHINode::Create(CB->getType(), NewCalls.size(),
12417                                   CB->getName() + ".phi",
12418                                   CB->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt());
12419       for (auto &It : NewCalls) {
12420         CallBase *NewCall = It.first;
12421         Instruction *CallRet = It.second ? It.second : It.first;
12422         if (CallRet->getType() == CB->getType())
12423           PHI->addIncoming(CallRet, CallRet->getParent());
12424         else if (NewCall->getType()->isVoidTy())
12425           PHI->addIncoming(PoisonValue::get(CB->getType()),
12426                            NewCall->getParent());
12427         else
12428           llvm_unreachable("Call return should match or be void!");
12429       }
12430       A.changeAfterManifest(IRPosition::callsite_returned(*CB), *PHI);
12431     }
12432 
12433     A.deleteAfterManifest(*CB);
12434     Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
12435 
12436     return Changed;
12437   }
12438 
12439   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
12440   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
12441     return std::string(AllCalleesKnown ? "eliminate" : "specialize") +
12442            " indirect call site with " + std::to_string(AssumedCallees.size()) +
12443            " functions";
12444   }
12445 
12446   void trackStatistics() const override {
12447     if (AllCalleesKnown) {
12448       STATS_DECLTRACK(
12449           Eliminated, CallSites,
12450           "Number of indirect call sites eliminated via specialization")
12451     } else {
12452       STATS_DECLTRACK(Specialized, CallSites,
12453                       "Number of indirect call sites specialized")
12454     }
12455   }
12456 
12457   bool foreachCallee(function_ref<bool(Function *)> CB) const override {
12458     return isValidState() && AllCalleesKnown && all_of(AssumedCallees, CB);
12459   }
12460 
12461 private:
12462   /// Map to remember filter results.
12463   DenseMap<Function *, std::optional<bool>> FilterResults;
12464 
12465   /// If the !callee metadata was present, this set will contain all potential
12466   /// callees (superset).
12467   SmallSetVector<Function *, 4> PotentialCallees;
12468 
12469   /// This set contains all currently assumed calllees, which might grow over
12470   /// time.
12471   SmallSetVector<Function *, 4> AssumedCallees;
12472 
12473   /// Flag to indicate if all possible callees are in the AssumedCallees set or
12474   /// if there could be others.
12475   bool AllCalleesKnown = true;
12476 };
12477 } // namespace
12478 
12479 /// ------------------------ Address Space  ------------------------------------
12480 namespace {
12481 struct AAAddressSpaceImpl : public AAAddressSpace {
12482   AAAddressSpaceImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12483       : AAAddressSpace(IRP, A) {}
12484 
12485   int32_t getAddressSpace() const override {
12486     assert(isValidState() && "the AA is invalid");
12487     return AssumedAddressSpace;
12488   }
12489 
12490   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
12491   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
12492     assert(getAssociatedType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() &&
12493            "Associated value is not a pointer");
12494   }
12495 
12496   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
12497     int32_t OldAddressSpace = AssumedAddressSpace;
12498     auto *AUO = A.getOrCreateAAFor<AAUnderlyingObjects>(getIRPosition(), this,
12499                                                         DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
12500     auto Pred = [&](Value &Obj) {
12501       if (isa<UndefValue>(&Obj))
12502         return true;
12503       return takeAddressSpace(Obj.getType()->getPointerAddressSpace());
12504     };
12505 
12506     if (!AUO->forallUnderlyingObjects(Pred))
12507       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
12508 
12509     return OldAddressSpace == AssumedAddressSpace ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED
12510                                                   : ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
12511   }
12512 
12513   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
12514   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
12515     Value *AssociatedValue = &getAssociatedValue();
12516     Value *OriginalValue = peelAddrspacecast(AssociatedValue);
12517     if (getAddressSpace() == NoAddressSpace ||
12518         static_cast<uint32_t>(getAddressSpace()) ==
12519             getAssociatedType()->getPointerAddressSpace())
12520       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
12521 
12522     Type *NewPtrTy = PointerType::get(getAssociatedType()->getContext(),
12523                                       static_cast<uint32_t>(getAddressSpace()));
12524     bool UseOriginalValue =
12525         OriginalValue->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace() ==
12526         static_cast<uint32_t>(getAddressSpace());
12527 
12528     bool Changed = false;
12529 
12530     auto MakeChange = [&](Instruction *I, Use &U) {
12531       Changed = true;
12532       if (UseOriginalValue) {
12533         A.changeUseAfterManifest(U, *OriginalValue);
12534         return;
12535       }
12536       Instruction *CastInst = new AddrSpaceCastInst(OriginalValue, NewPtrTy);
12537       CastInst->insertBefore(cast<Instruction>(I));
12538       A.changeUseAfterManifest(U, *CastInst);
12539     };
12540 
12541     auto Pred = [&](const Use &U, bool &) {
12542       if (U.get() != AssociatedValue)
12543         return true;
12544       auto *Inst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
12545       if (!Inst)
12546         return true;
12547       // This is a WA to make sure we only change uses from the corresponding
12548       // CGSCC if the AA is run on CGSCC instead of the entire module.
12549       if (!A.isRunOn(Inst->getFunction()))
12550         return true;
12551       if (isa<LoadInst>(Inst))
12552         MakeChange(Inst, const_cast<Use &>(U));
12553       if (isa<StoreInst>(Inst)) {
12554         // We only make changes if the use is the pointer operand.
12555         if (U.getOperandNo() == 1)
12556           MakeChange(Inst, const_cast<Use &>(U));
12557       }
12558       return true;
12559     };
12560 
12561     // It doesn't matter if we can't check all uses as we can simply
12562     // conservatively ignore those that can not be visited.
12563     (void)A.checkForAllUses(Pred, *this, getAssociatedValue(),
12564                             /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true);
12565 
12566     return Changed ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
12567   }
12568 
12569   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
12570   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
12571     if (!isValidState())
12572       return "addrspace(<invalid>)";
12573     return "addrspace(" +
12574            (AssumedAddressSpace == NoAddressSpace
12575                 ? "none"
12576                 : std::to_string(AssumedAddressSpace)) +
12577            ")";
12578   }
12579 
12580 private:
12581   int32_t AssumedAddressSpace = NoAddressSpace;
12582 
12583   bool takeAddressSpace(int32_t AS) {
12584     if (AssumedAddressSpace == NoAddressSpace) {
12585       AssumedAddressSpace = AS;
12586       return true;
12587     }
12588     return AssumedAddressSpace == AS;
12589   }
12590 
12591   static Value *peelAddrspacecast(Value *V) {
12592     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<AddrSpaceCastInst>(V))
12593       return peelAddrspacecast(I->getPointerOperand());
12594     if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
12595       if (C->getOpcode() == Instruction::AddrSpaceCast)
12596         return peelAddrspacecast(C->getOperand(0));
12597     return V;
12598   }
12599 };
12600 
12601 struct AAAddressSpaceFloating final : AAAddressSpaceImpl {
12602   AAAddressSpaceFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12603       : AAAddressSpaceImpl(IRP, A) {}
12604 
12605   void trackStatistics() const override {
12606     STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(addrspace);
12607   }
12608 };
12609 
12610 struct AAAddressSpaceReturned final : AAAddressSpaceImpl {
12611   AAAddressSpaceReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12612       : AAAddressSpaceImpl(IRP, A) {}
12613 
12614   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
12615   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
12616     // TODO: we don't rewrite function argument for now because it will need to
12617     // rewrite the function signature and all call sites.
12618     (void)indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
12619   }
12620 
12621   void trackStatistics() const override {
12622     STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(addrspace);
12623   }
12624 };
12625 
12626 struct AAAddressSpaceCallSiteReturned final : AAAddressSpaceImpl {
12627   AAAddressSpaceCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12628       : AAAddressSpaceImpl(IRP, A) {}
12629 
12630   void trackStatistics() const override {
12631     STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(addrspace);
12632   }
12633 };
12634 
12635 struct AAAddressSpaceArgument final : AAAddressSpaceImpl {
12636   AAAddressSpaceArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12637       : AAAddressSpaceImpl(IRP, A) {}
12638 
12639   void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(addrspace); }
12640 };
12641 
12642 struct AAAddressSpaceCallSiteArgument final : AAAddressSpaceImpl {
12643   AAAddressSpaceCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12644       : AAAddressSpaceImpl(IRP, A) {}
12645 
12646   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
12647   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
12648     // TODO: we don't rewrite call site argument for now because it will need to
12649     // rewrite the function signature of the callee.
12650     (void)indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
12651   }
12652 
12653   void trackStatistics() const override {
12654     STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(addrspace);
12655   }
12656 };
12657 } // namespace
12658 
12659 /// ----------- Allocation Info ----------
12660 namespace {
12661 struct AAAllocationInfoImpl : public AAAllocationInfo {
12662   AAAllocationInfoImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12663       : AAAllocationInfo(IRP, A) {}
12664 
12665   std::optional<TypeSize> getAllocatedSize() const override {
12666     assert(isValidState() && "the AA is invalid");
12667     return AssumedAllocatedSize;
12668   }
12669 
12670   std::optional<TypeSize> findInitialAllocationSize(Instruction *I,
12671                                                     const DataLayout &DL) {
12672 
12673     // TODO: implement case for malloc like instructions
12674     switch (I->getOpcode()) {
12675     case Instruction::Alloca: {
12676       AllocaInst *AI = cast<AllocaInst>(I);
12677       return AI->getAllocationSize(DL);
12678     }
12679     default:
12680       return std::nullopt;
12681     }
12682   }
12683 
12684   ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override {
12685 
12686     const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition();
12687     Instruction *I = IRP.getCtxI();
12688 
12689     // TODO: update check for malloc like calls
12690     if (!isa<AllocaInst>(I))
12691       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
12692 
12693     bool IsKnownNoCapture;
12694     if (!AA::hasAssumedIRAttr<Attribute::NoCapture>(
12695             A, this, IRP, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, IsKnownNoCapture))
12696       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
12697 
12698     const AAPointerInfo *PI =
12699         A.getOrCreateAAFor<AAPointerInfo>(IRP, *this, DepClassTy::REQUIRED);
12700 
12701     if (!PI)
12702       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
12703 
12704     if (!PI->getState().isValidState())
12705       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
12706 
12707     const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout();
12708     const auto AllocationSize = findInitialAllocationSize(I, DL);
12709 
12710     // If allocation size is nullopt, we give up.
12711     if (!AllocationSize)
12712       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
12713 
12714     // For zero sized allocations, we give up.
12715     // Since we can't reduce further
12716     if (*AllocationSize == 0)
12717       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
12718 
12719     int64_t BinSize = PI->numOffsetBins();
12720 
12721     // TODO: implement for multiple bins
12722     if (BinSize > 1)
12723       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
12724 
12725     if (BinSize == 0) {
12726       auto NewAllocationSize = std::optional<TypeSize>(TypeSize(0, false));
12727       if (!changeAllocationSize(NewAllocationSize))
12728         return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
12729       return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
12730     }
12731 
12732     // TODO: refactor this to be part of multiple bin case
12733     const auto &It = PI->begin();
12734 
12735     // TODO: handle if Offset is not zero
12736     if (It->first.Offset != 0)
12737       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
12738 
12739     uint64_t SizeOfBin = It->first.Offset + It->first.Size;
12740 
12741     if (SizeOfBin >= *AllocationSize)
12742       return indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
12743 
12744     auto NewAllocationSize =
12745         std::optional<TypeSize>(TypeSize(SizeOfBin * 8, false));
12746 
12747     if (!changeAllocationSize(NewAllocationSize))
12748       return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
12749 
12750     return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
12751   }
12752 
12753   /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...).
12754   ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override {
12755 
12756     assert(isValidState() &&
12757            "Manifest should only be called if the state is valid.");
12758 
12759     Instruction *I = getIRPosition().getCtxI();
12760 
12761     auto FixedAllocatedSizeInBits = getAllocatedSize()->getFixedValue();
12762 
12763     unsigned long NumBytesToAllocate = (FixedAllocatedSizeInBits + 7) / 8;
12764 
12765     switch (I->getOpcode()) {
12766     // TODO: add case for malloc like calls
12767     case Instruction::Alloca: {
12768 
12769       AllocaInst *AI = cast<AllocaInst>(I);
12770 
12771       Type *CharType = Type::getInt8Ty(I->getContext());
12772 
12773       auto *NumBytesToValue =
12774           ConstantInt::get(I->getContext(), APInt(32, NumBytesToAllocate));
12775 
12776       BasicBlock::iterator insertPt = AI->getIterator();
12777       insertPt = std::next(insertPt);
12778       AllocaInst *NewAllocaInst =
12779           new AllocaInst(CharType, AI->getAddressSpace(), NumBytesToValue,
12780                          AI->getAlign(), AI->getName(), insertPt);
12781 
12782       if (A.changeAfterManifest(IRPosition::inst(*AI), *NewAllocaInst))
12783         return ChangeStatus::CHANGED;
12784 
12785       break;
12786     }
12787     default:
12788       break;
12789     }
12790 
12791     return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED;
12792   }
12793 
12794   /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr().
12795   const std::string getAsStr(Attributor *A) const override {
12796     if (!isValidState())
12797       return "allocationinfo(<invalid>)";
12798     return "allocationinfo(" +
12799            (AssumedAllocatedSize == HasNoAllocationSize
12800                 ? "none"
12801                 : std::to_string(AssumedAllocatedSize->getFixedValue())) +
12802            ")";
12803   }
12804 
12805 private:
12806   std::optional<TypeSize> AssumedAllocatedSize = HasNoAllocationSize;
12807 
12808   // Maintain the computed allocation size of the object.
12809   // Returns (bool) weather the size of the allocation was modified or not.
12810   bool changeAllocationSize(std::optional<TypeSize> Size) {
12811     if (AssumedAllocatedSize == HasNoAllocationSize ||
12812         AssumedAllocatedSize != Size) {
12813       AssumedAllocatedSize = Size;
12814       return true;
12815     }
12816     return false;
12817   }
12818 };
12819 
12820 struct AAAllocationInfoFloating : AAAllocationInfoImpl {
12821   AAAllocationInfoFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12822       : AAAllocationInfoImpl(IRP, A) {}
12823 
12824   void trackStatistics() const override {
12825     STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(allocationinfo);
12826   }
12827 };
12828 
12829 struct AAAllocationInfoReturned : AAAllocationInfoImpl {
12830   AAAllocationInfoReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12831       : AAAllocationInfoImpl(IRP, A) {}
12832 
12833   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
12834   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
12835     // TODO: we don't rewrite function argument for now because it will need to
12836     // rewrite the function signature and all call sites
12837     (void)indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
12838   }
12839 
12840   void trackStatistics() const override {
12841     STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(allocationinfo);
12842   }
12843 };
12844 
12845 struct AAAllocationInfoCallSiteReturned : AAAllocationInfoImpl {
12846   AAAllocationInfoCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12847       : AAAllocationInfoImpl(IRP, A) {}
12848 
12849   void trackStatistics() const override {
12850     STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(allocationinfo);
12851   }
12852 };
12853 
12854 struct AAAllocationInfoArgument : AAAllocationInfoImpl {
12855   AAAllocationInfoArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12856       : AAAllocationInfoImpl(IRP, A) {}
12857 
12858   void trackStatistics() const override {
12859     STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(allocationinfo);
12860   }
12861 };
12862 
12863 struct AAAllocationInfoCallSiteArgument : AAAllocationInfoImpl {
12864   AAAllocationInfoCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A)
12865       : AAAllocationInfoImpl(IRP, A) {}
12866 
12867   /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...).
12868   void initialize(Attributor &A) override {
12869 
12870     (void)indicatePessimisticFixpoint();
12871   }
12872 
12873   void trackStatistics() const override {
12874     STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(allocationinfo);
12875   }
12876 };
12877 } // namespace
12878 
12879 const char AANoUnwind::ID = 0;
12880 const char AANoSync::ID = 0;
12881 const char AANoFree::ID = 0;
12882 const char AANonNull::ID = 0;
12883 const char AAMustProgress::ID = 0;
12884 const char AANoRecurse::ID = 0;
12885 const char AANonConvergent::ID = 0;
12886 const char AAWillReturn::ID = 0;
12887 const char AAUndefinedBehavior::ID = 0;
12888 const char AANoAlias::ID = 0;
12889 const char AAIntraFnReachability::ID = 0;
12890 const char AANoReturn::ID = 0;
12891 const char AAIsDead::ID = 0;
12892 const char AADereferenceable::ID = 0;
12893 const char AAAlign::ID = 0;
12894 const char AAInstanceInfo::ID = 0;
12895 const char AANoCapture::ID = 0;
12896 const char AAValueSimplify::ID = 0;
12897 const char AAHeapToStack::ID = 0;
12898 const char AAPrivatizablePtr::ID = 0;
12899 const char AAMemoryBehavior::ID = 0;
12900 const char AAMemoryLocation::ID = 0;
12901 const char AAValueConstantRange::ID = 0;
12902 const char AAPotentialConstantValues::ID = 0;
12903 const char AAPotentialValues::ID = 0;
12904 const char AANoUndef::ID = 0;
12905 const char AANoFPClass::ID = 0;
12906 const char AACallEdges::ID = 0;
12907 const char AAInterFnReachability::ID = 0;
12908 const char AAPointerInfo::ID = 0;
12909 const char AAAssumptionInfo::ID = 0;
12910 const char AAUnderlyingObjects::ID = 0;
12911 const char AAAddressSpace::ID = 0;
12912 const char AAAllocationInfo::ID = 0;
12913 const char AAIndirectCallInfo::ID = 0;
12914 const char AAGlobalValueInfo::ID = 0;
12915 const char AADenormalFPMath::ID = 0;
12916 
12917 // Macro magic to create the static generator function for attributes that
12918 // follow the naming scheme.
12919 
12920 #define SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, PK, POS_NAME)                                     \
12921   case IRPosition::PK:                                                         \
12922     llvm_unreachable("Cannot create " #CLASS " for a " POS_NAME " position!");
12923 
12924 #define SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, PK, SUFFIX)                               \
12925   case IRPosition::PK:                                                         \
12926     AA = new (A.Allocator) CLASS##SUFFIX(IRP, A);                              \
12927     ++NumAAs;                                                                  \
12928     break;
12929 
12930 #define CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(CLASS)                 \
12931   CLASS &CLASS::createForPosition(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) {      \
12932     CLASS *AA = nullptr;                                                       \
12933     switch (IRP.getPositionKind()) {                                           \
12934       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_INVALID, "invalid")                             \
12935       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_FLOAT, "floating")                              \
12936       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_ARGUMENT, "argument")                           \
12937       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_RETURNED, "returned")                           \
12938       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED, "call site returned")       \
12939       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT, "call site argument")       \
12940       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FUNCTION, Function)                     \
12941       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE, CallSite)                    \
12942     }                                                                          \
12943     return *AA;                                                                \
12944   }
12945 
12946 #define CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(CLASS)                    \
12947   CLASS &CLASS::createForPosition(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) {      \
12948     CLASS *AA = nullptr;                                                       \
12949     switch (IRP.getPositionKind()) {                                           \
12950       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_INVALID, "invalid")                             \
12951       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_FUNCTION, "function")                           \
12952       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_CALL_SITE, "call site")                         \
12953       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FLOAT, Floating)                        \
12954       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_ARGUMENT, Argument)                     \
12955       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_RETURNED, Returned)                     \
12956       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED, CallSiteReturned)   \
12957       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT, CallSiteArgument)   \
12958     }                                                                          \
12959     return *AA;                                                                \
12960   }
12961 
12962 #define CREATE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_ONE_POSITION(POS, SUFFIX, CLASS)         \
12963   CLASS &CLASS::createForPosition(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) {      \
12964     CLASS *AA = nullptr;                                                       \
12965     switch (IRP.getPositionKind()) {                                           \
12966       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, POS, SUFFIX)                                \
12967     default:                                                                   \
12968       llvm_unreachable("Cannot create " #CLASS " for position otherthan " #POS \
12969                        " position!");                                          \
12970     }                                                                          \
12971     return *AA;                                                                \
12972   }
12973 
12974 #define CREATE_ALL_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(CLASS)                      \
12975   CLASS &CLASS::createForPosition(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) {      \
12976     CLASS *AA = nullptr;                                                       \
12977     switch (IRP.getPositionKind()) {                                           \
12978       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_INVALID, "invalid")                             \
12979       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FUNCTION, Function)                     \
12980       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE, CallSite)                    \
12981       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FLOAT, Floating)                        \
12982       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_ARGUMENT, Argument)                     \
12983       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_RETURNED, Returned)                     \
12984       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED, CallSiteReturned)   \
12985       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT, CallSiteArgument)   \
12986     }                                                                          \
12987     return *AA;                                                                \
12988   }
12989 
12990 #define CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(CLASS)            \
12991   CLASS &CLASS::createForPosition(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) {      \
12992     CLASS *AA = nullptr;                                                       \
12993     switch (IRP.getPositionKind()) {                                           \
12994       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_INVALID, "invalid")                             \
12995       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_ARGUMENT, "argument")                           \
12996       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_FLOAT, "floating")                              \
12997       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_RETURNED, "returned")                           \
12998       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED, "call site returned")       \
12999       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT, "call site argument")       \
13000       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_CALL_SITE, "call site")                         \
13001       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FUNCTION, Function)                     \
13002     }                                                                          \
13003     return *AA;                                                                \
13004   }
13005 
13006 #define CREATE_NON_RET_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(CLASS)                  \
13007   CLASS &CLASS::createForPosition(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) {      \
13008     CLASS *AA = nullptr;                                                       \
13009     switch (IRP.getPositionKind()) {                                           \
13010       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_INVALID, "invalid")                             \
13011       SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_RETURNED, "returned")                           \
13012       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FUNCTION, Function)                     \
13013       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE, CallSite)                    \
13014       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FLOAT, Floating)                        \
13015       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_ARGUMENT, Argument)                     \
13016       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED, CallSiteReturned)   \
13017       SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT, CallSiteArgument)   \
13018     }                                                                          \
13019     return *AA;                                                                \
13020   }
13021 
13022 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoUnwind)
13023 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoSync)
13024 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoRecurse)
13025 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAWillReturn)
13026 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoReturn)
13027 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAMemoryLocation)
13028 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AACallEdges)
13029 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAAssumptionInfo)
13030 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAMustProgress)
13031 
13032 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANonNull)
13033 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoAlias)
13034 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAPrivatizablePtr)
13035 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AADereferenceable)
13036 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAAlign)
13037 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAInstanceInfo)
13038 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoCapture)
13039 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAValueConstantRange)
13040 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAPotentialConstantValues)
13041 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAPotentialValues)
13042 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoUndef)
13043 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoFPClass)
13044 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAPointerInfo)
13045 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAAddressSpace)
13046 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAAllocationInfo)
13047 
13048 CREATE_ALL_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAValueSimplify)
13049 CREATE_ALL_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAIsDead)
13050 CREATE_ALL_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoFree)
13051 CREATE_ALL_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAUnderlyingObjects)
13052 
13053 CREATE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_ONE_POSITION(IRP_CALL_SITE, CallSite,
13054                                            AAIndirectCallInfo)
13055 CREATE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_ONE_POSITION(IRP_FLOAT, Floating,
13056                                            AAGlobalValueInfo)
13057 
13058 CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAHeapToStack)
13059 CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAUndefinedBehavior)
13060 CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANonConvergent)
13061 CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAIntraFnReachability)
13062 CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAInterFnReachability)
13063 CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AADenormalFPMath)
13064 
13065 CREATE_NON_RET_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAMemoryBehavior)
13066 
13067 #undef CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION
13068 #undef CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION
13069 #undef CREATE_NON_RET_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION
13070 #undef CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION
13071 #undef CREATE_ALL_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION
13072 #undef CREATE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_ONE_POSITION
13073 #undef SWITCH_PK_CREATE
13074 #undef SWITCH_PK_INV
13075